UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIESEXCHANGE ACT OF 1934ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20202022
orOR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from         to
Commission File Number: Number 001-39439
FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
ATI Physical Therapy, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware85-1408039
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
or organization)Number)
1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105
790 Remington Boulevard
Bolingbrook, IL 60440
(630) 296-2223
(Address, of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(212) 798-6100
(Registrant'sincluding zip code, and telephone number, including area code)code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Not Applicable
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each classTrading
Symbols
Symbol
Name of each exchange
on which registered
Units, each consisting of one share of Class A common stock, and one-fifth of one redeemable warrant$0.0001 par valueFAII.UATIPNew York Stock Exchange
Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per shareFAIINew York Stock Exchange
Redeemable warrants,Warrants, each whole warrant exercisable for one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per shareFAIIATIP WSNew York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes ☐ No





Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrantRegistrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrantRegistrant was required to submit such files).
Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large“large accelerated filer," "accelerated” “accelerated filer," "smaller” “smaller reporting company,"company” and "emerging“emerging growth company"company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:
Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated filerSmaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a)7(a)(2)(B) of the ExchangeSecurities Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
: Yes ☐ No No 

The registrant was not a public company as of June 30, 2020, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. The registrant’s Units began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on August 12, 2020 and the registrant’s Class A common stock began separate trading on the New York Stock Exchange on October 2, 2020. The aggregate market value of the registrant’s Class A common stock outstanding, other than shares held by persons who may be deemed affiliatesnon-affiliates of the registrant at December 31, 2020,June 30, 2022, based on the closing sale price reported on the NYSE on June 30, 2022, was $366,904,893.

approximately $147.4 million.
As of March 4, 2021, 34,500,0006, 2023, there were approximately 207,384,260 shares of Class Athe registrant's common stock par value $0.0001 per share and 8,625,000 shares of Class F common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, were issued and outstanding, respectively.legally outstanding.

1




Fortress Value Acquisition Corp. II
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

Table of Contents

Page
PAGE
PART I
Item 1. BusinessBusiness
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
3. Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Item 5.
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer
Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6.Selected Financial Data
7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
9A. Controls and Procedures
9B. Other Information
PART III
Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15.Exhibit and15. Exhibits, Financial StatementStatement Schedules


2


Table of Contents




CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report onCertain statements included in this Form 10-K includes, and oralthat are not historical facts are forward-looking statements made from time to time by representativesfor purposes of the Companysafe harbor provisions under the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements may include, forward-looking statements withinbe identified by the meaning of Section 27Ause of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminologywords such as “believe,” “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,“will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “should,” “would,” “plan,” “project,” “forecast,” “predict,” “potential,” “seem,” “seek,” “future,” “outlook,” “target” or the negativesimilar expressions that predict or indicate future events or trends or that are not statements of such terms or other similar expressions. Suchhistorical matters. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, possible business combinationsstatements regarding the impact of physical therapist attrition and ability to achieve and maintain clinical staffing levels and clinician productivity, anticipated visit and referral volumes and other factors on the financing thereof,Company's overall profitability, and related matters, as well as allestimates and forecasts of other financial and performance metrics and projections of market opportunity. These statements other than statements of historical fact includedare based on various assumptions, whether or not identified in this Form 10-K. Factors that might cause or contribute to such a discrepancy include, but10-K, and on the current expectations of the Company’s management and are not limitedpredictions of actual performance. These forward-looking statements are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to those described in our other Securitiesserve as, and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings. Forward-lookingmust not be relied on by any investor as, a guarantee, an assurance, a prediction or a definitive statement of fact or probability. Actual events and circumstances are difficult or impossible to predict and will differ from assumptions. Many actual events and circumstances are beyond the control of the Company.
These forward-looking statements in this Annual Report may include, for example, statements about:are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including:

our liquidity position raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern;
risks associated with liquidity and capital markets, including the Company's ability to generate sufficient cash flows, together with cash on hand, to run its business, cover liquidity and capital requirements and resolve substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern;
our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;meet certain financial covenants as required by our 2022 Credit Agreement, including maintaining $30.0 million of minimum liquidity;

risks related to outstanding indebtedness and preferred stock, rising interest rates and potential increases in borrowing costs, compliance with associated covenants and provisions and the potential need to seek additional or alternative debt or capital financing in the future;
risks related to the Company's ability to access additional financing or alternative options when needed;
our dependence upon governmental and third-party private payors for reimbursement and that decreases in reimbursement rates, renegotiation or termination of payor contracts or unfavorable changes in payor, state and service mix may adversely affect our financial results;
federal and state governments’ continued efforts to contain growth in Medicaid expenditures, which could adversely affect the Company’s revenue and profitability;
payments that we receive from Medicare and Medicaid being subject to potential retroactive reduction;
changes in Medicare rules and guidelines and reimbursement or failure of our clinics to maintain their Medicare certification and/or enrollment status;
compliance with federal and state laws and regulations relating to the privacy of individually identifiable patient information, and associated fines and penalties for failure to comply;
3

Table of Contents
risks associated with public health crises, including COVID-19 (and any existing and future variants) and its direct and indirect impacts on the business, which could lead to a decline in visit volumes and referrals;
risks related to the impact on our workforce of mandatory COVID-19 vaccination of employees;
our inability to compete effectively in a competitive industry, subject to rapid technological change and cost inflation, including competition that could impact our effectiveness of strategies to improve patient referrals and our ability to identify, recruit and retain skilled physical therapists;
our inability to maintain high levels of service and patient satisfaction;
risks associated with the locations of our clinics, including the economies in which we operate, size and expected growth of our addressable markets, and the potential need to close clinics and incur closure costs;
our dependence upon the cultivation and maintenance of relationships with customers, suppliers, physicians and other referral sources;
the severity of climate change or the weather and natural disasters that can occur in the regions of the U.S. in which we operate, which could cause disruption to our business;
risks associated with future acquisitions, which may use significant resources, may be unsuccessful and could expose us to unforeseen liabilities;
failure of third-party vendors, including customer service, technical and IT support providers and other outsourced professional service providers to adequately address customers’ requests and meet Company requirements;
risks associated with our reliance on IT infrastructure in critical areas of our operations including, but not limited to, cyber and other security threats;
a security breach of our IT systems or our third-party vendors’ IT systems may subject us to potential legal action and reputational harm and may result in a violation of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 or the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act;
maintaining clients for which we perform management and other services, as a breach or termination of those contractual arrangements by such clients could cause operating results to be less than expected;
our failure to maintain financial controls and processes over billing and collections or disputes with third-parties could have a significant negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations;
our operations are subject to extensive regulation and macroeconomic uncertainty;
our ability to complete our initial business combination;meet revenue and earnings expectations;

risks associated with applicable state laws regarding fee-splitting and professional corporation laws;
4

Table of Contents
inspections, reviews, audits and investigations under federal and state government programs and payor contracts that could have adverse findings that may negatively affect our business, including our results of operations, liquidity, financial condition and reputation;
changes in or our failure to comply with existing federal and state laws or regulations or the inability to comply with new government regulations on a timely basis;
the outcome of any legal and regulatory matters, proceedings or investigations instituted against us or any of our directors or officers, and whether insurance coverage will be available and/or adequate to cover such matters or proceedings;
our expectations aroundfacilities face competition for experienced physical therapists and other clinical providers that may increase labor costs and reduce profitability;
risks associated with our ability to attract and retain talented executives and employees amidst the performanceimpact of unfavorable labor market dynamics and wage inflation, including potential failure of steps being taken to reduce attrition of physical therapists and increase hiring of physical therapists;
risk resulting from the IPO Warrants, Earnout Shares and Vesting Shares being accounted for as liabilities;
further impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets, which represent a significant portion of our total assets, especially in view of the prospective target business or businesses;

Company’s recent market valuation;
our successinability to remediate the material weaknesses in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

internal control over financial reporting related to income taxes and to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting;
our officerscosts related to operating as a public company; and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination;

our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;

our pool of prospective target businesses;

risks associated with our ability to consummate an initial business combination due toregain and sustain compliance with the uncertainty resulting from the recent COVID-19 pandemic;

the abilitylisting requirements of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential business combination opportunities;

our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

the lack of a market for our securities;

the use of proceeds not held in the Trust Account (as defined below) or available to us from interest incomesecurities on the Trust Account balance;     





the Trust Account not being subject to claims of third parties;

our financial performance; and

the other risks and uncertainties discussed in "Risk Factors"New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE").

The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” Should one or moreIf any of these risks or uncertainties materialize or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respectscould differ materially from the results implied by these forward-looking statements.
These and other factors that could cause actual results to differ from those projectedimplied by the forward-looking statements in thesethis Form 10-K are more fully described under the heading “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The risks described under the heading “Item 1A. Risk Factors” are not exhaustive. Other sections of this Form 10-K describe additional factors that could adversely affect the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible to predict all such risk factors, nor can the Company assess the impact of all such risk factors on the business of the Company or the extent to which any factor or combination of factors may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We undertakeAll forward-looking statements attributable to the Company or persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements. Readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. The Company undertakes no obligationobligations to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after the date they are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
5

Table of Contents
In addition, statements of belief and similar statements reflect the beliefs and opinions of the Company on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to the Company, as applicable, as of the date of this Form 10-K, and while the Company believes such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be required under applicable securities laws.limited or incomplete, and statements should not be read to indicate that the Company has conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and you are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

6


Table of Contents



PART I



References in this Annual Report to “we,” “us,” “company” or “our company” are to Fortress Value Acquisition Corp. II, a Delaware company. References to “management” or our “management team” are to our officers and directors. References to our “Sponsor” are to Fortress Acquisition Sponsor II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. References to our “initial stockholders” are to the holders of our Founder Shares prior to our initial public offering.

Item 1. Business.Business
IntroductionOverview

ATI Physical Therapy, Inc. and its subsidiaries (herein referred to as "we," "us," "our," "the Company" or "ATI") is a nationally recognized outpatient physical therapy provider in the United States specializing in outpatient rehabilitation and adjacent healthcare services, with 923 clinics (as well as 20 clinics under management service agreements) located in 25 states as of December 31, 2022. We operate with a commitment to providing our patients, medical provider partners, payors and employers with evidence-based, patient-centric care.
We areoffer a blank check company incorporated on June 10, 2020 as a Delaware corporation formedvariety of services within our clinics, including physical therapy to treat spine, shoulder, knee and neck injuries or pain; work injury rehabilitation services, including work conditioning and work hardening; hand therapy; and other specialized treatment services. Our Company's team of professionals is dedicated to helping return patients to optimal physical health.
Physical therapy patients receive team-based care, standardized techniques and individualized treatment plans in an encouraging environment. To achieve optimal results, we use an extensive array of techniques including therapeutic exercise, manual therapy and strength training, among others. Our physical therapy model aims to deliver optimized outcomes and time to recovery for patients, insights and service satisfaction for referring providers and predictable costs and measurable value for payors.
In addition to providing services to physical therapy patients at outpatient rehabilitation clinics, we provide services through our ATI Worksite Solutions ("AWS") program, Management Service Agreements ("MSA"), and Sports Medicine arrangements. AWS provides an on-site team of healthcare professionals at employer worksites to promote work-related injury prevention, facilitate expedient and appropriate return-to-work follow-up and maintain the purposehealth and well-being of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this Annual Report as our initial business combination. We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenue to date. Based on our business activities,the workforce. Our MSA arrangements typically include the Company providing management and physical therapy-related services to physician-owned physical therapy clinics. Sports Medicine arrangements provide certified healthcare professionals to various schools, universities and other institutions to perform on-site physical therapy and rehabilitation services.
Our mission is a “shell company” as defined underto exceed the Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) because we have no operations.

In June 2020, we issued an aggregate of 8,625,000 shares of Class F common stock to the Sponsor (the “Founder Shares”) in exchange for an aggregate capital contribution of $25,000 or approximately $0.003 per share. In August 2020, the Sponsor transferred a total of 100,000 Founder Shares to four independent directorsexpectations of the Company for the same per-share price initially paid forhundreds of thousands of patients we serve each year by the Sponsor. Subsequent to these transfers, the Sponsor held 8,525,000 Founder Shares. On August 14, 2020, we consummated our initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”)providing high quality of 34,500,000 units, including the issuance of 4,500,000 units as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of their over-allotment option in full. Each unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one-fifth of one redeemable warrant ("Public Warrant"). Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. The units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $345.0 million.

Substantially concurrently with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, our Sponsor purchased an aggregate 5,933,333 warrants, at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds of $8.9 million, each exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share (the "Private Placement Warrants"). A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering heldcare in a U.S.-based Trust Account ("Trust Account")friendly and encouraging environment.
Our strategy includes:
Exceeding customer expectations and providing the right care at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee.

On September 29, 2020, the Company announced that, commencing October 2, 2020,right place at the holders of the Company’s units may elect to separately trade the Class A common stock and warrants comprising the units. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Those units not separated will continue to trade on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") under the symbol “FAII.U,” and each of the shares of Class A common stock and warrants that are separated will trade under the symbols “FAII” and “FAII WS,” respectively.

1



right time;

Building new and strengthening existing relationships with referral sources, payors and employees; and

Allocating available capital to support initiatives and business plans.


Recent Developments
On April 28, 2022, the Company appointed Sharon Vitti as its Chief Executive Officer and to the Board of Directors. Ms. Vitti has 30 years of healthcare experience, including nearly two decades of executive leadership in clinical and consumer-focused healthcare companies.
7


Table of Contents
On February 21, 2021,24, 2022, the Company and ATI Physical Therapy entered into anvarious financing arrangements to refinance its existing long-term debt (the "2022 Debt Refinancing"). The Company entered into a new 2022 Credit Agreement which is comprised of a senior secured term loan which matures on February 24, 2028, and a "super priority" senior secured revolver, which matures on February 24, 2027. In connection with the 2022 Debt Refinancing, the Company issued shares of non-convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock.
On June 16, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), a Business Combination transaction (the “Business Combination”) was finalized pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”("Merger Agreement"), to effect a Business Combinationdated February 21, 2021 between FVAC Mergerthe operating company, Wilco Holdco, Inc. (“Wilco Holdco”), and Fortress Value Acquisition Corp. II a Delaware corporation(herein referred to as "FAII" and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”"FVAC"), and Wilco Holdco, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ATI”). The Merger Agreement andspecial purpose acquisition company. In connection with the transactions contemplated thereby will constitute a “Business Combination” as contemplated by the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificateclosing of Incorporation. The Merger Agreement and the Business Combination, were unanimously approved by the board of directors of the Company changed its name from Fortress Value Acquisition Corp. II to ATI Physical Therapy, Inc. The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). The Company’s common stock is listed on February 21, 2021. For further information, refer tothe New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the symbol “ATIP.”
This description of our business should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes contained in Part II, Item 9B of8 in this Form 10-K and to the Company’s CurrentAnnual Report on Form 8-K filed10-K.
Transaction Support Agreement
On March 15, 2023, the Company entered into a Transaction Support Agreement (the “TSA”) with certain of its first lien lenders under the 2022 Credit Agreement (the "First Lien Lenders"), the administrative agent under the 2022 Credit Agreement, holders of its Series A Senior Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Equityholders") and holders of the majority of its common stock (together with the SecuritiesFirst Lien Lenders and Exchange Commission on February 22, 2021.

Business Strategy

Our acquisition and value creation strategy is to identify, acquire and, after our initial business combination, to build a company in the public markets. We are seeking a company in an industry that complementsPreferred Equityholders, the experience and expertise of our management team and is a business that we think our transformative operating skills can help improve. Our selection process will leverage our team’s network of industry, private equity sponsor, credit fund sponsor and lending community relationships as well as relationships with management teams of public and private companies, investment bankers, restructuring advisers, attorneys and accountants, which we believe should provide us with a number of business combination opportunities. We are deploying a pro-active, thematic sourcing strategy and to focus on companies where we believe“Parties”), setting forth the combination of our operating experience, relationships, capital and capital markets expertise can be catalysts to transform companies and can help accelerate the target business’ growth and performance.

In addition, we are utilizing the networks and industry experience of our management team and our board of directors in seeking an initial business combination. Over the course of their careers, the members of our management team and board of directors have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships that we believe will serve as a useful source of acquisition opportunities. This group has experience in:
operating companies, setting and changing strategies, and identifying, mentoring and recruiting world-class talent;

developing and growing companies, both organically and through acquisitions and strategic transactions and expanding the product range and geographic footprintprincipal terms of a number of target businesses;

sourcing, structuring, acquiring,comprehensive transaction to enhance the Company's liquidity (the "Transaction"). Pursuant to the TSA, and selling businesses;

accessingsubject to the capital markets, including financing businessesterms and helping companies transitionconditions thereof, the Parties have agreed to public ownership;

fostering relationships with sellers, capital providerssupport, act in good faith and target management teams;take all steps reasonably necessary and

executing desirable to consummate the transactions in multiple geographies and under varying economic and financial market conditions.

referenced therein by June 15, 2023 (the “Outside Closing Date”).

2

8





Table of Contents
We believe that the network of contacts and relationships of our management team is providing us with an important source of acquisition opportunities. In addition, given our profile and thematic approach, we anticipate that target business candidates may be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity groups, investment banking firms, consultants, accounting firms and large business enterprises. Members of our management team communicate with their network of relationships to articulate our acquisition criteria, including the parameters of our search forThe TSA contemplates, among other things, (i) a target business, and conduct the disciplined process of pursuing and reviewing promising leads.

Sourcing of Potential Business Combination Targets

We believe our management team’s significant operating and transaction experience and relationships with companies will provide us with a substantial number of potential business combination targets. Over the course of their careers, the members of our management team have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships around the world. This network has grown through the activities of our management team sourcing, acquiring,delayed draw new money financing, and selling businesses, our management team’s relationships with sellers, financing sources and target management teams and the experience of our management team in executing transactionsavailable under varying economic and financial market conditions.

We believe that the network of contacts and relationships of our management team will provide us with important sources of acquisition opportunities. In addition, we anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity funds and large business enterprises seeking to divest non-core assets or divisions.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, or making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our Sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete an initial business combination with a business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

As more fully discussed in “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance—Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. All of our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us.



3






Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination. In this situation, the owners of the target business would exchange their shares of stock in the target business for shares of our stock or for a combination of shares of our stock and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. Although there are various costs and obligations associated with being a public company, we believe target businesses will find this method a more certain and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. In a typical initial public offering, there are additional expenses incurred in marketing, road show and public reporting efforts that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could delay or prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital and an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with stockholders’ interests. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth companycircumstances until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth18 month anniversary of the completionclosing date of the Initial Public Offering, (b)transactions, in which we have total annual gross revenuean aggregate principal amount equal to $25.0 million in the form of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which meansnew second lien PIK exchangeable notes (“Second Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes”), (ii) exchange of $100.0 million of the market valueaggregate principal amount of our common stock that isthe term loans under the 2022 Credit Facility held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million ascertain of the priorPreferred Equityholders for Second Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes, (iii) a reduction of the thresholds applicable to the minimum liquidity financial covenant under the 2022 Credit Agreement for certain periods, (iv) a waiver of the requirement to comply with the Secured Net Leverage Ratio financial covenant under the 2022 Credit Agreement for the fiscal quarters ending June 30th,30, 2024, September 30, 2024 and (2)December 31, 2024 and a modification of the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billionlevels and certain component definitions applicable thereto in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1)fiscal quarters ending after December 31, 2024, (v) waiver of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years ofthe requirement for the Company to deliver audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting companystatements without certain going concern qualifications for the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2024, (vi) an increase in the interest rate payable on the existing term loans and revolving loans until the last dayachievement of a specified financial metric and (vii) board representation and observer rights, and other changes to the governance of the fiscal year, if (1) the market value of our common stock owned by non-affiliates is less than $250 million, or (2) we have less than $100 million in annual revenues and the market value of our common stock owned by non-affiliates is less than $700 million. Market value is calculated as of the prior June 30th.



4






Financial Position

With funds availableCompany. The Second Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes would be exchangeable for a business combination initially in the amount of approximately $332,925,000 assuming no redemptions and after payment of $12,075,000 of deferred underwriting fees, we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we are able to complete our initial business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing and there can be no assurance it will be available to us.

Effecting our Initial Business Combination

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following the Initial Public Offering. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, our capital stock, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our initial business combination. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.
If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt, or not all of the funds released from the Trust Account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or used for redemptions of our shares of Class A common stock we may apply the balance of the cash releasedCompany at a fixed price of $0.25, and the holders thereof would have the right to usvote on corporate matters on an as-exchanged basis. The TSA contains certain representations, warranties and other agreements by the Company and Parties. In accordance with the TSA, the First Lien Lenders agreed that, prior to the Outside Closing Date, they will forbear in the exercise of any rights, remedies, powers, privileges and defenses under the 2022 Credit Agreement arising on account of an alleged default or event of default (if any) resulting from the Trust Accountgoing concern explanatory paragraph in the independent auditors' report accompanying the consolidated financial statements for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operationsthe year ended December 31, 2022 (the "Credit Agreement Forbearance"). The Parties' obligations under the TSA are, and the closing of the post-transaction company,Transaction is, subject to various customary terms and conditions set forth therein, including the paymentexecution and delivery of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

We may seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities in connection with the completion of our initial business combination,definitive documentation and we may effectuate our initial business combination using the proceeds of such offering rather than using the amounts held in the Trust Account.

In the case of an initial business combination funded with assets other than the Trust Account assets, our tender offer documents or proxy materials disclosing the business combination would disclose the terms of the financing and, only if required by applicable law or we decide to do so for business or other reasons, we would seek stockholder approval of such financing. There are no prohibitions on our ability to raise funds privately or through loans in connection with our initial business combination. At this time, we are not a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities or otherwise.



5






Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of our Initial Business Combination

    The NYSE rules require that our initial business combination must be with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes, if any, and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in trust) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. The fair market value of the target or targets will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as discounted cash flow valuation or value of comparable businesses. If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We do not currently intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination, although thereCompany's stockholders.
There is no assurance that the transactions contemplated by the TSA will be consummated on the case. Subjectterms as described above, on a timely basis or at all.
Our Operating Model
We operate under a single "ATI" brand and own the operations of nearly all of our clinics, which we believe enables us to this requirement,more consistently align the clinical and patient experience, align incentives across our teams, track and analyze clinical outcome data, and promote efficiency in our operations. The key components of our operating model include:
Patients. We are highly focused on providing the best possible patient experience. In our clinics, we strive to maintain a consistently positive look, feel and experience. Additionally, we aim to deliver functional outcomes that meet or exceed national physical therapy industry outcomes across all body regions, which enables patients to return to their normal activities. We are proud of our average Net Promoter Score (“NPS”) of 75 and our average Google Review rating of 4.9 stars across our clinics over the trailing four quarters as of December 31, 2022. We believe these metrics are indicative of our patients’ overall satisfaction with our services and the ATI brand.
Medical Provider Partners. We believe our medical provider partners also benefit from our customer-driven culture, expansive patient outcomes database, and case management willapproach, which facilitate end-to-end patient care with musculoskeletal ("MSK") issues. Our proprietary electronic medical records ("EMR") system includes a variety of custom tools and analytics to evaluate patient performance, providing medical partner providers with simple, intuitive reports on shared patients regarding functional outcomes and performance. These scorecards are used to drive continuous quality improvement and deliver more predictable results.
9

Table of Contents
Payors. We derive revenue from a diverse range of payor sources, including commercial health plans, government programs (i.e., Medicare and Medicaid), workers’ compensation insurance and auto/personal injury insurance. We believe we offer value to payors not only through quality outcomes that may reduce downstream costs, but also through our national footprint, convenient locations and high customer ratings, which help ensure patients are satisfied with their plan offerings and benefits.
Our Platform
Key elements of our platform include:
Our People. Our business strategy relies on attracting, training, developing and retaining a skilled workforce. We experienced elevated levels of attrition during periods of 2021 and 2022 and have virtually unrestricted flexibilitytaken actions in identifyingan effort to improve hiring and selecting oneattrition levels. While we observed improvement in hiring and attrition levels since implementing these actions in 2021, attrition remained above historical levels during periods of 2022 due to a continued tight labor market for available physical therapy and other healthcare providers in the workforce. We operate on a team-based approach that works to match physical therapists, physical therapy assistants and operational support specialists with patients based on acuity to ensure patients can be seen in a timely fashion and in compliance with healthcare laws and regulations and licensure requirements. Our employees' success is measured primarily by patient outcomes and customer satisfaction. We have invested in clinical and leadership development programs offering our clinical and support staff opportunities to enhance their clinical skills and take on increasing leadership responsibilities. Combined with a competitive compensation model, we strive to be an attractive employer in the physical therapy industry.
Our Clinical Systems & Data. Our proprietary, internally developed EMR platform supports our clinical workflows and leverages our database of more than two and half million unique patient cases as well as peer-reviewed best practices guidelines and care protocols to maximize outcomes for our patients. Our EMR is purpose-built for physical therapy and has diagnosis-specific guidelines in place covering the majority of our patient cases. Our clinical systems and data enhance our ability to effectively manage, deliver and track patient outcomes.
Our Technology-Enabled Infrastructure. We strive to incorporate data and analytics into the ongoing management of our operations, including monitoring operating performance metrics at various levels. We continually evaluate our technology and tools to determine how best our tools can support the business.
Our Services
Physical Therapy
We offer a variety of services within our clinics, including physical therapy to treat spine, shoulder, knee and neck injuries or more prospective target businesses, althoughpain; work injury rehabilitation services, including work conditioning and work hardening; hand therapy; and other specialized treatment services.
To supplement our traditional outpatient physical therapy services, we introduced a tele-physical therapy offering in early 2020, amidst state lockdowns nationwide in response to COVID-19 (as defined below). We believe that, while virtual visits will not be permittedfully replace the need for in-person treatment, our tele-physical therapy offering serves as a convenient option for patients who either lack immediate access to effectuatea clinic or are looking to supplement traditional treatments. This offering also allows us to serve patients in locations where we do not have a physical presence today.
10

Table of Contents
ATI Worksite Solutions ("AWS")
AWS is an on-site service that provides customized cost-saving injury prevention programs, work-related injury assessment services, wellness offerings and consultations for employers, ranging from Fortune 100 companies to small local businesses. We staff athletic trainers, physical therapy assistants and other clinicians as Early Intervention Specialists at the employer's site to provide early interventions and promote physical health and wellness.
Management Service Agreements ("MSA")
We partner with physician-owned practices to improve their performance, drive efficiencies and optimize patient outcomes. Utilizing our initial business combination solelyresources and infrastructure, we provide dedicated service teams to oversee the integration of our programs into physical therapy practices. This includes proprietary EMR integration, caseload management and continuing education in therapy treatments.
Sports Medicine
Our Sports Medicine athletic trainers work with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.athletes at all levels of competition to prevent, evaluate and treat sports injuries. We offer on-site sports physical therapy services, clinical evaluation and diagnosis, immediate and emergency care, nutrition programs and concussion management, among others.

Industry Factors and Competition
In any case, we will only complete an initial business combination in which we own or acquire 50% or moreMSK conditions affect individuals of all ages and represent some of the outstanding voting securitiesmost common causes of health problems in the United States. Physical therapy and related services are low-cost solutions that can address a variety of MSK conditions. We believe that the following factors, among others, affect the market and industry trends for outpatient physical therapy services:
Outpatient physical therapy services growth. Outpatient physical therapy continues to play a key role in treating musculoskeletal conditions for patients. According to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services ("CMS"), musculoskeletal conditions impact individuals of all ages and include some of the target or otherwise acquire a controlling interestmost common health issues in the target business sufficientU.S. As healthcare trends in the U.S. continue to evolve, with a growing focus on value-based care emphasizing up-front, conservative care to deliver better outcomes, quality healthcare services addressing such conditions in lower cost outpatient settings may continue increasing in prevalence.
U.S. population demographics. The population of adults aged 65 and older in the U.S. is expected to continue to grow and thus expand the Company's market opportunity. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the population of adults over the age of 65 is expected to grow 30% from 2020 through 2030.
11

Table of Contents
Federal funding for it notMedicare and Medicaid. Federal and state funding of Medicare and Medicaid and the terms of access to be requiredthese reimbursement programs affect demand for physical therapy services. In recent years, through legislative and regulatory actions, the federal government has made substantial changes to register as an investment companyvarious payment systems under the Investment Company Act. If we own or acquire less than 100%Medicare program. Beginning in January 2022, the physical therapy industry observed a reduction of the outstanding equity interests or assetsMedicare reimbursement rates of a target business or businesses, the portion of such business or businesses that are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. There is no basis for investors in the Initial Public Offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any target business with which we may ultimately complete our initial business combination.

To the extent we effect our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review which may encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, inspection of facilities,approximately 0.75%, as well as a review15% decrease in payments for services performed by physical therapy assistants. Additionally, a further reduction through resuming sequestration was postponed. Sequestration reductions resumed at 1% after March 31, 2022, and by an additional 1% after June 30, 2022, which resulted in an overall reduction of financial, operational, legal2% in reimbursement rates related to sequestration after June 30, 2022. In July 2022, the CMS released its proposed 2023 Medicare Physician Fee Schedule, which called for an approximate 4.5% reduction in the calendar year 2023 conversion factor. In December 2022, the Consolidated Appropriations Act (2023) was signed into law. The Consolidated Appropriations Act (2023) provides partial relief related to Medicare cuts including 2.5% relief in 2023 and other information1.25% relief in 2024. As a result, the reimbursement rate reduction beginning in January 2023 was approximately 2.0%.
Workers' compensation funding. Payments received under certain workers' compensation arrangements may be based on predetermined state fee schedules, which willmay be made availableimpacted by changes in state funding.
Number of people with private health insurance. Physical therapy services are often covered by private health insurance. Individuals covered by private health insurance may be more likely to us.

use healthcare services because it helps offset the cost of such services. As health insurance coverage rises, demand for physical therapy services tends to also increase.
The time requiredoutpatient physical therapy market is highly fragmented, rapidly evolving and highly competitive. Competition within the industry may intensify in the future as existing competitors and new entrants introduce new physical therapy services and platforms and consolidation in the healthcare industry continues. We currently face competition from the following categories of principal competitors:
National physical therapy providers;
Regional physical therapy providers;
Physician-owned physical therapy providers;
Individual practitioners or local physical therapy operators, which number in the thousands across the nation; and
Vertically integrated hospital systems and scaled physician practices.
12

Table of Contents
We believe the principal competitive factors in the outpatient physical therapy market include the quality of care, cost of care, treatment outcomes, breadth of location and geographic convenience, breadth of patient insurance coverage accepted by clinics, brand awareness and relations with referral sources and key industry participants. We compete in our existing markets by leveraging our unified brand, advertising to selectincrease patient awareness, utilizing sales efforts to establish new and evaluateenhance existing relationships with referral sources, applying our team-based approach to care, leveraging our proprietary EMR and data-driven operating platform and striving for high quality of care expectations. Beginning in 2019, physical therapy providers were included in the CMS Quality Payment Program and were eligible to report quality metrics for the Merit-based Incentive Payment System ("MIPS"). We opted to report 2019 performance as an early adopter, and we received an 'exceptional' rating based on the data submitted across our platform and received a target businessquality 'bonus' on 2021 billed CMS payments. Beginning in 2020, the CMS MIPS measures reporting became mandatory for all physical therapy providers. In November 2021, the 2020 scores were finalized and to structurebased on our performance we again received an 'exceptional' rating while scoring in the 99th percentile across all clinics and complete our initial business combination, andaccordingly received the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurredhighest possible quality 'bonus' with respect to 2022 billed CMS payments. Furthermore, in August 2022 the identification2021 scores were finalized and evaluationbased on our performance we received an 'exceptional' rating while scoring in the 99th percentile across all clinics. As such, we expect to receive the highest possible quality 'bonus' with respect to 2023 billed CMS payments. We believe the 'exceptional' rating by CMS reflects our commitment to delivering a high quality of care. Additionally, in January 2022 we achieved Credentialing Accreditation status by the National Committee for Quality Assurance ("NCQA"). As an accredited organization, we have demonstrated that our credentialing processes are in accordance with the highest quality standards.
Clinic Fleet
ATI is a prospective target businessnationally recognized outpatient physical therapy provider in the United States specializing in outpatient rehabilitation and adjacent healthcare services, with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result923 clinics (as well as 20 clinics under management service agreements) located in our incurring losses25 states as of December 31, 2022. We opened 110 standalone de novo and will reduceacqui-novo clinics over the fundsthree years ended December 31, 2022. We have built proprietary methods to identify future sites in urban and suburban, high-traffic areas. By incorporating various datasets, including CMS and census data, we can useare able to complete another business combination.

6







Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance ofcompile a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination; and

cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with that business, ourcomprehensive assessment of the target business’s management may not provepotential new locations. Through our proprietary site-selection tools, we believe there continues to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members ofsignificant whitespace opportunity within our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be statedexisting states, with any certainty. While it is possible that one or more offurther opportunity available beyond our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us followingexisting states. However, our initial business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our initial business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

Following our initial business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve our Initial Business Combination

We may conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC subject to the provisions of our amendedcapital expenditure, acquisition, de novo and restated certificate of incorporation. However, we will seek stockholder approval if it is required by applicable law or stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek stockholder approval for business or other reasons.


7






Under the NYSE’s listing rules, stockholder approval would be required for our initial business combination if, for example:

we issue (other than in a public offering for cash) shares of Class A common stock that will either (a) be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding or (b) have voting power equal to or in excess of 20% of the voting power then outstanding;

any of our directors, officers or substantial security holders (as defined by the NYSE rules) has a 5% or greater interest, directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired and if the number of shares of common stock to be issued, or if the number of shares of common stock into which the securities may be convertible or exercisable, exceeds either (a) 1% of the number of shares of common stock or 1% of the voting power outstanding before the issuance in the case of any of our directors and officers or (b) 5% of the number of shares of common stock or 5% of the voting power outstanding before the issuance in the case of any substantial security holders; or

the issuance or potential issuance of shares of common stock will result in our undergoing a change of control.

The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination in those instances in which stockholder approval is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be basedacqui-novo spend depends on business and legal reasons, which include a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:

the timing of the transaction, including in the event we determine stockholder approval would require additional time and there is either not enough time to seek stockholder approval or doing so would place the company at a disadvantage in the transaction or result in other additional burdens on the company;     

the expected cost of holding a stockholder vote;

the risk that the stockholders would fail to approve the proposed business combination;

other time and budget constraints of the company; and

additional legal complexities of a proposed business combination that would be time-consuming and burdensome to present to stockholders.



8






Permitted Purchases of our Securities

In the event we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may purchase shares or warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. There is no limit on the number of shares or warrants such persons may purchase. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. In the event our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates determine to make any such purchases at the time of a stockholder vote relating to our initial business combination, such purchases could have the effect of influencing the vote necessary to approve such transaction. None of the funds in the Trust Account will be used to purchase shares or warrants in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will be restricted from making any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. We have adopted an insider trading policy which requires insiders to: (i) refrain from purchasing securities during certain blackout periods and when they are in possession of any material non-public information; and (ii) clear all trades with a designated officer prior to execution. We cannot currently determine whether our insiders will make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan, as it will be dependent upon severalmany factors, including, but not limited to, the timingtargeted number of new clinic openings, patient volumes, clinician labor market, revenue growth rates and sizelevel of such purchases. Depending on such circumstances, our insiders may either make such purchases pursuant tooperating cash flows. As a Rule 10b5-1 plan or determine that such a plan is not necessary.

In the event that our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or anyresult of their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules.

The purpose of such purchases would be to (i) vote such shares in favor of the business combinationnegative operating cash flows, net losses and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of our initial business combination or (ii) to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our securities may be reduced andliquidity constraints, the number of beneficial holders of our securitiesnew clinic openings has decreased in recent years relative to historical years and may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

9







Our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors, and/or any of their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the stockholders with whom our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the stockholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by stockholders following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling stockholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the Trust Account or vote against the business combination. Such persons would select the stockholders from whom to acquire shares based on the number of shares available, the negotiated price per share and such other factors as any such person may deem relevantcontinue at the time of purchase. The price per share paid in any such transaction may be differentlower than the amount per share a public stockholder would receive if it elected to redeem its shares in connection with our initial business combination. Our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates will be restricted from purchasing shares if such purchases do not comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

Any purchases by our Sponsor, officers, directors and/or any of their affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our Sponsor, officers, directors and/or any of their affiliates will be restricted from making purchases of common stock if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act.

Redemption Rights for Public Stockholders upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the Trust Account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of our initial business combination with respect to our warrants. Our Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination.



10






Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek stockholder approval under the applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. Asset acquisitions and stock purchases would not typically require stockholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding common stock or seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require stockholder approval. We intend to conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC unless stockholder approval is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements or we choose to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons.

If a stockholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers; and

file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our initial business combination, we and our Sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase shares of our Class A common stock in the open market if we elect to redeem our public shares through a tender offer, to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public stockholders not tendering more than a specified number of public shares which are not purchased by our Sponsor, which number will be based on the requirement that we may not redeem public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets, after payment of the deferred underwriting commissions, to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. If public stockholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete such initial business combination.


11






If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and

file proxy materials with the SEC.
We expect that a final proxy statement would be mailed to public stockholders at least 10 days prior to the stockholder vote. However, we expect that a draft proxy statement would be made available to such stockholders well in advance of such time, providing additional notice of redemption if we conduct redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation. Although we are not required to do so, we currently intend to comply with the substantive and procedural requirements of Regulation 14A in connection with any stockholder vote even if we are not able to maintain our NYSE listing or Exchange Act registration.

In the event that we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public stockholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination (or, if the applicable rules of the NYSE then in effect require, a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock held by public stockholders are voted in favor of the business transaction). Unless restricted by NYSE rules, a quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of shares of outstanding capital stock of the company representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding capital stock of the company entitled to vote at such a meeting. Unless restricted by NYSE rules, our initial stockholders will count toward this quorum. Pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed (and their permitted transferees will agree) to vote any Founder Shares and any public shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination. We expect that at the time of any stockholder vote relating to our initial business combination, our initial stockholders and their permitted transferees will own at least 20% of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote thereon. These quorum and voting thresholds and the letter agreement may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination. Each public stockholder may elect to redeem its public shares without voting, and if it does vote, irrespective of whether it votes for or against the proposed transaction. In addition, our Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of a business combination.



12






Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Redemptions of our public shares may also be subject to a higher net tangible asset test or cash requirement pursuant to an agreement relating to our initial business combination. For example, the proposed business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners; (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes; or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternative business combination.

Limitation on Redemption upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination if we Seek Stockholder Approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to Excess Shares without our prior consent. We believe this restriction will discourage stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our Sponsor or its affiliates to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in the Initial Public Offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our Sponsor or its affiliates at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in the Initial Public Offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Our Sponsor, officers and directors have, pursuant to a letter agreement entered into with us, waived their right to have any Founder Shares or public shares held by them redeemed in connection with our initial business combination. Unless any of our other affiliates acquires Founder Shares through a permitted transfer from an initial stockholder, and thereby becomes subject to the letter agreement, no such affiliate is subject to this waiver. However, to the extent any such affiliate acquires public shares in the Initial Public Offering or thereafter through open market purchases, it would be a public stockholder and subject to the 15% limitation in connection with any such redemption right.



13






Tendering Stock Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights

We may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, rather than simply voting against the initial business combination. The tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate whether we are requiring public stockholders to satisfy such delivery requirements which will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Accordingly, a public stockholder would have from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, or up to two business days prior to the scheduled vote on the business combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Pursuant to the tender offer rules, the tender offer period will be not less than 20 business days and, in the case of a stockholder vote, a final proxy statement would be mailed to public stockholders at least 10 days prior to the stockholder vote. However, we expect that a draft proxy statement would be made available to such stockholders well in advance of such time, providing additional notice of redemption if we conduct redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for stockholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker a fee of approximately $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, many blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the stockholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such stockholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership.historical levels. As a result the stockholder then had an “option window” after the completion of the business combination during which he or she could monitor the price of the company’s sharesthese and other factors, we also closed 23 clinics in the market. If the price rose above the redemption price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which stockholders were aware they needed to commit before the stockholder meeting, would become “option” rights surviving past the completion of the business combination until the redeeming holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a redeeming holder’s election to redeem is irrevocable once the business combination is approved.

14







Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date set forth in the tender offer materials or two business days prior to the date of the stockholder meeting set forth in our proxy materials, as applicable (unless we elect to allow additional withdrawal rights). Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rightsboth 2022 and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our initial business combination.

If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public stockholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the Trust Account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

If our initial proposed business combination is not completed,2021, and we may continue to tryright size our clinic fleet through clinic closures and divestitures.
Our Employees and Human Capital Resources
Our business strategy relies on attracting, training, developing, and retaining a skilled workforce. Our clinicians are a driving force for favorable patient outcomes and are key to completeour success. The Company has aimed to increase its clinical staffing levels by hiring clinicians and reducing levels of clinician attrition that were elevated in recent periods, which was caused, in part, by changes made during the COVID-19 pandemic related to compensation, staffing levels and support for clinicians. We have implemented a range of actions related to compensation, staffing levels, clinical and professional development and other initiatives in an effort to retain and attract therapists across our platform. While we observed improvements in hiring and attrition levels since implementing these actions in 2021, attrition remained above historical levels during periods of 2022 due to a continued tight labor market for available physical therapy and other healthcare providers in the workforce.
13

Table of Contents
We offer comprehensive Total Rewards in an effort to attract new candidates and retain existing employees. Our Total Rewards program includes, but is not limited to, incentive compensation plans, healthcare and insurance benefits, a 401(k) plan, paid time off and other work-life and wellness benefits. We have focused on adding greater efficiency and effectiveness around accountability and decision rights, acted swiftly and decisively in the advent of COVID-19 to continue our strong commitment to workplace safety and the health and welfare of our clinicians and patients and created leadership and development programs to support clinician career development and growth.
We are an equal opportunity employer and are committed to maintaining a diverse and inclusive work environment. Employees are treated with dignity and respect in an environment free from harassment and discrimination regardless of race, color, age, gender, disability, minority, sexual orientation or any other protected class. Our commitment to diversity and inclusion enables employees to realize their full potential and drives high performance through innovation and collaboration.
As of December 31, 2022, we had approximately 5,700 employees. This number is not inclusive of any contractors or temporary staff but does include our on-call clinicians. We do not have any employees who are represented by a labor union or are party to a collective bargaining agreement.
Impact of COVID-19
COVID-19 has had a significant impact on the outpatient physical therapy industry. In March 2020, as the pandemic began to affect all aspects of daily life, hospitals and surgical centers began to postpone elective and non-essential surgeries, reducing the volume of individuals requiring physical therapy services. Additionally, closures of non-essential businesses, stay-at-home orders, and social-distancing guidelines all adversely impacted the flow of visits to clinics.
We kept the vast majority of our clinics open during this period to ensure that we continued to provide the convenience and services that our patients need. As a substitute to in-person visits, we also quickly introduced our tele-physical therapy offering to improve access for our patients that require physical therapy but were not comfortable with in-person sessions. In response to the suppressed volumes, we quickly down-sized our workforce to better match clinicians to demand at the local level. At the same time, we took significant measures to make sure our employees were cared for, including maintaining health benefits for furloughed workers and reducing executive compensation to establish an employee relief pool that provided assistance to our employees most in need.
Governmental Regulations and Supervision
We are subject to extensive federal, state and local government laws and regulations, including Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement rules and regulations, anti-kickback laws, self-referral prohibition statutes, false claims statutes, exclusions statutes, civil monetary penalty statutes and associated regulations, among others. We are also subject to federal and state laws that regulate the reimbursement of our services and that are designed to prevent fraud and abuse, and impose state licensure and corporate practice of medicine restrictions, as well as federal and state laws and regulations relating to the privacy of individually identifiable information. We maintain a robust compliance program, have made significant investments around our controls across the organization, and we periodically conduct compliance audits and reviews along with compliance training designed to keep our officers, directors and employees educated and up-to-date and to emphasize our policy of strict compliance.
14

Table of Contents
Reimbursement; Fraud and Abuse
We are subject to laws regulating reimbursement under various federal and state healthcare programs. The marketing, billing, documenting and other practices of healthcare companies are all subject to government scrutiny. To ensure compliance with Medicare, Medicaid and other regulations, health insurance carriers and state agencies often conduct audits and request customer records and other documents to support our claims submitted for payment of services rendered to customers. Similarly, government agencies and their contractors periodically open investigations and obtain information from us and from healthcare providers pursuant to the legal process. Violations of federal and state regulations can result in severe criminal, civil and administrative penalties and sanctions, including disqualification from Medicare and other reimbursement programs, which could significantly impact our financial condition and results of operations.
Various federal and state laws prohibit the submission of false or fraudulent claims, including claims to obtain payment under Medicare, Medicaid, and other government healthcare programs. These laws include the federal False Claims Act, which prohibits persons or entities from knowingly submitting or causing to be submitted a claim that the person knew or should have known (i) to be false or fraudulent; (ii) for items or services not provided or provided as claimed; or (iii) was provided by an individual not otherwise qualified or who was excluded from participation in federal healthcare programs. The False Claims Act also imposes penalties for requests for payment that otherwise violate conditions of participation in federal healthcare programs or other healthcare compliance laws. In recent years, federal and state government agencies have increased the level of enforcement resources and activities targeted at the healthcare industry. Additionally, the False Claims Act and similar state statutes allow individuals to bring lawsuits on behalf of the government, in what are known as qui tam or “whistleblower” actions, and can result in civil and criminal fines, imprisonment, and exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs. The use of these private enforcement actions against healthcare providers has increased dramatically in recent years, in part because the individual filing the initial complaint is entitled to share in a portion of any settlement or judgment. Revisions to the False Claims Act enacted in 2009 expanded significantly the scope of liability, provided for new investigative tools, and made it easier for whistleblowers to bring and maintain False Claims Act suits on behalf of the government.
Anti-Kickback Regulations
We are subject to federal and state laws regulating financial relationships involving federally-reimbursable healthcare services. These laws include Section 1128B(b) of the Social Security Act (the “Anti-Kickback Law”), under which civil and criminal penalties can be imposed upon persons who, among other things, offer, solicit, pay or receive remuneration in return for (i) the referral of patients for the rendering of any item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, by a federal health care program (including Medicare and Medicaid); or (ii) purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for or recommending purchasing, leasing, ordering any good, facility, service, or item for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, by a federal health care program (including Medicare and Medicaid). We believe that our business combinationprocedures and business arrangements are in compliance with these laws and regulations. However, the provisions are broadly written and the full extent of their specific application to specific facts and arrangements to which we are a different target until 24 monthsparty is uncertain and difficult to predict. In addition, several states have enacted state laws similar to the Anti-Kickback Law, many of which are more restrictive than the federal Anti-Kickback Law.
15

Table of Contents
The Office of the Inspector General (“OIG”) of the Health and Human Services Department has issued regulations describing compensation arrangements that fall within a “Safe Harbor” and, therefore, are not viewed as illegal remuneration under the Anti-Kickback Law. Failure to fall within a Safe Harbor does not mean that the Anti-Kickback Law has been violated; however, the OIG has indicated that failure to fall within a Safe Harbor may subject an arrangement to increased scrutiny under a “facts and circumstances” test. Federal case law provides limited guidance as to the application of the Anti-Kickback Law to these arrangements. However, we believe our arrangements, including our compensation and financial arrangements, comply with the Anti-Kickback Law. If our arrangements are found to violate the Anti-Kickback Law, it could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Penalties for violations include denial of payment for the services, significant criminal and civil monetary penalties, and exclusion from the closingMedicare and Medicaid programs. In addition, claims resulting from a violation of the Initial Public Offering.

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if no Initial Business Combination

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed that we will have only 24 months from the closingAnti-Kickback Law are considered false for purposes of the Initial Public OfferingFalse Claims Act.
Physician Self-Referral
Provisions of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn) (the “Stark Law”) prohibit referrals by a physician of “designated health services” which are payable, in whole or in part, by Medicare or Medicaid, to complete our initial business combination. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such 24-month period, we will: (i) cease all operations except foran entity in which the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafterphysician or the physician’s immediate family member has an investment interest or other financial relationship, subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem 100%several exceptions. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute and proof of intent to violate the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal toStark Law is not required. Physical therapy services are among the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption,“designated health services” subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each caseStark Law. Further, the Stark Law has application to our obligations under Delaware law to providemanagement contracts with individual physicians and physician groups, as well as, any other financial relationship between us and referring physicians, including medical advisor arrangements and any financial transaction resulting from a clinic acquisition. The Stark Law also prohibits billing for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the 24-month time period.



15






Our Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Founder Shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. However, if our Sponsor, officers and directors acquire public shares, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the allotted 24-month time period.

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed,services rendered pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendmentprohibited referral. Several states have enacted laws similar to our amendedthe Stark Law. These state laws may cover all (not just Medicare and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public stockholdersMedicaid) patients. As with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payableAnti-Kickback Law, we consider the Stark Law in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to payplanning our taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules).

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the proceeds held outside the Trust Account, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the Trust Account not required to pay taxes, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, other than the proceeds deposited in the Trust Account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the Trust Account, the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by stockholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. Under Section 281(b) of the DGCL, our plan of dissolution must provide for all claims against us to be paid in full or make provision for payments to be made in full, as applicable, if there are sufficient assets. These claims must be paid or provided for before we make any distribution of our remaining assets to our stockholders. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.



16






Although we will seek to have all third parties, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businessesclinics, establishing contractual and other entitiesarrangements with which we do business with, execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility orphysicians, marketing and other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third-party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver.

In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we have not completed our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us, if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay our taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We have not independently verified whether our Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligationsactivities, and believe that our Sponsor’s only assetsoperations are securitiesin compliance with the Stark Law. If we violate the Stark Law or any similar state laws, our financial results and operations could be adversely affected. Penalties for violations include denial of our company. Our Sponsorpayment for the services, significant civil monetary penalties, and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.
Corporate Practice; Fee-Splitting; Professional Licensure
The laws of some states restrict or prohibit the “corporate practice of medicine,” meaning business corporations cannot provide medical services through the direct employment of medical providers, or by exercising control over medical decisions by medical providers. In some states, the specific restrictions explicitly apply to physical therapy services, in others the specific restrictions have been interpreted to apply to physical therapy services or are not fully developed. The specific restrictions with respect to enforcement of the corporate practice of medicine or physical therapy vary from state to state and certain states in which we operate may notpresent higher risk than others.
Many states also have sufficient funds availablelaws that prohibit a non-physical therapy entity, individual, or provider fee-splitting. Generally, these laws restrict business arrangements that involve a physical therapist sharing professional fees with a referral source, but in some states, these laws have been interpreted to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by third partiesextend to management agreements between physical therapists and prospective target businesses.



business entities under some circumstances.

17

16





Table of Contents
InWe believe that each of our facilities and medical provider partners comply with any current corporate practice and fee-splitting laws of the eventstate in which they are located. However, such laws and regulations vary from state to state and are enforced by governmental, judicial, law enforcement or regulatory authorities with broad discretion. We cannot be certain that the proceedsour interpretation of certain laws and regulations is correct with respect to how we have structured our operations, service agreements and other arrangements with physical therapists in the Trust Account are reduced below (i) $10.00 per public sharestates in which we operate. Future interpretations of corporate practice and fee-splitting laws, the enactment of new legislation, or (ii) such lesser amount per public share heldthe adoption of new regulations relating to these laws could cause us to have to restructure our business operations or close our facilities in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay our taxes, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has have no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whetherstate.
Health Information Practices
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 ("HIPAA") required the Health and Human Services Department to take legal actionadopt standards to protect the privacy and security of individually identifiable health-related information. HIPAA created a source of funding for fraud control to coordinate federal, state and local healthcare law enforcement programs, conduct investigations, provide guidance to the healthcare industry concerning fraudulent healthcare practices, and establish a national data bank to receive and report final adverse actions. HIPAA also criminalized certain forms of health fraud against our Sponsorall public and private payors. Additionally, HIPAA mandates the adoption of standards regarding the exchange of healthcare information in an effort to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expectensure the privacy and electronic security of patient information and standards relating to the privacy of health information. Sanctions for failing to comply with HIPAA include criminal penalties and civil sanctions. In February of 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was signed into law. Title XIII of ARRA, HITECH, provided for substantial Medicare and Medicaid incentives for providers to adopt electronic health records (“EHRs”) and grants for the development of health information exchange (“HIE”). Recognizing that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per share redemption priceHIE and EHR systems will not be substantially lessimplemented unless the public can be assured that the privacy and security of patient information in such systems is protected, HITECH also significantly expanded the scope of the privacy and security requirements under HIPAA. Most notable are the mandatory breach notification requirements and a heightened enforcement scheme that includes increased penalties, and which now apply to business associates as well as to covered entities. In addition to HIPAA, a number of states have adopted laws and/or regulations applicable in the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information that can be more stringent than $10.00 per share.comparable provisions under HIPAA.

In addition to HIPAA, there are numerous federal and state laws and regulations addressing patient and consumer privacy concerns, including unauthorized access or theft of personal information. State statutes and regulations vary from state to state, some of which are more stringent than HIPAA.
We will seek to reduce the possibilitybelieve that our Sponsoroperations comply with applicable standards for privacy and security of protected healthcare information. We cannot predict what negative effect, if any, HIPAA/HITECH or any applicable state law or regulation will have to indemnifyon our business.
Other Regulatory Factors
Political, economic and regulatory influences are fundamentally changing the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all third parties, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business with, execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies heldhealthcare industry in the Trust Account. Our Sponsor will also not be liable asUnited States. Congress, state legislatures and the private sector continue to any claims under our indemnityreview and assess alternative healthcare delivery and payment systems. Potential alternative approaches could include mandated basic healthcare benefits, controls on healthcare spending through limitations on the growth of private health insurance premiums and Medicare and Medicaid spending, the underwriterscreation of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that we liquidatelarge insurance purchasing groups, and itprice controls. Legislative debate is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, stockholders who received funds from our Trust Account could be liable for claims made by creditors.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporationexpected to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public sharescontinue in the event we dofuture and market forces are expected to demand only modest increases or reduced costs. For instance, managed care entities are demanding lower reimbursement rates from healthcare providers and, in some cases, are requiring or encouraging providers to accept capitated payments that may not completeallow providers to cover their full costs or realize traditional levels of profitability. We cannot reasonably predict what impact the adoption of federal or state healthcare reform measures or future private sector reform may have on our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution.


business.

18

17





Table of Contents
Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such 24-month period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption,Available Information
We are subject to the approval of our remaining stockholdersinformation and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and theperiodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, therefore, file periodic reports, proxy statements and other applicable law. Accordingly, itinformation with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Our website address is www.atipt.com. Our filings with the SEC, as well as other pertinent financial and Company information, are available at no cost on our intention to redeem our public shareswebsite through the investor relations section as soon as reasonably possible following our 24th month frompracticable after the closingfiling of the Initial Public Offering, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent 10 years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. As described above, pursuant to the obligation contained in our underwriting agreement, we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business with, execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account. As a result of this obligation, the claims that could be made against us are significantly limited and the likelihood that any claim that would result in any liability extending to the Trust Account is remote. Further, our Sponsor may be liable only to the extent necessary to ensure that the amounts in the Trust Account are not reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest withdrawn to pay taxes and will not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.



19






If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our public stockholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, our board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination, and then only in connection with those public shares that such stockholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity; and (iii) the redemption of all of our public shares if we have not completed our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the Trust Account. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a stockholder’s voting in connection with the business combination alone will not result in a stockholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the Trust Account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains certain requirements and restrictions relating to the Initial Public Offering that will apply to us until the completion of our initial business combination. These provisions cannot be amended without the approval of the holders of at least 65% of our common stock.

Our initial stockholders, who collectively beneficially own 20% of our common stock upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, may participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. Specifically, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provide, among other things, that:

20







if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders' rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law;
prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the Trust Account or (ii) vote as a class with our public shares on any initial business combination;    

although we do not currently intend to enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, our directors or our officers, we are not prohibited from doing so. In the event we enter into such a transaction, we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, that such a business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view;

if a stockholder vote on our initial business combination is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements and we do not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other reasons, we will offer to redeem our public shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, and will file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act;

in the event our securities are listed on the NYSE, our initial business combination must be with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes, if any, and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in trust) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination;    


21







if our stockholders approve an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our     initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders' rights or pre-initial business combination activity, we will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon such approval at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares; and    

we will not effectuate our initial business combination solely with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.    

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that under no circumstances will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these entities are well-established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public stockholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.



22






Conflicts of Interest

Certain of our officers and directors have fiduciary and contractual duties to Fortress and its affiliates. As a result, certain of our officers and directors will have a duty to offer acquisition opportunities to certain Fortress funds and other entities and will have no duty to offer such opportunities to us unless presented to them in their capacity as our officer or director. As a result, Fortress or any of their respective affiliates may compete with us for acquisition opportunities in the same industries and sectors as we may target for our initial business combination. If any of them decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from procuring such opportunities. In addition, investment ideas generated within Fortress or any of its affiliates, including by Mr. McKnight, Mr. Furstein, Mr. Gillette, Ms. Cowen, Mr. Pack, Mr. Bass, Mr. Kaplan and other persons who may make decisions for the company, may be suitable for both us and for Fortress or any of its affiliates or clients, including Fortress Credit blank check companies and any future Fortress PE blank check companies, and may directed initially to Fortress or such persons rather than to us. Our officers and directors, Fortress or any of its affiliates or members of our management team who are also employed by Fortress or any of its affiliates have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential business combination of which they become aware unless it is offered to them solely in their capacity as our director or officer and after they have satisfied their contractual and fiduciary obligations to other parties. Fortress generally intends to offer investment opportunities that fit within the investment program of a Fortress fund to such fund before offering it to us, and may choose to allocate all or part of any such opportunity to any Fortress affiliate or client or any business in which a Fortress affiliate, including Fortress Credit blank check companies and any future Fortress PE blank check companies, has invested instead of offering such opportunity to us.

The potential conflicts described above may limit our ability to enter into a business combination or other transactions. Fortress and its affiliates engage, and in the future will engage, in a broad spectrum of activities, including direct investment activities and investment advisory activities, and have extensive investment activities (including principal investments by Fortress affiliates for their own account), on behalf of both persons or entities to which they provide investment advice and on a principal basis, that are independent from, and may from time to time conflict or compete with, our activities. These circumstances could give rise to numerous situations where interests may conflict. There can be no assurance that these or other conflicts of interest with the potential for adverse effects on us and investors will not arise.

Fortress Credit is currently sponsoring two other blank check companies, Fortress Value Acquisition Corp. III ("FVAC III") and Fortress Value Acquisition Corp. IV ("FVAC IV") and may continue to sponsor future blank check companies, each formed for the purpose of completing a business combination and, like us, each focused on identifying a business that may provide opportunities for attractive risk-adjusted returns. FVAC III completed its initial public offering in January 2021, in which it sold 23,000,000 units, each consisting of one share of Class A common stock and one-fifth of one redeemable warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $230,000,000. FVAC III’s Class A common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "FVT", its warrants are traded under the symbol "FVT WS" and its units are traded under the symbol "FVT.U". FVAC III has not yet announced or completed its initial business combination. FVAC IV has not yet completed its initial public offering. We may compete with FVAC III, FVAC IV and future Fortress Credit blank check companies for business combination opportunities.

23






Fortress PE, which operates alongside Fortress Credit within the greater Fortress business, is currently sponsoring a blank check company, Fortress Capital Acquisition Corp. ("FCAC"), and may also sponsor future Fortress PE blank check companies formed for the purpose of completing a business combination and, like us, focused on identifying a business that may provide opportunities for attractive risk-adjusted returns. We may compete with future Fortress PE blank check companies for business combination opportunities. Further, Mr. Bass, our Chief Financial Officer, is the Chief Financial Officer of FCAC.

While we and any future Fortress PE blank check companies may share certain administrative functions provided by Fortress, our management team that will be involved in sourcing potential business combination targets will be different than the management teams of any future Fortress PE blank check companies. We anticipate that any potential business combination targets sourced through our management team, in their capacity as directors and officers of the company, will be first offered to the company before being offered to the Fortress Credit blank check companies or to any Fortress PE blank check companies and that any potential business combination opportunities that are sourced through the management teams of the Fortress PE blank check companies will be first offered to the Fortress PE blank check companies before being offered to us.

Fortress Credit and Fortress PE each have investment professionals that source transactions for their respective businesses and may compete with each other for investment opportunities that are appropriate for a blank check company like us. In making allocation decisions with respect to investment opportunities that could reasonably be expected to fit the investment objectives of one or more Fortress affiliates, Fortress anticipates that it will consider one or more of the following: the internal source of the investment opportunity; the objectives and investment programs of any such affiliate; any exclusive rights to investment opportunities that may have been granted to any such Fortress affiliate; the expected duration of the investment in light of a Fortress affiliate's objectives and investment program; the amount of available capital (including financing); the magnitude of the investment opportunity; regulatory and tax considerations; the degree of risk arising from an investment; the expected investment return; relative liquidity; likelihood of current income; regulatory requirements; and/or such other factors as Fortress deems to be appropriate. These factors provide substantial discretion to Fortress to resolve conflicts of interest arising from limited investment opportunities. The internal source of an investment opportunity will play a particularly important factor in allocation decisions and we anticipate that business combination opportunities sourced within Fortress Credit will be offered to us before such opportunities are offered to the Fortress PE blank check companies and that business combination opportunities sourced within Fortress PE will be offered to the Fortress PE blank check companies before they are offered to us.



24






We do not believe that any potential conflicts with any other Fortress Credit blank check company or any Fortress PE blank check company would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. In addition, future Fortress Credit blank check companies may differ in size and therefore different business combination opportunities that require more or less capital might be appropriate for one Fortress Credit blank check company but not the other. Moreover, as discussed above, any future Fortress PE blank check company will be sponsored by Fortress PE, which is a separate and distinct business group from Fortress Credit, and our board of directors and the majority of our management team consist of different individuals than those that may be on the boards of directors and management teams of any future Fortress PE blank check companies.

In addition, Fortress and its affiliates, including our officers and directors who are affiliated with Fortress, may sponsor or form other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. However, we do not believe that any such potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Each of our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, including FVAC III, FVAC IV and FCAC pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor such fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity. We expect that if an opportunity is presented to one of our officers or directors in his or her capacity as an officer or director of one of those other entities, such opportunity would be presented to such other entity and not to us. For more information on the entities to which our officers and directors currently have fiduciary or contractual obligations, please refer to “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance—Conflicts of Interest.” Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.



25






Indemnity

Our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us, if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay our taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We have not independently verified whether our Sponsor have sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company and, therefore, our Sponsor may not be able to satisfy those obligations. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such eventuality. We believe the likelihood of our Sponsor having to indemnify the Trust Account is limited because we will endeavor to have all third parties, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business with, execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Facilities

We currently maintain our executive offices at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, 46th Floor, New York, New York 10105. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We currently have four officers and do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time that members of our management will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the current stage of the business combination process.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

We have registered our units, Class A common stock and warrants under the Exchange Act and we have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirementsThe information on our website is not incorporated as a part of the Exchange Act, our annual report contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accounting firm.

this Annual Report.

26






We will provide stockholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials sent to stockholders to assist them in assessing the target business. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, U.S. GAAP, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. While this may limit the pool of potential business combination candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to have our internal control procedures audited. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

We have filed a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our initial business combination.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the

27






fifth anniversary of the completion of the Initial Public Offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year, if (1) the market value of our common stock owned by non-affiliates is less than $250 million, or (2) we have less than $100 million in annual revenues and the market value of our common stock owned by non-affiliates is less than $700 million. Market value is calculated as of the prior June 30th.

Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such.

28

18




Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Summary of Risk Factors

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. Below is a summary of the principal risk factors that make an investment in our securities speculative or risky. This summary does not address all of the risks that we face. Additional discussion of the risks summarized in this summary of risk factors,Our operations and other risks that we face, can be founded below in “Risk Factors” and should be carefully considered, together with other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our principalfinancial results are subject to various risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following risks, uncertainties and other factors:
that could adversely affect our being a recently incorporated company with no operating history and no revenues;

our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;

our ability to complete our initial business combination;

our expectations around the performance of a prospective target business or businesses;

our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination;

our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;

our pool of prospective target businesses;

our ability to consummate an initial business combination due to the uncertainty resulting from the recent COVID-19 pandemic;

the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential business combination opportunities;

our public securities' potential liquidity and trading;

29





Risk Factors

business. You should consider carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below together with thebefore deciding to invest in our Common Stock, in addition to other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
The following risks and uncertainties are not the prospectus associated withonly ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that adversely affect our Initial Public Offering and the registration statement of which such prospectus forms a part before making a decision to invest in our securities.business. If any of the following events occur,risks or others not specified below materialize, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our Common Stock could decline. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Risk Factor Summary
We are providing the following summary of the risk factors contained in our Form 10-K to enhance the readability and usefulness of our risk factor disclosures. This summary should be read in conjunction with the full risk factors contained in this Form 10-K and should not be relied upon as an exhaustive summary of the material risks facing our business. The order of presentation is not necessarily indicative of the level of risk that each factor poses to us.
Our liquidity position raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern;
If we fail to comply with covenants related to our debt agreement or our Series A Senior Preferred Stock, it could result in the acceleration of some or all of our debt and preferred stock obligations;
We depend upon governmental payors through Medicare and Medicaid;
Growth in Medicaid expenditures is not anticipated;
Payments we receive from Medicare and Medicaid are subject to potential retroactive reduction;
We depend upon reimbursement by third-party payors;
Payments from workers’ compensation payors may be reduced or eliminated;
Our payor contracts are subject to renegotiation or termination;
We are subject to risks associated with public health crises and epidemics / pandemics;
We are subject to risks related to COVID-19, including the impact on our workforce of mandatory COVID-19 vaccinations and reduced clinic visits;
We may be adversely affected by natural disasters, pandemics and other catastrophic events;
We are subject to increases in cost inflation and risks related to a potential recession;
We operate in a competitive industry;
We may be unable to use our net operating loss carryforwards;
19

Table of Contents
Rapid technological change in our industry presents us with significant risks and challenges;
We may be unable to maintain high levels of service and patient satisfaction;
Our current locations may become unattractive and attractive new locations may not be available for a reasonable price, if at all;
We may incur closure costs and losses;
Our ability to generate revenue is highly sensitive to the strength of the economies, demographics and populations of the local communities that we serve;
The size and expected growth of our addressable market has not been established with precision and may be smaller than estimated;
Our financial results could vary significantly from quarter to quarter and are difficult to predict;
As participants in Medicare and Medicaid programs, we are subject to various governmental laws and regulations;
An adverse inspection, review, audit or investigation could result in fines, penalties and other sanctions, including license revocation or exclusion from participation in the Medicare or Medicaid programs or one or more managed care payor networks;
The issuance of additional equity securities in the future would result in dilution to existing holders of our Common Stock;
We may issue debt or debt securities convertible into equity securities that are senior to our Common Stock as to distributions or in liquidation;
Future issuances of our Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Common Stock, as well as sales of our Common Stock in the public markets, or the perception of such issuances or sales, could depress the trading price of our Common Stock;
The price and volume of our Common Stock have been volatile and fluctuates substantially;
We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention;
The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified members of our Board of Directors;
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud which could subject us to regulatory sanctions, harm our business and operating results and cause the trading price of our Common Stock to decline;
Our efforts to regain compliance and continue operating as an NYSE-listed public company involve continued significant costs and devotion of substantial management time, and may ultimately not be successful; and
Inaccurate or unfavorable analyst research reports or reduced analyst coverage could adversely affect our stock price and trading volume.
20

Table of Contents
Risks Relating to Liquidity
Our liquidity position raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
The Company has negative operating cash flows, operating losses and net losses in the current year. Based on current liquidity and projected cash use, the Company anticipates violation of its $30.0 million minimum liquidity covenant under its 2022 Credit Agreement within the next twelve months. As a result of the above factors, there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within the twelve months following the issuance date of the consolidated financial statements as of and for the period ended December 31, 2022.
If the Company does not complete the Transaction as contemplated by the TSA or otherwise access additional financing, the Company will need to consider other alternatives, including pursuing separate amendments to or waivers of the minimum liquidity covenant, the requirement to deliver audited financial statements without certain going concern qualifications, and other requirements under the 2022 Credit Agreement, as well as raising funds from other sources, obtaining alternate financing, disposal of assets, or pursuing other strategic alternatives to improve its liquidity position and business results. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in completing the Transaction or accessing such alternative options or financing when needed. Failure to do so could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and may lead to events including bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency.
In addition, the report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm accompanying the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022 contains an explanatory paragraph expressing substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Absent an amendment or waiver, the 2022 Credit Agreement provides that the receipt of a report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm containing an explanatory paragraph expressing substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern could be an event of default, subject to certain exceptions. Pursuant to the TSA, the First Lien Lenders have agreed that, prior to the Outside Closing Date, they will forbear in the exercise of any rights, remedies, powers, privileges and defenses under the 2022 Credit Agreement arising on account of a default, alleged default or event of default (if any) resulting from the going concern explanatory paragraph in the report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm accompanying the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022. However, if the transactions contemplated by the TSA are not consummated on its terms or at all, the First Lien Lenders could claim that a default or event of default has occurred under the 2022 Credit Agreement. If such claim is not waived by the First Lien Lenders and the Company is unsuccessful in disputing any such claims (including with respect to the applicability of one of the enumerated exceptions to the 2022 Credit Agreement requirement), the Company could be considered to have an event of default after the expiration of the applicable cure periods. In such event, all amounts outstanding under the 2022 Credit Facility, together with any accrued interest, could then be declared immediately due and payable and could be reclassified to current in the Company's consolidated financial statements for the period. A default on our obligations and an acceleration of our indebtedness by our lenders would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and may lead to events including bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency.
On March 15, 2023, the Company entered into a Transaction Support Agreement (the “TSA”) with certain of its first lien lenders under the 2022 Credit Agreement (the "First Lien Lenders"), the administrative agent under the 2022 Credit Agreement, holders of its Series A Senior Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Equityholders") and holders of the majority of its common stock (together with the First Lien Lenders and the Preferred Equityholders, the “Parties”), setting forth the principal terms of a comprehensive transaction to enhance the Company's liquidity (the "Transaction"). Pursuant to the TSA, and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, the Parties have agreed to support, act in good faith and take all steps reasonably necessary and desirable to consummate the transactions referenced therein by June 15, 2023 (the “Outside Closing Date”).
21

Table of Contents
The TSA contemplates, among other things, (i) a delayed draw new money financing, available under certain circumstances until the 18 month anniversary of the closing date of the transactions, in an aggregate principal amount equal to $25.0 million in the form of new second lien PIK exchangeable notes (“Second Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes”), (ii) exchange of $100.0 million of the aggregate principal amount of the term loans under the 2022 Credit Facility held by certain of the Preferred Equityholders for Second Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes, (iii) a reduction of the thresholds applicable to the minimum liquidity financial covenant under the 2022 Credit Agreement for certain periods, (iv) a waiver of the requirement to comply with the Secured Net Leverage Ratio financial covenant under the 2022 Credit Agreement for the fiscal quarters ending June 30, 2024, September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2024 and a modification of the levels and certain component definitions applicable thereto in the fiscal quarters ending after December 31, 2024, (v) waiver of the requirement for the Company to deliver audited financial statements without certain going concern qualifications for the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2024, (vi) an increase in the interest rate payable on the existing term loans and revolving loans until the achievement of a specified financial metric and (vii) board representation and observer rights, and other changes to the governance of the Company. The Second Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes would be exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock of the Company at a fixed price of $0.25, and the holders thereof would have the right to vote on corporate matters on an as-exchanged basis. The TSA contains certain representations, warranties and other agreements by the Company and Parties. In accordance with the TSA, the First Lien Lenders agreed that, prior to the Outside Closing Date, they will forbear in the exercise of any rights, remedies, powers, privileges and defenses under the 2022 Credit Agreement arising on account of an alleged default or event of default (if any) resulting from the going concern explanatory paragraph in the independent auditors' report accompanying the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022 (the "Credit Agreement Forbearance"). The Parties' obligations under the TSA are, and the closing of the Transaction is, subject to various customary terms and conditions set forth therein, including the execution and delivery of definitive documentation and approval by the Company's stockholders.
There is no assurance that the transactions contemplated by the TSA will be consummated on the terms as described above, on a timely basis or at all.
We may be unable to generate sufficient cash and may be required to take other actions, which may not be successful, to satisfy our obligations.
To the extent our operating cash flows, together with our cash on hand and access to our revolving credit facility, become insufficient to cover our liquidity and capital requirements, including funds for any future acquisitions and other corporate transactions, we may be required to seek third-party financing or an alternative liquidity or capital transaction. There can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain any required financing, or complete an alternative liquidity or capital transaction, on a timely basis or at all. Further, lenders and other financial institutions could require us to agree to more restrictive covenants, grant liens on our assets as collateral and/or accept other terms that are not commercially beneficial to us in order to obtain financing. Such terms could further restrict our operations and exacerbate any impact on our results of operations and liquidity.
22

Table of Contents
We have outstanding indebtedness and may incur additional debt in the future.
We have outstanding indebtedness that could have detrimental consequences on our ability to obtain additional debt or other financing as needed for working capital, acquisition costs, other capital expenditures or general corporate purposes. We cannot be certain that cash flow from operations will be sufficient to allow us to pay principal and interest on the debt, support operations and meet other obligations. If we do not have the resources to meet our obligations, we may be required to refinance all or part of our outstanding debt, sell assets or borrow more money. We may not be able to do so on acceptable terms, in a timely manner, or at all. If we are unable to refinance our debt on acceptable terms, we may be forced to dispose of our assets on disadvantageous terms, potentially resulting in losses. Defaults under our debt agreement could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.
Certain of our borrowings and other obligations are based upon variable rates of interest, which could result in higher expense in the event of increases in interest rates.
Borrowings under the 2022 Credit Agreement are subject to variable rates of interest and subject us to interest rate risk. During 2022, a rising interest rate environment was observed and interest rates may continue to rise again in the future. Such increases in interest rates would increase interest payment obligations under the 2022 Credit Agreement and could have a negative effect on our cash flow and/or financial condition.
At times, we have sought to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations by entering into interest rate hedging arrangements. However, any hedging arrangements we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk, may prove disadvantageous or may create additional risks.
Our outstanding indebtedness and our Series A Senior Preferred Stock contains covenants that may limit certain operating and financial decisions. Non-compliance with these covenants may result in the acceleration of our indebtedness which could lead to bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency.
Our credit agreement contains restrictive and financial covenants, and the Certificate of Designation for our Series A Senior Preferred Stock contains provisions that impose significant operating and financial restrictions that may limit our ability to take actions that may be in our long-term best interest. Our credit agreement contains customary representations and warranties, events of default, reporting and other affirmative covenants and negative covenants including, but not limited to, requirements related to the delivery of independent audit reports without certain going concern qualifications, limitations on indebtedness, liens, investments, negative pledges, dividends, junior debt payments, fundamental changes and asset sales and affiliate transactions. The financial covenants also require us to maintain minimum liquidity or a secured net leverage ratio as of each fiscal quarter end, which we may be unable to meet.
In addition, the Certificate of Designation for our Series A Senior Preferred Stock contains provisions that may likewise impose significant operating and financial restrictions on our business. If an Event of Noncompliance (as defined in the Certificate of Designation) occurs, then the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock (but excluding any shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock then held by Advent International Corporation or its controlled affiliates) (the “Majority Holders”) have the right to demand that the Company engage in a sale/refinancing process for the Series A Senior Preferred Stock.
23

Table of Contents
Failure to comply with our debt agreement or our Series A Senior Preferred Stock could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, liquidity, financial condition or results of operation. If we are unable to cure covenant defaults within any applicable grace periods or obtain waivers or acceptable refinancing, such defaults could result in the acceleration of some or all of our indebtedness, which could lead to bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency.
Risks Relating to our Business and Industry
We depend upon governmental payors through Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement and decreases in Medicare reimbursement rates may adversely affect our financial results.
A significant portion of our net patient revenue is derived from governmental third-party payors. In 2022, approximately 24.2% of our net patient revenue was derived from Medicare and Medicaid. In recent years, through legislative and regulatory actions, the federal government has made substantial changes to various payment systems under the Medicare program. Additional reforms or other changes to these payment systems may be proposed or adopted, either by the U.S. Congress (“Congress”) or by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”), including bundled payments, outcomes-based payment methodologies and a shift away from traditional fee-for-service reimbursement. If revised regulations are adopted, the availability, methods and rates of Medicare reimbursements for services of the type furnished at our facilities could change. Some of these changes and proposed changes could adversely affect our business strategy, operations and financial results. The Medicare program reimburses outpatient rehabilitation providers based on the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule (“MPFS”). Beginning in January 2021, the physical therapy industry observed a reduction of Medicare reimbursement rates of approximately 3% in accordance with the MPFS for therapy services. Beginning in January 2022, the physical therapy industry observed a reduction of Medicare reimbursement rates of approximately 0.75%, as well as a 15% decrease in payments for services performed by physical therapy assistants. Additionally, a further reduction through resuming sequestration was postponed. Sequestration reductions resumed at 1% after March 31, 2022, and by an additional 1% after June 30, 2022, which resulted in an overall reduction of 2% in reimbursement rates related to sequestration after June 30, 2022. In July 2022, the CMS released its proposed 2023 MPFS which called for an approximate 4.5% reduction in the calendar year 2023 conversion factor. In December 2022, the Consolidated Appropriations Act (2023) was signed into law. The Consolidated Appropriations Act (2023) provides partial relief related to Medicare cuts including 2.5% relief in 2023 and 1.25% relief in 2024. As a result, the reimbursement rate reduction beginning in January 2023 was approximately 2.0%.
Statutes, regulations and payment rules governing the delivery of therapy services to Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries are complex and subject to interpretation. Compliance with such laws and regulations requires significant expense and management attention and can be subject to future government review and interpretation, as well as significant regulatory actions, including fines, penalties and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs if we are found to be in non-compliance. Any required actions to return to compliance, or any challenges to such regulatory actions, could be costly and time consuming and may not result in a favorable reversal of any such fines, penalties or exclusions.
Given the history of frequent revisions to the Medicare and Medicaid programs and their complexity, reimbursement rates and rules, we may not continue to receive reimbursement rates from Medicare or Medicaid that sufficiently compensate us for services or, in some instances, cover operating costs. Limits on reimbursement rates or the scope of services being reimbursed could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, any delay or default by the federal or state governments in making Medicare or Medicaid reimbursement payments could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
24

Table of Contents
We anticipate the federal and state governments to continue their efforts to contain growth in Medicaid expenditures, which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability.
Medicaid spending has increased rapidly in recent years, becoming a significant component of state budgets. This, combined with slower state revenue growth, has led the federal government and many states to institute measures aimed at controlling the growth of Medicaid spending, and in some instances reducing aggregate Medicaid spending. We expect these state and federal efforts to continue for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, not all of the states in which we operate have elected to expand Medicaid as part of federal healthcare reform legislation. There can be no assurance that the program, on the current terms or otherwise, will continue for any particular period of time beyond the foreseeable future. Historically, state budget pressures have translated into reductions in state spending. In addition, an economic downturn, coupled with sustained unemployment, may also impact the number of enrollees in managed care programs as well as the profitability of managed care companies, which could result in reduced reimbursement rates. If Medicaid reimbursement rates are reduced or fail to increase as quickly as our costs, or if there are changes in the rules governing the Medicaid program that are disadvantageous to our business, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Payments we receive from Medicare and Medicaid are subject to potential retroactive reduction.
Payments we receive from Medicare and Medicaid can be retroactively adjusted during the claims settlement process or as a result of post-payment audits. Payors may disallow our requests for reimbursement, or recoup amounts previously reimbursed, based on determinations by the payors or their third-party audit contractors that certain costs are not reimbursable because the documentation provided was inadequate or because certain services were not covered or were deemed medically unnecessary. Significant adjustments, recoupments or repayments of our Medicare or Medicaid revenue, and the costs associated with complying with audits and investigations by regulatory and governmental authorities, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Additionally, from time to time we become aware, either based on information provided by third-parties and/or the results of internal reviews, of payments from payor sources that were either wholly or partially in excess of the amount that we should have been paid for the services provided. We are also subject to regular post-payment inquiries, investigations and audits of the claims we submit to Medicare and Medicaid for payment for our services. These post-payment reviews have increased as a result of government cost-containment initiatives. Overpayments may result from a variety of factors, including insufficient documentation to support the services rendered or the medical necessity of such services, or other failures to document the satisfaction of the necessary conditions of payment. We are required by law in most instances to refund the full amount of the overpayment after becoming aware of it, and failure to do so within requisite time limits imposed by applicable law could lead to significant fines and penalties being imposed on us. Furthermore, initial billing of and payments for services that are unsupported by the requisite documentation and satisfaction of any other conditions of payment, regardless of our awareness of the failure at the time of the billing or payment, could expose us to significant fines and penalties. We and/or certain of our operating companies could also be subject to exclusion from participation in the Medicare or Medicaid programs in some circumstances, in addition to any monetary or other fines, penalties or sanctions that we may incur under applicable federal and/or state law. Our repayment of any overpayments, as well as any related fines, penalties or other sanctions that we may be subject to, and any costs incurred in responding to requests for records or pursuing the reversal of payment denials, could be significant and could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
25

Table of Contents
From time to time we are also involved in various external governmental investigations, subpoenas, audits and reviews, including in connection with our claims for reimbursement and associated payments. Reviews, audits and investigations of this sort can lead to governmental subpoenas or other actions, which can result in the assessment of damages, civil or criminal fines or penalties, or other sanctions, including restrictions or changes in the way we conduct business, loss of licensure or exclusion from participation in government programs. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and rules could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, becoming subject to these governmental subpoenas, investigations, audits and reviews can require us to incur significant legal and document production expenses as we cooperate with the governmental authorities, regardless of whether the particular investigation, audit or review leads to the identification of underlying issues.
We depend upon reimbursement by third-party payors.
A significant portion of our revenue is derived from third-party payors. In 2022, approximately 57.6% of our net patient revenue was derived from commercial payors. These private third-party payors attempt to control healthcare costs by contracting with healthcare providers to obtain services on a discounted basis. We believe that this trend may continue and may limit reimbursement for healthcare services in the future. In addition, Company claims are closely scrutinized, and failure to submit accurate and complete clinical documentation, including specific documentation by the service provider, could result in adverse actions taken by the payor. Further, if insurers or managed care companies from whom we receive substantial payments were to reduce the amounts they pay for services, our profit margins may decline, or we may lose patients if we choose not to renew our contracts with these insurers at lower rates. In addition, in certain geographical areas, our clinics must be approved as providers by key health maintenance organizations and preferred provider plans. Failure to obtain or maintain these approvals would adversely affect our financial results.
If payments from workers’ compensation payors are reduced or eliminated, our revenue and profitability could be adversely affected.
In 2022, approximately 12.4% of our net patient revenue was derived from workers’ compensation payors. State workers’ compensation laws and regulations vary and changes to state laws could result in decreased reimbursement by third-party payors for physical therapy services, which could have an adverse impact on our revenue. Further, payments received under certain workers’ compensation arrangements may be based on pre-determined state fee schedules, which may be impacted by changes in state funding. Any modification to such schedules that reduces our ability to receive payments from workers’ compensation payors could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We may continue to experience unfavorable changes in rates and payor and service mix shifts toward lower reimbursing payor classes as opposed to higher reimbursing classes such as workers' compensation and auto personal injury. These changes may reflect longer term trends in our markets. Adverse changes in payor mix and/or payor rates are likely to adversely affect our results of operations in future periods, which effects may be material.
26

Table of Contents
Our payor contracts are subject to renegotiation or termination, which could result in a decrease in our revenue or profits.
The majority of our payor contracts are subject to termination by either party. Such contracts are routinely amended (sometimes through unilateral action by payors with respect to payment policies), renegotiated, subjected to bidding processes with our competitors, or terminated altogether. Oftentimes in the renegotiation process, certain lines of business may not be renewed or a payor may enlarge its provider network or otherwise change the way it conducts its business in a way that adversely impacts our revenue. In other cases, a payor may reduce its provider network in exchange for lower payment rates. Our revenue from a payor may also be adversely affected if the payor alters its utilization management expectations and/or administrative procedures for payments and audits, changes its order of preference among the providers to which it refers business or imposes a third-party administrator, network manager or other intermediary.
We are subject to risks associated with public health crises and epidemics / pandemics, such as COVID-19 (including variants and any future emerging variants).
Our operations expose us to risks associated with public health crises and epidemics / pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic that has spread globally since early 2020.
The COVID-19 pandemic (including variants and any future emerging variants) has had, and may continue to have, a material and adverse impact on our operations, including through restrictions on the operation of physical locations, potential cancellations of physical therapy patient appointments, clinical staff unavailable to work due to sickness or exposure and a decline in the scheduling of new or additional patient appointments. Due to these impacts and measures, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, significant and unpredictable reductions and cancellations of patient visits.
The spread of COVID-19, and the related global, national and regional policy response has also led to disruption and volatility in the global capital markets, which increases economic uncertainty and the cost of, and adversely impacts access to, capital. The COVID-19 pandemic has caused economic impacts with potentially extended duration, and could directly or indirectly cause a global recession, continued elevated wage inflation, inflation in the cost of goods, services and other operating inputs, changes in the market interest rate environment and other economic impacts.
The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted the global economy and caused significant macroeconomic uncertainty. Infection rates have varied across the country in which we operate. As we have experienced with recent variants, there may be additional waves of infection, which could be more contagious than prior waves. Governmental authorities have implemented numerous and constantly evolving measures to try to contain the virus, such as travel bans and restrictions, masking recommendations and mandates, vaccine recommendations and mandates, limits on gatherings, quarantines, shelter-in-place orders and business shutdowns. Government measures intended to address the COVID-19 pandemic, such as mandatory quarantines, vaccine mandates and regular testing requirements, could also impact the availability of our employees or other workers or could lead to attrition of key employees or reduced visits.
27

Table of Contents
Our financial results have been, and are expected to continue to be, negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Visits per day decreased approximately 50.5%, 27.9% and 24.4% in the quarters ended June 30, 2020, September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2020, respectively, in relation to the comparative prior year periods. While we have experienced relative increases in quarterly visits per day following the low point in the quarter ended June 30, 2020, we continue to experience lower aggregate patient volumes in many geographic areas in which we operate as compared to prior to the pandemic. Visits per day during the year ended December 31, 2022 were approximately 86.7% of visits per day during the year ended December 31, 2019. The current economic conditions resulting from COVID-19 have significantly impacted consumer behavior, which have reduced, and could continue to reduce, customer spend on certain medical procedures, including physical therapy, in both the short- and medium-term. Furthermore, we are unable to predict the impact that COVID-19 may have going forward on our business, results of operations or financial position of any of our major payors, which could impact each payor to a varying degree and at different times and could ultimately impact our own financial performance. Certain of our competitors may also be better equipped to weather the impact of COVID-19 and be better able to address changes in customer demand.
Additionally, enhanced cleaning, sanitization and social distancing protocols, mask policy for all clinicians, patients and support staff and screening protocols for all employees and patients designed to identify possible COVID-19 symptoms, and initiatives we may take in the future, require expenditures of time and resources that we would otherwise be investing in growing the business and could result in slower growth and opportunity costs.
The COVID-19 pandemic could cause any of the impacts described above to recur or could cause other unpredictable events, including events that could impact our ability to access funds from financial institutions and capital markets on terms favorable to us, or at all, and there can be no assurance that the COVID-19 pandemic will not materially impact our results of operations and financial position in the future. Further, even though certain vaccines have been widely distributed and accepted in some geographies, there can be no assurance that the vaccines will ultimately be successful in limiting or stopping the spread of COVID-19, either over the long-term or against new, emerging variants of COVID-19. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic subsides, the U.S. economy and other major global economies may experience a recession, and we anticipate our business and operations could be materially adversely affected by a prolonged recession in the U.S. and other major markets. Therefore, it remains difficult to predict the ultimate impact of the pandemic on our results of operations and financial position. In addition to the extent that COVID-19 adversely affects our results of operations or financial position, it may also heighten the other risks described in this Item 1A. Risk Factors.
The full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic and the various governmental responses to it impact our business, operations and financial results will depend on numerous other evolving factors that we may not be able to accurately predict, including:
the duration and scope of the pandemic;
the effectiveness of vaccines against COVID-19 (including against emerging variant strains);
governmental, business and individual actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to the pandemic, and the resulting impacts on our patient volumes and other aspects of our business;
the impact on our workforce of mandatory COVID-19 vaccination of employees;
availability and size of the clinical labor force, competition for the employment of clinical labor and wage inflation related to clinical labor;
28

Table of Contents
our ability to comply with the requirements necessary to retain the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act provider relief funds we received;
the effect on our patient, physician and facility referral sources and demand and ability to pay for physical therapy services;
disruptions of or restrictions on the ability of our employees to travel and to work, including as a result of their health and well-being;
availability of third-party providers to whom we outsource portions of our internal business functions, including billing and administrative functions relating to revenue cycle management;
increased cybersecurity risks as a result of remote working conditions;
the availability and cost of accessing the capital markets;
our ability to pursue, diligence, finance and integrate acquisitions;
our ability to comply with financial and operating covenants in our debt, preferred stock and operating lease agreements; and
potential for goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges.
Furthermore, COVID-19 could increase the magnitude of many of the other risks described herein and have other adverse effects on our operations that we are not currently able to predict. Additionally, we may also be required to delay or limit our internal strategies in the short- and medium-term by, for example, redirecting significant resources and management attention away from implementing our strategic priorities or executing opportunistic corporate development transactions.
The magnitude of the effect of COVID-19 on our business will depend, in part, on the length and severity of the COVID-19- related restrictions (including the effects of any “re-opening” actions and plans) and other limitations on our ability to conduct its business in the ordinary course. The longer the pandemic continues, the more severe the impacts described above will be on our business (which may also be disproportionately larger in certain local areas compared to the national level). The extent, length and consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic are uncertain and impossible to predict. COVID-19 and other similar outbreaks, epidemics or pandemics could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and could cause significant volatility in the trading prices of our securities.
We are subject to risks related to the impact on our workforce of mandatory COVID-19 vaccination of employees.
We operate in certain states that currently mandate COVID-19 vaccines for healthcare workers. While certain states have removed vaccination requirements, or allow for alternative methods to comply with such vaccination requirements, it is not possible to predict potential changes to these regulations or the impact that these regulations may have on the Company or its workforce. Similar mandatory vaccination or testing requirements that may become applicable to our employees, at the federal, state or local levels, may result in employee attrition and could have a material adverse effect on our business, including future revenue, costs and results of operations.
29

Table of Contents
We are subject to increases in the cost inflation necessary for the provision of our services and we may not be able to fully offset this cost inflation on a timely basis or at all.
Many of the components of our cost of services are subject to price increases that are attributable to factors beyond our control, including but not limited to, costs of clinician services and other professional services, contract labor, janitorial services, support staff services and clinic supplies. In the latter part of 2021 and continuing in 2022, input costs have increased materially and at a historically high rate. The pressures of input cost inflation may continue. To the extent we are unable to offset present and future input cost increases, our operating results could be materially and adversely affected.
We operate in a competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed.
Current or potential patients may seek competitive services in lieu of our services. If we are unable to compete successfully in the physical therapy industry, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
The outpatient physical therapy market is rapidly evolving and highly competitive, and subject to vertical integration. Such vertical integration could reduce the market opportunity for our services. Competition may intensify in the future as existing competitors and new entrants introduce new physical therapy services and platforms. We currently face competition from a range of companies, including other incumbent providers of physical therapy consultation services, that are continuing to grow and enhance their service offerings and develop more sophisticated and effective service platforms. In addition, since there are limited capital expenditures required for providing physical therapy services, there are few financial barriers to enter the industry. Other companies could enter the healthcare industry in the future and divert some or all of our business. Competition from specialized physical therapy service providers, healthcare providers, hospital systems and other parties may result in continued pricing and volume pressures, which would be likely to lead to price and volume declines in certain of our services, all of which could negatively impact our sales, profitability and market share.
Referrals and other methods of driving patient volumes are important to our profitability. We have implemented and are implementing strategies to improve our level of referrals, and if these measures are not successful, or if we are not able to successfully capture referrals or visit demand, it could lead to a decline in patient volumes and revenues, which could negatively impact our profitability and market share.
Some competitors may have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and significantly greater resources than us. Further, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third-parties with greater available resources. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than us to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or client requirements and may have the ability to initiate or withstand substantial price competition. In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and may in the future establish, cooperative relationships with vendors of complementary products, technologies or services to increase the availability of their services in the marketplace. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances may emerge that have greater market share, a larger client base, more widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise, greater financial resources or larger sales forces than ours, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Our competitors could also be better positioned to serve certain geographies or segments of the physical therapy market, which could create additional price and volume pressure. As we expand into new geographical areas, we may encounter competitors with stronger relationships or recognition in the community in such new areas, which could give those competitors an advantage in obtaining new patients or retaining existing ones.
30

Table of Contents
We also compete for physical therapists and we experienced elevated levels of attrition during periods of 2021 and 2022, which has had and may continue to have adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations, as well as our ability to open new clinics. We have taken and are continuing to take actions to increase hiring, reduce attrition and optimize clinician hours based on available workforce, but the impact of hiring and attrition has impacted overall profitability through wage inflation, greater benefits, and increases in other employee costs, as well as required a higher use of contract labor in difficult to staff markets. These labor market dynamics and level of competition are likely to continue. The ultimate impact on our business and industry remains difficult to predict, but may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
Moreover, we expect that competition will continue to increase as a result of consolidation in the healthcare industry. Many healthcare industry participants are consolidating to create integrated healthcare systems with greater market power, including, in some cases, integrating physical therapy services with their core medical practices. As provider networks and managed care organizations consolidate, thus decreasing the number of market participants, competition to provide services like ours may become more intense, and the importance of establishing and maintaining relationships with key industry participants will become greater.
Rapid technological change in our industry presents us with significant risks and challenges.
The healthcare market is characterized by rapid technological change, changing consumer requirements, short product lifecycles and evolving industry standards. Our success will depend on our ability to enhance our brands with next-generation technologies and to develop, acquire and market new services to access new consumer populations. Moreover, we may not be successful in developing, using, selling or maintaining new technologies effectively or adapting solutions to evolving client requirements or emerging industry standards, and, as a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we have limited insight into trends that event, the trading pricemight develop and later affect our business, and which could lead to errors in our analysis of available data or in predicting and reacting to relevant business, legal and regulatory trends and healthcare reform. Further, there can be no assurance that technological advances by one or more of our securitiescurrent or future competitors will not result in our present or future solutions and services becoming uncompetitive or obsolete. If any of these events occur, it could harm our business.
Inability to maintain high levels of service and patient satisfaction could adversely affect our business.
Failure to retain and attract sufficient numbers of qualified personnel could strain our human resources department and impede our growth or result in ineffective growth. In addition, if demand for our services increases, we need to increase our patient services and other personnel, as well as our network of partners, to provide personalized patient service. If we are not able to continue to provide high quality physical therapy services with high levels of patient satisfaction, our reputation, as well as our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
31

Table of Contents
Our current locations may become unattractive, and attractive new locations may not be available for a reasonable price, if at all, which could adversely affect our business.
The success of any of our clinics depends in substantial part on their locations. There can be no assurance that the current locations will continue to be attractive as demographic patterns and trade areas change. For example, neighborhood or economic conditions where our clinics are located could decline in the future, thus resulting in potentially reduced patient visits. In addition, rising real estate prices in some areas may restrict our ability to lease new desirable locations or increase the cost of operating in such locations. If desirable locations cannot be obtained at reasonable prices, our ability to execute our growth strategies could be adversely affected, and we may be impacted by declines in patient visits as a result of the deterioration of certain locations, each of which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We may continue to close clinics and incur closure costs and losses.
The competitive, economic or reimbursement conditions in the markets in which we operate, in addition to labor market conditions and liquidity considerations, may require us to reorganize or close certain clinics. Additionally, there is no guarantee that we will not have to close clinics in the future as a result of COVID-19 or its variants, execute measures designed to reduce the spread of COVID-19, or experience clinical staffing challenges, whether related to COVID-19 or labor market dynamics. Any clinic closures, reorganization or related business disruptions may have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations. In each of fiscal year 2022 and 2021, we closed 23 clinics. In the event a clinic is reorganized or closed, we may incur losses and closure costs, including, but not limited to, lease obligations, severance and write-down or write-off of goodwill, intangible assets or other assets.
We may determine to sell one or more of our clinics, and any such divestiture could adversely affect our continuing business.
We periodically evaluate our various businesses, services lines and clinics and may, as a result, consider the divestiture, wind down or exit of one or more of those clinics. Divestitures have inherent risks, including the inability to find potential buyers with favorable terms, the expense of selling the service line or clinic, the possibility that any anticipated sale will be delayed or will not occur and the potential delay or failure to realize the perceived strategic or financial merits of the divestment.
Our ability to generate revenue is highly sensitive to the strength of the economies in which we operate and the demographics and populations of the local communities that we serve.
Our revenues depend upon a number of factors, including, among others, the size and demographic characteristics of local populations and the economic condition of the communities that our locations serve. In the case of an economic downturn in a market, the utilization of physical therapy services by the local population of such market, and our resulting revenues and profitability in that market, could be adversely affected. Our revenues could also be affected by negative trends in the general economy that affect consumer spending, such as a recession or similar economic downturn. Furthermore, significant demographic changes in, or significant outmigration from, the neighborhoods where our clinics are located could reduce the demand for our services, all of which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
32

Table of Contents
The size and expected growth of our addressable market has not been established with precision and may be smaller than estimated.
Our estimates of the addressable market are based on a number of internal and third-party estimates and assumptions. While we believe our assumptions and the data underlying our estimates are reasonable, these assumptions and estimates may not be correct. Accordingly, the expected growth in the market for physical therapy services may prove to be inaccurate, and the actual size of our total addressable market and resulting growth rates may be materially lower than expected.
Risks Relating to Our Operations
We depend upon the cultivation and maintenance of relationships with the physicians and other referral sources in our markets.
Our success is partially dependent upon referrals from physicians in the communities our clinics serve and our ability to maintain good relationships with these physicians and other referral sources. Physicians referring patients to our clinics are free to refer their patients to other therapy providers or to their own physician owned therapy practices. If we are unable to successfully cultivate and maintain strong relationships with such physicians and other referral sources (including as a result of negative publicity (whether true or not)), our business may be negatively impacted and our net revenues may decline. In addition, our relationships with referral sources are subject to extensive laws and regulations, and if those relationships with referral sources are found to be in violation of those requirements, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and/or administrative penalties, exclusion from participation in government programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and/or reputational harm.
We operate our business in regions subject to natural disasters and other catastrophic events, and any disruption to our business resulting from such natural disasters or climate change would adversely affect our revenue and results of operations.
We operate our business in regions subject to severe weather and natural disasters, including hurricanes, floods, fires, earthquakes and other catastrophic events. For example, in February 2021, the state of Texas experienced unprecedented cold weather, resulting in power outages across the state. Nearly all of our clinics in Texas were impacted by the weather, with all clinics closing for at least one day. Additionally, in September and October 2022, the effects of Hurricane Ian negatively impacted certain clinic operations in the southeast region of the U.S. Any natural disaster or impacts from climate change could adversely affect our ability to conduct business and provide services to our customers, and the insurance we maintain may not be adequate to cover losses resulting from any business interruption resulting from a natural disaster or other catastrophic event.
Future acquisitions may use significant resources, may be unsuccessful and could expose us to unforeseen liabilities.
We have historically acquired outpatient physical therapy clinics and it is an important part of our long-term growth strategy. Failure to successfully identify and complete acquisitions would likely result in slower growth. Even if we are able to identify appropriate acquisition targets, we may not be able to execute transactions on favorable terms or integrate targets in a manner that allows us to fully realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions. Acquisitions may involve significant cash expenditures, potential debt incurrence and operational losses, dilutive issuances of equity securities and expenses that could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Acquisitions also involve numerous risks, including:
the difficulty and expense of integrating acquired personnel into our business;
the diversion of management's time from existing operations;
33

Table of Contents
the potential loss of key employees of acquired companies and existing customers of the acquired companies that may not be familiar with our brand or services;
the difficulty of assignment and/or procurement of managed care contractual arrangements; and
the assumption of the liabilities and exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies, including liabilities for failure to comply with healthcare regulations.
Failure of our third-party customer service and technical support providers to adequately address customers’ requests could harm our business and adversely affect our financial results.
Our customers rely on our customer service support organization to resolve issues with our services. We outsource a portion of our customer service and technical support activities to third-party service providers. We depend on these third-party customer service and technical support representatives working on our behalf, and expect to continue to rely on third-parties in the future. This strategy presents risks to the business due to the fact that we may not be able to influence the quality of support as directly as we would be able to do if our own employees performed these activities. Our customers may react negatively to providing information to, and receiving support from, third-party organizations, especially if these third-party organizations are based overseas. If we encounter problems with our third-party customer service and technical support providers, our reputation may be harmed, our ability to sell our services could be adversely affected, and we could lose customers and associated revenue.
Our systems infrastructure may not adequately support our operations.
We believe our future success will depend in large part on establishing an efficient and productive information technology (“IT”) systems infrastructure that is able to provide operational intelligence and support our platform. Our systems infrastructure is designed to address interoperability challenges across the healthcare continuum and any failure of our systems infrastructure to identify efficiencies or productivity may impact the execution of our strategies and have a significant impact on our business and operating results. Our inability to continue improving our clinical systems and data infrastructure could impact our ability to perform and continue improving outcomes for patients.
Failure by us to maintain financial controls and processes over billing and collections or disputes with third-parties could have a significant negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
The collection of accounts receivable requires constant focus and involvement by management, as well as ongoing enhancements of information systems and billing center operating procedures. There can be no assurance that we will be able to improve upon or maintain our current levels of collectability and days sales outstanding in future periods. Further, some of our patients or payors may experience financial difficulties, or may otherwise fail to pay accounts receivable when due, resulting in increased write-offs. If we are unable to properly bill and collect our accounts receivable, our financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected. In addition, from time to time we are involved in disputes with various parties, including our payors and their intermediaries regarding their performance of various contractual or regulatory obligations. These disputes sometimes lead to legal and other proceedings and cause us to incur costs or experience delays in collections, increases in our accounts receivable or loss of revenue. In addition, in the event such disputes are not resolved in our favor or cause us to terminate our relationships with such parties, there may be an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
34

Table of Contents
Legal and Regulatory Risks Relating to Our Business
Our operations are subject to extensive regulation.
Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local government laws and regulations, such as:
Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement rules and regulations (as discussed above);
federal and state anti-kickback laws, which prohibit the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any bribe, kickback, rebate or other remuneration in return for ordering, leasing, purchasing or recommending or arranging for, or to induce, the referral of an individual, or the ordering, purchasing or leasing of items or services covered, in whole or in part, by any federal healthcare program, such as Medicare and Medicaid;
the Physician Self-Referral Law and analogous state self-referral prohibition statutes, which, subject to limited exceptions, prohibits physicians from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity for the provision of certain "designated health services," including physical therapy, if the physician or a member of such physician's immediate family has a direct or indirect financial relationship (including an ownership interest or a compensation arrangement) with an entity, and prohibits the entity from billing Medicare or Medicaid for such "designated health services";
the federal False Claims Acts (the "False Claims Acts"), which impose civil and/or criminal penalties against any person or entity that knowingly submits or causes to be submitted a claim that the person knew or should have known (i) to be false or fraudulent; (ii) for items or services not provided or provided as claimed; or (iii) was provided by an individual not otherwise qualified or who was excluded from participation in federal healthcare programs. The False Claims Acts also impose penalties for requests for payment that otherwise violate conditions of participation in federal healthcare programs or other healthcare compliance laws;
U.S.C. 42 U.S. Code § 1320a–7, the Exclusions Statute of the Social Security Act, which subjects healthcare providers to exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs if they engage in Medicare fraud, patient neglect or abuse / felony convictions related to fraud, breach of fiduciary duties or other financial misconduct related to healthcare service delivery;
the civil monetary penalty statute and associated regulations, which authorizes the government agency to impose civil money penalties, an assessment, and program exclusion for various forms of fraud and abuse; and
the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 ("HIPAA"), which created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Law, a person or entity can be found guilty of violating HIPAA without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it.
35

Table of Contents
In recent years, there have been heightened coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts by both federal and state government agencies relating to the healthcare industry, and physical therapy providers, in particular, have been subject to increased enforcement. We believe we are in substantial compliance with all laws, but differing interpretations or enforcement of these laws and regulations could subject our current practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our methods of operations, facilities, equipment, personnel, services and capital expenditure programs and increase our operating expenses. If we fail to comply with these extensive laws and government regulations, we could become ineligible to receive government program reimbursement, suffer civil or criminal penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations. In addition, we could be forced to expend considerable resources responding to an investigation or other enforcement action under these laws or regulations.
In conducting our business, we are required to comply with applicable state laws regarding fee-splitting and professional corporation laws.
The laws of some states restrict or prohibit the “corporate practice of medicine,” meaning business corporations cannot provide medical services through the direct employment of medical providers, or by exercising control over medical decisions by medical providers. In some states, such restrictions explicitly apply to physical therapy services; in others, those restrictions have been interpreted to apply to physical therapy services or are not fully developed.
Specific restrictions with respect to enforcement of the corporate practice of medicine or physical therapy vary from state to state and certain states in which we operate may present higher risk than others. Each state has its own professional entity laws and unique requirements for entities that provide professional services. Further, states impose varying requirements on the licenses that the stockholders, directors, officers, and professional employees of professional corporations must possess.
Many states also have laws that prohibit non-physical therapy entities, individuals or providers from sharing in or splitting professional fees for patient care (“fee-splitting”). Generally, these laws restrict business arrangements that involve a physical therapist sharing professional fees with a referral source, but in some states, these laws have been interpreted to extend to management agreements between physical therapists and business entities under some circumstances.
Such laws and regulations vary from state to state and are enforced by governmental, judicial, law enforcement or regulatory authorities with broad discretion. Accordingly, we cannot be certain that our interpretation of certain laws and regulations is correct with respect to how we have structured our operations, service agreements and other arrangements with physical therapists in the states in which we operate.
The enforcement environment in any state in which we operate could also change, leading to increased enforcement of existing laws and regulations. If a court or governing body determines that we, or the physical therapists whom we support, have violated any of the fee-splitting laws or regulations, or if new fee-splitting laws or regulations are enacted, we or the physical therapists whom we support could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, our contracts could be found legally invalid and unenforceable (in whole or in part), or we could be required to restructure our contractual arrangements with our licensed providers of physical therapy (which may not be completed on a timely basis, if at all, and may result in terms materially less favorable to us), all of which may have a material adverse effect on our business.
36

Table of Contents
We face inspections, reviews, audits and investigations under federal and state government programs and payor contracts. These audits could have adverse findings that may negatively affect our business, including our results of operations, liquidity, financial condition and reputation.
As a result of our participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, we are subject to various governmental inspections, reviews, audits, subpoenas and investigations to verify our compliance with these programs and applicable laws and regulations. Payors may also reserve the right to conduct audits. We also periodically conduct reviews of our regulatory compliance. While our facilities intend to comply with the federal requirements for properly billing, coding and documenting claims for reimbursement, there can be no assurance that these audits will determine that all applicable requirements are fully met at the facilities that are reviewed. An adverse inspection, review, audit or investigation could result in:
refunding amounts we have been paid pursuant to the Medicare or Medicaid programs or from payors;
state or federal agencies imposing fines, penalties and other sanctions on us;
temporary suspension of payment for new patients;
decertification or exclusion from participation in the Medicare or Medicaid programs or one or more payor networks;
self-disclosure of violations to applicable regulatory authorities;
damage to our reputation; and
loss of certain rights under, or termination of, our contracts with payors.
We may be subject to various external governmental investigations, subpoenas, audits and reviews. Certain adverse governmental investigations, subpoenas, audits and reviews may require us to refund amounts we have been paid and/or pay fines and penalties as a result of these inspections, reviews, audits and investigations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. Furthermore, the legal, document production and other costs associated with complying with these inspections, reviews, subpoenas, audits or investigations could be significant.
Our facilities are subject to extensive federal and state laws and regulations relating to the privacy of individually identifiable information.
HIPAA required the Health and Human Services Department to adopt standards to protect the privacy and security of individually identifiable health-related information. The privacy regulations extensively regulate the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health-related information. The regulations also provide patients with significant rights related to understanding and controlling how their health information is used or disclosed. The security regulations require healthcare providers to implement administrative, physical and technical practices to protect the security of individually identifiable health information that is maintained or transmitted electronically. The Health Information Technology for Electronic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”), which was signed into law in 2009, enhanced the privacy, security and enforcement provisions of HIPAA by, among other things establishing security breach notification requirements, allowing enforcement of HIPAA by state attorneys general and increasing penalties for HIPAA violations. Violations of HIPAA or HITECH could result in civil or criminal penalties.
37

Table of Contents
In addition to HIPAA, there are numerous federal and state laws and regulations addressing patient and consumer privacy concerns, including unauthorized access or theft of personal information. State statutes and regulations vary from state to state. Lawsuits, including class actions and actions by state attorneys general, directed at companies that have experienced a privacy or security breach also can occur.
We have established policies and procedures in an effort to ensure compliance with these privacy related requirements. However, if there is a breach of these privacy related requirements, we may be subject to various penalties and damages and may be required to incur costs to mitigate the impact of the breach on affected individuals.
Our business may be adversely impacted by healthcare reform efforts, including repeal of or significant modifications to the ACA.
In recent years, Congress and certain state legislatures have considered and passed a number of laws that are intended to result in significant changes to the healthcare industry. However, there is significant uncertainty regarding the future of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“ACA”), the most prominent of these reform efforts. The law has been subject to legislative and regulatory changes and court challenges, and the prior presidential administration and certain members of Congress have stated their intent to repeal or make additional significant changes to the ACA, its implementation or its interpretation. In 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Acts was enacted, which, effective January 1, 2019, among other things, removed penalties for not complying with ACA’s individual mandate to carry health insurance. Because the penalty associated with the individual mandate was eliminated, a federal judge in Texas ruled in December 2018 that the entire ACA was unconstitutional. On December 18, 2019, the Fifth Circuit U.S. Court of Appeals upheld the lower court’s finding that the individual mandate is unconstitutional and remanded the case back to the lower court to reconsider its earlier invalidation of the full ACA. On March 2, 2020, the United States Supreme Court (the “Supreme Court”) granted the petitions for writs of certiorari to review this case and on June 17, 2021, the Supreme Court dismissed this case without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. These and other efforts to challenge, repeal or replace the ACA may result in reduced funding for state Medicaid programs, lower numbers of insured individuals, and reduced coverage for insured individuals. There is uncertainty regarding whether, when and how the ACA will be further changed or challenged, what alternative provisions, if any, will be enacted, and the impact of alternative provisions on providers and other healthcare industry participants. Government efforts to repeal or change the ACA or to implement alternative reform measures could cause our revenues to decrease to the extent such legislation reduces Medicaid and/or Medicare reimbursement rates.
Our failure to comply with labor and employment laws could result in monetary fines and penalties.
Worker health and safety (OSHA and similar state and local agencies); family medical leave (the Family Medical Leave Act), wage and hour laws and regulations, equal employment opportunity and non-discrimination requirements, among other laws and regulations relating to employment, apply to us. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in the imposition of consent orders or civil and criminal penalties, including fines, which could damage our reputation and have an adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. The regulatory framework for privacy issues is rapidly evolving and future enactment of more restrictive laws, rules or regulations and/or future enforcement actions or investigations could have a materially adverse impact on us through increased costs or restrictions on our business, and noncompliance could result in regulatory penalties and significant legal liability.
38

Table of Contents
There is an inherent risk of liability in the provision of healthcare services; damage to our reputation or our failure to adequately insure against losses, including from substantial claims and litigation, could have an adverse impact on our operations, financial condition or prospects.
From time to time, we are party to legal proceedings, governmental audits and investigations that arise in the ordinary course of our business. There is an inherent risk of liability in the provision of healthcare services. We are also subject to actual and potential claims, lawsuits and investigations outside of the ordinary course of business. Refer to Note 18 - Commitments and Contingencies of our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for examples of claims to which we are subject.
Such claims, legal proceedings, governmental audits and investigations may involve large claims and significant costs to defend. In such cases, coverage under our insurance programs would not be adequate to protect us. Additionally, our insurance policies are subject to annual renewal and our insurance premiums could be subject to material increases in the future. We cannot ensure that we will be able to maintain our insurance on acceptable terms in the future, or at all. A successful claim in excess of, or not covered by, our insurance policies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, capital resources and liquidity. Even where our insurance is adequate to cover claims against us, damage to our reputation in the event of a judgment against us, or continued increases in our insurance costs, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, capital resources, liquidity, or prospects.
Risks Relating to Our Human Resources
Our facilities face competition for experienced physical therapists and other clinical providers and clinical staff that may increase labor costs and reduce profitability.
Our ability to retain and attract clinical talent is critical to our ability to provide high quality care to patients and successfully cultivate and maintain strong relationships in the communities we serve. If we cannot recruit and retain our base of experienced and clinically skilled therapists and other clinical providers, management and support personnel, our business may decrease and our revenues may decline and/or operating margins may decrease as a result of higher use of contract labor in difficult to staff markets. We compete with other healthcare providers in recruiting and retaining qualified management, physical therapists and other clinical staff and support personnel responsible for the daily operations of our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have recently experienced elevated rates of attrition when compared to historical levels, which has had and may continue to have adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations, as well as our ability to open new clinics.
As we implement actions aimed to reduce attrition, increase hiring of physical therapists and optimize clinician hours based on available workforce, we expect to experience increases in our labor costs, primarily due to higher wages and greater benefits required to retain and attract qualified healthcare personnel, as well as higher contract labor costs until clinical staffing levels are achieved, and such increases may adversely affect our profitability. Furthermore, while we attempt to manage overall labor costs in the most efficient way, our efforts to manage them may have limited effectiveness and may lead to increased turnover and other challenges.
39

Table of Contents
Our ability to attract and retain talented executives and corporate employees.
We are dependent on our ability to retain and attract corporate talent. We have recently experienced significant turnover in our senior management team and across our corporate organization. Our business may be adversely affected by the transitions in our senior management team, and turnover at the senior management level may create instability within the Company, which could disrupt and impede our day-to-day operations, internal controls and our ability to fully implement our business plan and initiatives. In addition, management transition inherently causes some loss of institutional knowledge, which can negatively affect strategy and execution, and our results of operations and financial condition could be negatively impacted as a result. We compete for corporate talent within the healthcare industry and more broadly. Competition for such personnel is intense, and we may not be able to attract, assimilate or retain other highly qualified corporate personnel in the future. The inability to attract and retain the necessary personnel could cause increased employee turnover and harm to our business, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.
We face licensing and credentialing barriers, and associated variability across states is a risk to timely delivery of productive talent.
The scope of licensing laws differs from state to state, and the application of such laws to the activities of physical therapists and other clinical providers is often unclear. Given the nature and scope of the solutions and services that we provide, we are required to maintain physical therapy licenses and registrations for us and our providers in certain jurisdictions and to ensure that such licenses and registrations are in good standing. These licenses require us and our providers to comply with the rules and regulations of the governmental bodies that issued such licenses. Our providers are also required to be credentialed with payors prior to providing services to health plan patients, and completion of the credentialing process, if delayed, may delay our ability to provide services to health plan patients. Our providers’ failure to comply with such rules and regulations could result in significant administrative penalties or the suspension of a license or the loss of a license, as well as credentialing delays, all of which could negatively impact our business.
Risks Relating to Our Information Technology
We rely on information technology in critical areas of our operations, and a disruption relating to such technology could harm our financial condition.
We rely on IT systems in critical areas of our operations, including our electronic medical records system and systems supporting revenue cycle management, and financial and operational reporting, among others. We have legacy IT systems that IT is continuing to upgrade and modernize. If one of these systems were to fail or cause operational or reporting interruptions, or if we decide to change these systems or hire outside parties to provide these systems, we may fail to execute on such system changes or suffer disruptions, which could have a material adverse effect on our operation, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we may underestimate the costs, complexity and time required to develop and implement new systems.
40

Table of Contents
We use software vendors and network and cloud providers in our business and if they cannot deliver or perform as expected or if our relationships with them are terminated or otherwise change, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our ability to provide our services and support our operations requires that we work with certain third-party providers, including software vendors and network and cloud providers, and depends on such third-parties meeting our expectations in timeliness, quality, quantity and economics. Our third-party suppliers may be unable to meet such expectations due to a number of factors. We might incur significant additional liabilities if the services provided by these third-parties do not meet our expectations, if they terminate or refuse to renew their relationships with us or if they were to offer their services on less advantageous terms. We rely on internally developed software applications and systems to conduct our critical operating and administrative functions. We also depend on our software vendors to provide long-term software maintenance support for our information systems. In addition, while there are backup systems in many of our operating facilities, we may experience an extended outage of network services supplied by these vendors or providers that could impair our ability to deliver our solutions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are a target of attempted cyber and other security threats and must continuously monitor and develop our IT networks and infrastructure to prevent, detect, address and mitigate the risk of unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses and other events that could have a security impact or which may cause a violation of HIPAA or HITECH and subject us to potential legal and reputational harm.
In the normal course of business, our IT systems hold sensitive patient information including patient demographic data, eligibility for various medical plans including Medicare and Medicaid and protected health information subject to HIPAA and HITECH. We also contract with third-party vendors to maintain and store our patients’ individually identifiable health information. Numerous state and federal laws and regulations address privacy and information security concerns resulting from our access to our patients’ and employees’ personal information. Additionally, we utilize those same systems to perform our day-to-day activities, such as receiving referrals, assigning clinicians to patients, documenting medical information and maintaining an accurate record of all transactions.
While we have not experienced any known attacks on our IT systems that have compromised patient data, our IT systems and those of our vendors that process, maintain and transmit such data are subject to computer viruses, cyber-attacks, including ransomware attacks, or breaches. We maintain our IT systems with safeguard protection against cyber-attacks including active intrusion protection, firewalls and virus detection software. We adhere to (and require our third-party vendors to adhere to) policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with HIPAA and HITECH regulations. We have developed and tested a response plan in the event of a successful attack and maintain commercial insurance related to a cyber-attack. However, these safeguards do not ensure that a significant cyber-attack could not occur. A successful attack on our or our third-party vendors’ IT systems could have significant consequences to the business, including liability for compromised patient information, business interruption, significant civil and criminal penalties, lawsuits, reputational harm and increased costs to us, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
41

Table of Contents
In addition, insider or employee cyber and security threats are increasingly a concern for all large companies, including us. Our future results could be adversely affected due to the theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation or release of protected health information, other confidential data or proprietary business information, operational or business delays resulting from the disruption of IT systems and subsequent mitigation activities, or regulatory action taken as a result of such incidents. We provide our employees with training and regular reminders on important measures they can take to prevent breaches. We routinely identify attempts to gain unauthorized access to our systems. However, given the rapidly evolving nature and proliferation of cyber threats, there can be no assurance our training and network security measures or other controls will detect, prevent or remediate security or data breaches in a timely manner or otherwise prevent unauthorized access to, damage to, or interruption of our systems and operations. Accordingly, we may be vulnerable to losses associated with the improper functioning, security breach, or unavailability of our information systems, as well as any systems used in acquired company operations.
Risks Relating to Our Accounting and Financial Policies
We currently outsource, and from time to time in the future may outsource, a portion of our internal business functions to third-party providers. Outsourcing these functions has significant risks, and our failure to manage these risks successfully could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We currently, and from time to time in the future, may outsource portions of our internal business functions, including billing and administrative functions relating to revenue cycle management, to third-party providers. These third-party providers may not comply on a timely basis with all of our requirements, or may not provide us with an acceptable level of service. In addition, reliance on third-party providers could have significant negative consequences, including significant disruptions in our operations and significantly increased costs to undertake such operations, either of which could damage our relationships with our customers. We could experience a reduction in revenue due to inability to collect from patients, overpayments, claim denials, recoupments or governmental and third-party audits all of which may impact our profitability and cash flow.
If our estimates or judgments relating to our accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities and equity, and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant estimates and judgments used in preparing financial statements include those related to the determination of the revenue transaction price for current transactions and estimation of expected collections on our accounts receivable, assumptions and estimates related to realizability of deferred tax assets, assumptions and estimates related to the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, among others. Our results of operations may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our results of operations to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors.
42

Table of Contents
The IPO Warrants are accounted for as liabilities and the changes in value of the IPO Warrants could have a material effect on our financial results.
The Company accounts for its outstanding Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants assumed as part of the Business Combination in accordance with the guidance contained in Accounting Standards Codification 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts on an Entity’s Own Equity” (“ASC 815-40”). As such, the IPO Warrants are accounted for as derivative liabilities and are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date. Changes in fair value are reported in earnings as a non-cash gain or loss in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
As a result of the recurring fair value measurement, our financial statements and results of operations may materially fluctuate quarterly, based on factors which are outside of our control. Due to the recurring fair value measurement, we expect to recognize non-cash gains or losses on the IPO Warrants each reporting period and the amount of such gains or losses could be material and variable.
The Earnout Shares and Vesting Shares are accounted for as liabilities and the changes in value of these shares could have a material effect on our financial results.
We account for the potential Earnout Shares and the Vesting Shares as liabilities in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity,” and 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts on an Entity’s Own Equity,” which provide for the remeasurement of the fair value of such shares at each balance sheet date and changes in fair value are recognized in our statements of operations. As a result of the recurring fair value measurement, our financial statements and results of operations may materially fluctuate quarterly, based on factors which are outside of our control. Due to the recurring fair value measurement, we expect to recognize non-cash gains or losses each reporting period and the amount of such gains or losses could be material and variable.
During 2022 and 2021, we recognized impairments of our goodwill and other intangible assets, which represent a significant portion of our total assets. Any further impairment charges may be material and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
As of December 31, 2022, we had $286.5 million of goodwill and $246.6 million of trade name and other intangible assets recorded on our consolidated balance sheet, excluding amounts reclassified as held for sale. We test such assets for impairment at least annually on the first day of the fourth quarter of each year or on an interim basis whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Impairment may result from, among other things, increased attrition, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that affect the services we offer, lower visit volumes, lower revenue reimbursement rates, compressed operating margins and a variety of other factors. The amount of any quantified impairment must be expensed immediately as a charge to results of operations. Depending on future circumstances, it is possible that we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets. Refer to Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 5 - Goodwill, Trade Name and Other Intangible Assets to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8, of this Form 10-K for further discussion of our goodwill and intangible assets.
During 2022, the Company determined that factors primarily driven by potential changes in discount rates and decreases in share price constituted interim triggering events requiring further analysis with respect to potential impairments to goodwill and the trade name intangible asset. Accordingly, we performed interim quantitative impairment testing as of March 31, 2022, June 30, 2022, September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2022, and, as a result thereof, we recorded non-cash impairment charges in the line item goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges of $486.3 million in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations during the year ended December 31, 2022. Further impairments of all or part of our goodwill or other identifiable assets may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
43

Table of Contents
Fair value determinations require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions, estimates and market factors. Estimating the fair value of the Company's reporting unit and the indefinite-lived intangible asset requires us to make assumptions and estimates regarding our future plans, as well as industry, economic and regulatory conditions. These assumptions and estimates include projected future revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, terminal growth rates, discount rates, relevant market multiples, royalty rates and other market factors. If current expectations of future growth rates, margins and cash flows are not met, or if market factors outside of our control change significantly, then our reporting unit or the indefinite-lived intangible asset might become impaired in the future, negatively impacting our operating results and financial position. As the carrying amounts of the Company's goodwill and trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset were impaired during 2022, those amounts are more susceptible to an impairment risk if there are unfavorable changes in assumptions and estimates. To the extent that business conditions deteriorate further, or if changes in key assumptions and estimates differ significantly from management's expectations, it may be necessary to record additional impairment charges in the future.
Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.
We have incurred significant cumulative net taxable losses in the past. Our deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2022 include federal net operating losses, or NOLs, of $68.9 million and state NOLs of $35.5 million. Our unused NOLs generally carry forward to offset future taxable income, if any, until such unused losses expire, if subject to expiration. The earliest net operating loss will expire by statute in 2023 for state net operating losses, and in 2036 for federal net operating losses. We may be unable to use these NOLs to offset income before such unused NOLs expire.
In addition, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage-point cumulative change in the equity ownership of certain stockholders over a rolling three-year period) under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset future taxable income or taxes may be limited. This limitation is based in part on the pre-change equity value of the corporation, with a lower equity value resulting in a lower and more severe limitation. We may experience an “ownership change” as a result of future changes in our stock ownership (including the impact of issuance or conversion of new shares, or other transactions or events impacting our stock ownership), some of which changes may not be within our control. If we are unable to use NOL carryforwards before they expire or they become subject to limitation, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we are unable to remediate the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting related to income taxes, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, this may result in material misstatements of our consolidated financial statements or failure to meet our periodic reporting obligations.
Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
44

Table of Contents
In connection with the preparation of the Company's consolidated financial statements, material weaknesses related to the income tax provision were identified in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. The Company did not design and maintain an effective control environment commensurate with our financial reporting requirements as we did not maintain a sufficient complement of tax personnel with the appropriate mix of competent resources and financial reporting experience. Additionally, the Company did not design and maintain effective controls related to the income tax provision, including controls related to valuation allowances associated with the realizability of deferred tax assets.
The material weaknesses will not be considered remediated until management completes the remediation plan described in Part II, Item 9A of this Form 10-K, and the enhanced controls operate for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that the related controls are effective. The Company will monitor the effectiveness of its remediation plan and will refine its remediation plan as appropriate.
If we identify any new material weaknesses in the future, any such newly identified material weaknesses could limit our ability to prevent or detect a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that could result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements. In such case, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable stock exchange listing requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and our stock price may decline as a result. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the Company's material weaknesses related to income taxes or to avoid potential additional future material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting.
Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock
Our stock price may change significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment.investment as a result.

We are a recently incorporated company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a recently incorporated company with no operating results, and we will not commence operations until completing a business combination. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combination and may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we fail to complete our initial business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.
Our public stockholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majorityThe trading price of our public stockholders do not support such a combination.

We may not hold a stockholder vote to approve our initial business combination unless the business combination would typically require stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements or if we decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other reasons. For instance, the NYSE rules currently allow us to engage in a tender offer in lieu of a stockholder meeting but would still require us to obtain stockholder approval if we were seeking to issue more than 20% of our outstanding shares to a target business as consideration in any business combination. Therefore, if we were structuring a business combination that required us to issue more than 20% of our outstanding shares, we would seek stockholder approval of such business combination. However, except as required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, the decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek stockholder approval. Accordingly, we may consummate our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approve of the business combination we consummate. Please see the section entitled “Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination” for additional information.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

30








Unlike many other blank check companies in which the initial stockholders agree to vote their Founder Shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the public stockholders in connection with an initial business combination, our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed (and their permitted transferees will agree), pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, to vote any Founder Shares and any public shares held by them, in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders’ Founder Shares, we would need 12,937,501, or approximately 37.5% of 34,500,000 public shares sold in the Initial Public Offering to be voted in favor of a transaction (assuming all outstanding stockCommon Stock is voted) in order to have such initial business combination approved (or, if the applicable rules of the NYSE then in effect require approval by a majority of the votes cast by public stockholders, we would need 17,250,001 of public shares sold in the Initial Public Offering to be voted in favor of a transaction (assuming all outstanding stock is voted) in order to have such initial business combination approved). We expect that our initial stockholders and their permitted transferees will own at least 20% of our outstanding common stock at the time of any such stockholder vote. Accordingly, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, it is more likely that the necessary stockholder approval will be received than would be the case if such persons agreed to vote their Founder Shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public stockholders.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination will be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek stockholder approval of such business combination.

At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any target businesses. Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking stockholder approval, public stockholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such stockholder approval. Accordingly, if we do not seek stockholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public stockholders in which we describe our initial business combination.

The ability of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.



31





We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public stockholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with a business combination and such amount of deferred underwriting discount is not available for us to use as consideration in an initial business combination. If we are able to consummate an initial business combination, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming stockholders will reflect our obligation to pay and the payment of the deferred underwriting commissions. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets, after payment of the deferred underwriting commissions, to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore we will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third-party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares is submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the Trust Account or arrange for third-party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your stock.



32





If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the Trust Account until we liquidate the Trust Account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your stock in the open market; however, at such time our stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the Trust Account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your stock in the open market.

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets, in particular as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our stockholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.



33





Wevolatile. You may not be able to completeresell your shares at an attractive price due to a number of factors such as those listed in “Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry” and the following:
results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;
changes in expectations as to our initialfuture financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors or other unexpected adverse developments in our financial results, guidance or other forward-looking information, or industry, geographical or market sector trends;
declines in the market prices of stocks generally;
strategic actions by us or our competitors;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint ventures, other strategic relationships or capital commitments;
any significant change in our management;
changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or markets;
changes in business combination withinor regulatory conditions, including new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;
45

Table of Contents
future sales of our Common Stock or other securities;
investor perceptions or the prescribed time frame,investment opportunity associated with our Common Stock relative to other investment alternatives;
the public's response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third-parties, including
our filings with the SEC;
our liquidity position and the potential risks relating to refinancing, alternative liquidity arrangements or capital transactions;
failure to comply with covenants related to our debt agreement or our Series A Senior Preferred Stock;
litigation involving us, our industry, or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;
guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in which case we would cease all operations exceptthis guidance or our failure to meet this guidance;
the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our stock;
actions by institutional or activist stockholders;
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles; and
other events or factors, including those resulting from natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism, health pandemics or responses to these events.
These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our Common Stock is low.
Because there are no current plans to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, inforeseeable future, you are unlikely to receive any return on investment unless you sell your Common Stock for a price greater than that which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.you paid for it.

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. We may not be ableintend to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within such time period. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capitalretain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt marketsrepayment and there are no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of our Common Stock will be at the sole discretion of our Board. We have no direct operations and no significant assets other risks described herein. For example, the outbreakthan our ownership of COVID-19 continues to grow both in the United States and globally and, while the extent of the impact of the outbreak on usour subsidiaries from whom we will depend on future developments, it could limit ourfor distributions, and whose ability to completepay dividends may be limited by covenants of our initial business combination, including ascurrent and any future indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. As a result, you are unlikely to receive any return on an investment in our Common Stock unless you sell our Common Stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
46

Table of increasedContents
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our stock or our sector, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market volatility, decreased market liquidityfor our Common Stock will rely in part on the research and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable toreports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We will not control these analysts. In addition, some financial analysts may have limited expertise with our model and operations. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock or industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
Future issuances or sales, or the perception of future issuances or sales, by us or our stockholders of Common Stock or other voting securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Common Stock in the public market or otherwise could cause the market price for our Common Stock to decline.
The issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock or other voting securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock in the public market or otherwise, or the perception that such issuances or sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of Common Stock. These issuances or sales, or the possibility that these issuances or sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at all. Additionally,a time and at a price that the outbreak of COVID-19 may negatively impact businesses we may seek to acquire. If we have not completedCompany deems appropriate.
The Common Stock reserved for future issuance under our initial business combination within such 24-month period, we will: (i) cease all operations exceptequity incentive plans will become eligible for sale in the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter,public market once those shares are issued, subject to lawfullyprovisions relating to various vesting agreements, lock-up agreements and, in some cases, limitations on volume and manner of sale applicable to affiliates under Rule 144. As of December 31, 2022, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans is 10.9 million. The compensation committee of our Board may determine the exact number of shares to be reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans at its discretion. We have filed a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to our equity incentive plans and, accordingly, such shares are available funds therefor, redeem 100%for sale in the open market.
In addition, the exchange of some or all of the publicSecond Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes that may be issued in the future as contemplated by the TSA would dilute the ownership interests and voting rights of the Company’s existing stockholders, as we would be required to deliver shares at a per-share price, payable in cash, equalof Common Stock to the aggregate amount then on deposit inexchanging noteholders with respect to any principal upon exchange of any of the Trust Account, including interest earned onSecond Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes. Pursuant to the funds held inTSA, when issued, the Trust Account and not previously releasedSecond Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes would be exchangeable at the option of their holders prior to ustheir maturity. Prior to pay our taxes (less up to $100,000any such exchange, the holders of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (includingSecond Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes would have the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible followingvote on corporate matters on an as-exchanged basis. Any sales in the public market of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such redemption, subject to the approvalexchange could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our remaining stockholders andCommon Stock. In addition, the anticipated exchange of the Second Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes into shares of our boardCommon Stock could depress the price of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subjectour Common Stock. There is no assurance that the transactions contemplated by the TSA will be consummated on the terms as described above, on a timely basis or at all.
In the future, we may also issue our securities in each caseconnection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of Common Stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of Common Stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.


ATI’s stockholders.

34

47




Table of Contents
The securities inWe may redeem unexpired IPO Warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to the warrantholders, thereby making such warrantholders’ warrants worthless.
We have the ability to redeem outstanding IPO Warrants prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date we give notice of redemption. Redemption of the outstanding IPO Warrants could force warrantholders to (i) exercise the IPO Warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so, (ii) sell the IPO Warrants at the then-current market price when the warrantholder might otherwise wish to hold onto such IPO Warrants or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, we investat the proceeds held intime the Trust Account could bear a negative rate of interest, which could reduceoutstanding IPO Warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the interest income available for payment of taxes or reduce themarket value of the assets held in trust such that the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

The net proceedsIPO Warrants. None of the Initial Public Offering and certain proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants, in the amount of $345,000,000,Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held in an interest-bearing Trust Account. The proceeds held inby their initial purchasers or their permitted transferees.
In addition, we may redeem the Trust Account may only be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills withIPO Warrants after they become exercisable for a maturitynumber of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 undershares of Common Stock determined based on the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. While short-term U.S. treasury obligations currently yield a positive rate of interest, they have briefly yielded negative interest rates in recent years. Central banks in Europe and Japan pursued interest rates below zero in recent years,redemption date and the Open Market Committeefair market value of the Federal Reserve has not ruled out the possibility that itour Common Stock. Any such redemption may in the future adopthave similar policies in the United States. In the event of very low or negative yields, the amount of interest income (which we may useconsequences to pay our taxes, if any) would be reduced. In the event thata cash redemption described above.
If we are unable to completemaintain compliance with New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") listing standards, our initial business combination, our public stockholders are entitled to receive their pro-rata share of the proceeds then held in the Trust Account, plus any interest income (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses). If the balance of the Trust Account is reduced below $345,000,000 as a result of negative interest rates, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholderssecurities may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or warrants from public stockholders,delisted, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reducecould negatively impact the public “float” of our securities.



35





If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may purchase shares or warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The price per share paid in any such transaction may be different than the amount per share a public stockholder would receive if it elected to redeem its shares in connection with our initial business combination. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of the initial business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the initial business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. This may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our securities and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficultyour ability to sell them.
In order to maintain or obtainour listing on the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or failsNYSE, we are required to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the tender offercertain rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a stockholder fails to receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such stockholder may not become awareand listing standards of the opportunityNYSE, including those regarding minimum stockholders' equity, minimum share price, minimum market value of publicly held shares and various additional requirements. The NYSE has notified the Company that, due to redeem its shares. In addition, the tender offer documents or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holdersaverage closing price of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem public shares. InCompany's Common Stock, it was below the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.



36





You will not have any rights or interests in funds fromtrading price criteria of the Trust Account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds fromexchange. The notice has no immediate impact on the Trust Account only uponlisting of the earliest to occur of: (i)Company's Common Stock on the completion of our initial business combination, and then only in connection with those public shares that such stockholder properly elected to redeem,NYSE, subject to the limitations described herein; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders' rights or pre-initial business combination activity; and (iii) the redemption of all of our public shares if we have not completed our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In addition, if we have not completed our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering for any reason,Company's compliance with Delaware law may require that we submitthe NYSE's other continued listing requirements. The Company has submitted a plan of dissolution to our then existing stockholders for approval priorcompliance to the distributionNYSE addressing how we intend to regain compliance. If we are unable to satisfy the NYSE rules and listing standards, or are unable to make progress on our plan of compliance, our securities could be subject to delisting.
If the proceeds held in our Trust Account. In that case, public stockholders may be forcedNYSE were to wait beyond 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering before they receive funds from our Trust Account. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in the Trust Account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the Trust Account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

The NYSE may delist our securities from trading, on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our units, Class A common stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE. We cannot assure you that our securities will be, or will continue to be, listed on the NYSE in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on the NYSE prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and stock price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum number of holders of our securities. Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with the NYSE’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than the NYSE’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on the NYSE. For instance, in order for our Class A common stock to be listed upon the consummation of our initial business combination, at such time, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share, our total market capitalization would be required to be at least $200,000,000, the aggregate market value of publicly-held shares would be required to be at least $100,000,000 and we would be required to have at least 400 round lot holders. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.



37





If the NYSE delists any of our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect such securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability offor market quotations for our securities;

reduced liquidity forwith respect to our securities;

a determination that our Class A common stockCommon Stock is a “penny stock”"penny stock," which will require brokers trading in our Class A common stockCommon Stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

Common Stock;
a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
48


Table of Contents
Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control.
Certain provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt or other change of control transaction deemed undesirable by our Board that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders.
These provisions provide for, among other things:
there is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of our Board;
The National Securities Markets Improvement Actthe division of 1996, whichour Board into three classes, with only one class of directors being elected in each year;
the ability of our Board to issue one or more series of preferred stock;
advance notice for nominations of directors by stockholders and for stockholders to include matters to be considered at our annual meetings;
certain limitations on convening special stockholder meetings;
limiting the ability of stockholders to act by written consent;
the ability of our Board to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our Board or the resignation, death or removal of a director in certain circumstances;
providing that our Board is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, alter or repeal our bylaws;
the removal of directors only for cause; and
that certain provisions may be amended only by the affirmative vote of at least 65% (for amendments to the indemnification provisions) or 66.7% (for amendments to the provisions relating to the board of directors) of the shares of our Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors.
These anti-takeover provisions could make it more difficult for a federal statute, prevents or preemptsthird-party to acquire us, even if the states from regulating the salethird-party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Our units, our Class A common stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE, and asstockholders. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. In addition, because we are covered securities. Althoughincorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the states are preemptedprovisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from regulatingengaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the saledate on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder.
49

Table of covered securities,Contents
Our Amended and Restated Bylaws designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or stockholders.
Our Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that, subject to limited exceptions, any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, stockholder or employee to us or our stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or our Amended and Restated Bylaws or (iv) action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware ("Delaware Court of Chancery" or the "Court of Chancery") or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, another state or federal court located within the State of Delaware. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws also provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the state of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on the NYSE, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under such statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since the net proceedsdistrict courts of the Initial Public Offering andUnited States will be the saleexclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the private placement warrants are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business, which at the timeSecurities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of the Initial Public Offering had not been selected, we mayour capital stock shall be deemed to behave notice of and to have consented to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Bylaws described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a “blank check” companystockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. This exclusive forum provision does not apply to claims under the United States securities laws. However, because we have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000Exchange Act but does apply to other state and timely file Current Reports on Form 8-K,federal law claims including an audited balance sheetactions arising under the Securities Act. Section 22 of the company demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgatedSecurities Act, however, creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the SECSecurities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to protect investors in blank check companies,whether a court would enforce such a forum selection provision as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our units will be immediately tradable and we will have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if the Initial Public Offering were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the Trust Account to us unless and until the funds in the Trust Account were released to uswritten in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act, and investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. If a court were to find these provisions of our completionAmended and Restated Bylaws inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
A recent decision of the Delaware Court of Chancery may create uncertainty regarding the validity of some of our authorized and issued shares of Common Stock.
On March 2, 2023, we filed a petition in the Delaware Court of Chancery pursuant to Section 205 of the DGCL, seeking validation of an initial business combination.

38







If we seek stockholder approvalamendment to our certificate of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant toincorporation increasing the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of stockholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15%authorized shares of our Class A common stock, you will loseCommon Stock (as further described below) and the ability to redeem all such shares in excessissued pursuant thereto.
At a special meeting of 15%the stockholders of ourthe Company held on June 15, 2021 (the “Special Meeting”), a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Company’s Class A common stock.Common Stock and Class F Common Stock, voting together as a single class, voted to approve the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which, among other things, increased the authorized shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock from 200,000,000 shares to 450,000,000 shares (the “Class A Increase Amendment”). Notwithstanding the fact that the proxy statement relating to the Special Meeting did not disclose that a separate vote of the Class A Common Stock was required, a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock voted in favor of the Class A Increase Amendment.
A recent decision of the Court of Chancery has created uncertainty regarding the validity of the Class A Increase Amendment and whether a separate vote of the majority of the then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock would have been required under Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.
50


Table of Contents
If we seek stockholder approvalThe Company continues to believe that a separate vote of our initial business combination and we doClass A Common Stock was not conduct redemptionsrequired to approve the Class A Increase Amendment. However, in connection with our initial business combinationlight of the recent Court of Chancery decision, the Company filed a petition in the Court of Chancery pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13205 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming itsDGCL seeking validation of the Class A Increase Amendment and the shares issued pursuant thereto to resolve any uncertainty with respect to more than an aggregate of 15%those matters. Section 205 of the DGCL permits the Court of Chancery, in its discretion, to validate potentially defective corporate acts and stock after considering a variety of factors.
While the Company believes that a separate vote of Class A Common Stock was not required to approve the Class A Increase Amendment at the Special Meeting, and therefore that all of the currently outstanding shares soldof Class A Common Stock of the Company are validly issued, if the Company is not successful in the Initial Public Offering, which we refer to asSection 205 proceeding, the “Excess Shares,” without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributionsuncertainty with respect to the Excess Shares if weCompany’s capitalization resulting from the Court of Chancery’s decision referenced above could have a material adverse effect on the Company, including its ability to complete our initial business combination. financing transactions, until the underlying issues are definitively resolved.
On March 3, 2023, the Court of Chancery granted the motion to expedite and set a hearing date for the petition to be heard. The hearing has been set for March 17, 2023.
As a result, you will continue“controlled company” within the meaning of NYSE listing standards, we qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. We have the opportunity to hold that numberelect any of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions, potentially atthe exemptions afforded a loss.

controlled company.
Because Advent International Corporation (“Advent”) controls more than a majority of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. Iftotal voting power, we have not completed our initial business combinationare a “controlled company” within the required time period, our public stockholdersmeaning of NYSE Listing Standards. Under NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a “controlled company” and may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on our redemptionelect not to comply with the following NYSE rules regarding corporate governance:
the requirement that a majority of their shares, and our warrants will expire worthless.

its board of directors consist of independent directors;

the requirement that compensation of its executive officers be determined by a majority of the independent directors of the board or a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities; and
the requirement that director nominees be selected, or recommended for the board's selection, either by a majority of the independent directors of the board or a nominating committee comprised solely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities.
We are utilizing the benefits of a controlled company currently but remain subject to and comply with the requirements that our independent directors hold regular executive sessions and that our audit committee consists entirely of independent directors.

39

51




Table of Contents
We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, if we are obligated to pay cash for the shares of Class A common stock which our public stockholders redeemed and, in the event we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, we make purchases of our Class A common stock, potentially reducing the resources available to us for our initial business combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.

If the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants not being held in the Trust Account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

Advent has significant influence over us.
As of December 31, 2020, we had2022, Advent beneficially owns approximately $1.3 million56.1% of funds availableour Common Stock. As long as Advent owns or controls a significant percentage of our outstanding voting power, it will have the ability to significantly influence all corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and the size of our Board, any amendment to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or the approval of any merger or other significant corporate transaction, including a sale of substantially all of our assets. Advent’s influence over our management could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, outsidewhich could cause the market price of our Common Stock to decline or prevent stockholders from realizing a premium over the Trust Account. The funds availablemarket price for our Common Stock.
Advent’s interests may not align with our interests as a company or the interests of our other stockholders. Accordingly, Advent could cause us to us outsideenter into transactions or agreements of which other stockholders would not approve or make decisions with which other stockholders would disagree. Further, Advent is in the Trust Accountbusiness of making investments in companies and may acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Advent may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. We expect to incur significant costs in pursuit of our acquisition plans. Management’s plans to address this need for capital through the Initial Public Offering and potential loans from certain of our affiliates are discussed in the section of this Form 10-K titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” However, our affiliates are not obligated to make loans to us in the future, and we may not be able to raise additional financing from unaffiliated parties necessary to fund our expenses. Any such event in the future may negatively impact the analysis regarding our ability to continue as a going concern at such time.



40





We believe that, the funds available to us outsideus. In recognition that partners, members, directors, employees, stockholders, agents and successors of the Trust Account together with funds available from loans from our Sponsor, will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months following the closing of the Initial Public Offering; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurateAdvent and our Sponsor is under no obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target businessits successors and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Accountaffiliates and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.

If the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants not being held in the Trust Account are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination and we may depend on loans from our Sponsor or management team to fund our search, to pay our taxes and to complete our initial business combination.



41





As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $1.3 million of funds available to us outside of the Trust Account. The funds available to us outside of the Trust Account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our Sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. None of our Sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their respective managed investment funds and portfolio companies may serve as our directors or officers, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides, among other things, that none of Advent or any partners, members, directors, employees, stockholders, agents or successors of Advent and its successors and affiliates is underand any obligationof their respective managed investment funds and portfolio companies has any duty to advance funds to,refrain from engaging directly or investindirectly in us in such circumstances. Any such advances may be repaid only from funds held outside the Trust Accountsame or from funds released to us upon completionsimilar business activities or lines of our initial business combination. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor asthat we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against(except as otherwise expressly provided in any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account. If we have not completed our initial business combination, within the required time period because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. Consequently, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.

Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to subsequently take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the price of our securities, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.



42






Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will identify all material issues that may be present with a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any security holders who choose to remain security holders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such security holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all third parties, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business with, execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enterentered into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Making such a request of potential target businesses may make our acquisition proposal less attractive to them, and to the extent prospective target businesses refuse to execute such a waiver, it may limit the field of potential target businesses that we might pursue.



43





Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements withbetween us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we have not completed our initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account, due to claims of such creditors.

Our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below  (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay our taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We have not independently verified whether our Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Our Sponsor may not have sufficient funds available to satisfy those obligations. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such obligations, and therefore, no funds are currently set aside to cover any such obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per public share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by third parties and prospective target businesses.



44





Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

exempted person). In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below (i) $10.00 per public shareany of these persons or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account asentities acquires knowledge of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interesta potential transaction or matter which may be withdrawn to pay our taxes, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations.

While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the Trust Account availablecorporate opportunity for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, by paying public stockholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors, thereby exposing itself and us, to claims of punitive damages.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that iswill not dismissed, the claims of creditorshave any expectancy in such proceeding maycorporate opportunity, and these persons and entities will not have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.



45





If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Accountany duty to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petitioncommunicate or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed againstoffer such corporate opportunity to us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subjectpursue or acquire such corporate opportunity for themselves or direct such opportunity to the claimsanother person. These potential conflicts of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation would be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.
If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

restrictions on the issuance of securities,

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company with the SEC;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations that we are not currently subject to.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. The proceeds held in the Trust Account were invested by the trustee only in United States government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in United States Treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act. Because the investment of the proceeds will be restricted to these instruments, we believe we will meet the requirements for the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to consummate a business combination. If we have not completed our initial business combination, within the required time period, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.

46






Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, investments and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changesinterest could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, investmentsfinancial condition and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

If we have not consummated our initial business combination within 24 months of the closing of the Initial Public Offering, our public stockholders may be forced to wait beyond such 24 months before redemption from our Trust Account.

If we have not consummated our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we will distribute the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account (less up to $100,000 of the net interest earned thereon to pay dissolution expenses), pro rata to our public stockholders by way of redemption and cease all operations except for the purposes of winding up of our affairs, as further described herein. Any redemption of public stockholders from the Trust Account shall be effected automatically by function of our amended and certificate of incorporation prior to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to windup, liquidate the Trust Account and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public stockholders, as part of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable provisions of the DGCL. In that case, investors may be forced to wait beyond the initial 24 months before the redemption proceeds of our Trust Account become available to them and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our Trust Account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless, prior thereto, we consummate our initial business combination or amend certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and only then in cases where investors have properly sought to redeem their common stock. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public stockholders be entitled to distributions if, we have not completed our initial business combination with the required time period and do not amend certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation prior thereto.



47





Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following the 24th month from the closing of the Initial Public Offering in the event we do not complete our business combination and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with the foregoing procedures.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the 10 years following our dissolution. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. If our plan of distribution complies with Section 281(b) of the DGCL, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would likely be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such date. Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution.

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after the consummation of our initial business combination. Our public stockholders will not have the right to elect directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination.


48





In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. Under Section 211(b) of the DGCL, we are, however, required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing directors in accordance with our bylaws unless such election is made by written consent in lieu of such a meeting. In addition, as holders of our shares of Class A common stock, our public stockholders will not have the right to vote on the election of directors. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination. Therefore, if our stockholders want us to hold an annual meeting prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, they may attempt to force us to hold one by submitting an application to the Delaware Court of Chancery in accordance with Section 211(c) of the DGCL.

We are not registering the issuance of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.



49





We are not registering the issuance of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than fifteen (15) business days after the closing of our initial business combination, we will use our best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement covering the issuance of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. We will use our best efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of our initial business combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the warrants expire or are redeemed. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current, complete or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the issuance of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will use our best efforts to register or qualify the stock under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, nor will we be required to issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws and no exemption is available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the shares of Class A common stock included in the units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying the shares of Class A common stock for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise their warrants.



50





The grant of registration rights to our initial stockholders and holders of our private placement warrants may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into in connection with the Initial Public Offering, our initial stockholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the resale of their Founder Shares, after those shares convert to our Class A common stock. In addition, holders of our private placement warrants and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the resale of the private placement warrants and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants, and holders of warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register the resale of such warrants or the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the stockholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A common stock that is expected when the securities owned by our initial stockholders, holders of our private placement warrants or holders of our working capital loans or their respective permitted transferees are registered for resale.

Because we are not limited to a particular industry or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.


We may seek to complete a business combination with an operating company in any industry, sector or location. However, we will not, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination solely with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet selected or approached any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any security holders who choose to remain security holders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such security holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value of their securities.

51






Past performance by Fortress, our management team and their respective affiliates, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the company.

Information regarding performance by, or businesses associated with Fortress, our management team and their respective affiliates is presented for informational purposes only. Past performance by Fortress, our management team and their respective affiliates is not a guarantee either (i) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination or (ii) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of the performance of Fortress or our management team’s performance or the performance of their respective affiliates as indicative of our future performance or of an investment in the company or the returns the company will, or is likely to, generate going forward. Furthermore, an investment in us is not an investment in Fortress or any fund of Fortress.

We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries or sectors that may be outside of our management’s areas of expertise.

We will consider a business combination outside of our management’s areas of expertise if a business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this Annual Report regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors related to such acquisition. Accordingly, any security holders who choose to remain security holders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such security holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.



52





Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these criteria and guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if stockholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain stockholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.

We may seek acquisition opportunities with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings, which could subject us to volatile revenues or earnings or difficulty in retaining key personnel.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include investing in a business without a proven business model and with limited historical financial data, volatile revenues or earnings and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.



53





We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, that the price we are paying is fair to our company from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our stockholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

We may issue additional common stock or preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue shares of Class A common stock upon the conversion of the Class F common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our stockholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 20,000,000 shares of Class F common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. As of December 31, 2020, there were 152,666,667 and 11,375,000 authorized but unissued shares of Class A and Class F common stock, respectively, available for issuance, which amount takes into account the shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants but not the conversion of the Class F common stock. Shares of Class F common stock are automatically convertible into shares of our Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth herein. As of December 31, 2020, there were no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional shares of common stock or preferred stock in order to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue shares of Class A common stock upon conversion of the Class F common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, our amended and certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that priorattractive corporate opportunities are allocated by Advent to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the Trust Accountthemselves or (ii) vote as a class with our public shares on any initial business combination. The issuance of additional shares of common stock or preferred stock:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors;

54






may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our common stock;    
could cause a change in control if a substantial number of shares of our common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;    
may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A common stock and/or warrants; and     

may not result in adjustment to the exercise price of our warrants.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.



55





We are dependent upon our officers and directors and their departure could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, Mr. McKnight and our other officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. Moreover, certain of our officers and directors have time and attention requirements for other employers, including Fortress, and other third parties with which they are affiliated, and, in the case of our officers and directors affiliated with Fortress, may have time and attention requirements for other blank check companies that Fortress may sponsor in the future. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.



56





Our key personnel may be able to remain with the company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Delaware law. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no
certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any security holders who choose to remain security holders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such security holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidates’ key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.

Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.


57





Our officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation and our officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. In particular, certain of our officers and directors are employed by Fortress or its affiliates, which may make investments in securities or other interests of or relating to companies in industries that we may make target for our initial business combination. Fortress and its affiliates will not have any duty to offer acquisition opportunities to us. Our officers and directors also serve or may in the future serve as officers and board members for other entities. In addition, our officers and directors affiliated with Fortress may have time and attention requirements for other blank check companies that Fortress may sponsor in the future. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us, including another blank check company, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our Sponsor and officers and directors are, or may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business, including another blank check company that may have acquisition objectives that are similar to ours or that is focused on a particular industry. In particular, an affiliate of our Sponsor is currently sponsoring other blank check companies, FVAC III and FVAC IV, formed for the purpose of completing a business combination and, like us, focused on identifying a business that may provide opportunities for attractive risk-adjusted returns. Fortress Credit is currently sponsoring other blank check companies, FVAC III and FVAC IV, and may continue to sponsor future blank check companies, each formed for the purpose of completing a business combination and, like us, each focused on identifying a business that may provide opportunities for attractive risk-adjusted returns. FVAC III completed its initial public offering in January 2021, in which it sold 23,000,000 units, each consisting of one share of Class A common stock and one-fifth of one redeemable warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $230,000,000. FVAC III’s Class A common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "FVT", its warrants are traded under the symbol "FVT WS" and its units are traded under the symbol "FVT.U". FVAC III has not yet announced or completed its initial business combination. FVAC IV has not yet completed its initial public offering. We may compete with FVAC III, FVAC IV and future Fortress Credit blank check companies for business combination opportunities.



58





Further, Mr. McKnight, our Chief Executive Officer and a director, is the Chief Executive Officer and a director of FVAC III and is Chairman nominee of FVAC IV, Mr. Pack, our Chairman, is the Chairman of FVAC III and is the Chief Executive Officer and director of FVAC IV, Mr. Bass, our Chief Financial Officer, is the Chief Financial Officer of FVAC III, the Chief Financial Officer of FCAC and will be Chief Financial Officer of FVAC IV, Mr. Kaplan, our Chief Operating Officer, is the Chief Operating Officer of FVAC III and will be Chief Operating Officer of FVAC IV, Alexander P. Gillette, our General Counsel, is the General Counsel of FVAC III and will be General Counsel of FVAC IV, Marc Furstein, a director, is a director of FVAC III and will be a director of FVAC IV and Leslee Cowen, a director, is a director of FVAC III and will be a director of FVAC IV.

Fortress PE, which operates alongside Fortress Credit within the greater Fortress business, is currently sponsoring a blank check company, FCAC, and may also sponsor future Fortress PE blank check companies formed for the purpose of completing a business combination and, like us, focused on identifying a business that may provide opportunities for attractive risk-adjusted returns. We may compete with future Fortress PE blank check companies for business combination opportunities.

While we and any future Fortress PE blank check companies may share certain administrative functions provided by Fortress, our management team that will be involved in sourcing potential business combination targets will be different than the management teams of any future Fortress PE blank check companies. We anticipate that any potential business combination targets sourced through our management team, in their capacity as directors and officers of the company, will be first offered to the company before being offered to the Fortress Credit blank check companies or to any Fortress PE blank check companies and that any potential business combination opportunities that are sourced through the management teams of the Fortress PE blank check companies will be first offered to the Fortress PE blank check companies before being offered to us.

We do not believe that any potential conflicts with any other Fortress Credit blank check company or any Fortress PE blank check company would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Fortress and our management team have significant experience in identifying and executing multiple acquisition opportunities simultaneously and we are not limited by industry or geography in terms of the acquisition opportunities we can pursue. In addition, future Fortress Credit blank check companies may differ in size and therefore different business combination opportunities that require more or less capital might be appropriate for one Fortress Credit blank check company but not the other. Moreover, as discussed above, any future Fortress PE blank check company will be sponsored by Fortress PE, which is a separate and distinct business group from Fortress Credit, and our board of directors and the majority of our management team consist of different individuals than those that may be on the boards of directors and management teams of any future Fortress PE blank check companies.

Moreover, Fortress and its affiliates, including our officers and directors who are affiliated with Fortress, may sponsor or form other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target.


59






Our officers and directors also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to other entities prior to its presentation to us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in their capacity as our director or officer and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

For a complete discussion of our officers’ and directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” and “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”

Our officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, our directors or officers, although we do not intend to do so. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us, including the formation of, or participation in, one or more other blank check companies. For example, an affiliate of our Sponsor is currently sponsoring other blank check companies, FVAC III and FVAC IV, formed for the purpose of completing a business combination and, like us, focused on identifying a business that may provide opportunities for attractive risk-adjusted returns. In addition, our officers and directors who are affiliated with Fortress or its affiliates, may sponsor or form other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

In particular, Fortress and its affiliates have invested in diverse industries. As a result, there may be substantial overlap between companies that would be a suitable business combination for us and companies that would make an attractive target for such other affiliates. In addition, Fortress and its affiliates engage in the business of originating, underwriting, syndicating, acquiring and trading loans and debt securities of corporate and other borrowers, and may provide or participate in any debt financing arrangement in connection with any acquisition of any target business that we may make. If Fortress or any of its affiliates provides or participates in any such debt financing arrangement it may present a conflict of interest and will have to be approved under our related person transaction policy or by our independent directors.


60






We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our Sponsor, officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our Sponsor, officers and directors, including Fortress. Our officers and directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities, including, without limitation, those described under “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.” Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. In particular, an affiliate of our Sponsor is currently sponsoring other blank check companies, FVAC III and FVAC IV, formed for the purpose of completing a business combination and, like us, focused on identifying a business that may provide opportunities for attractive risk-adjusted returns. Our Sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no preliminary discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination as set forth in “Proposed Business—Selection of a target business and structuring of our initial business combination” and such transaction was approved by a majority of our disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public stockholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Since our Sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

In June 2020, our Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 8,625,000 Founder Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share. Prior to the closing of the Initial Public Offering, our Sponsor transferred 25,000 Founder Shares to each of our independent directors at their original purchase price. As such, our initial stockholders collectively own 20% of our outstanding shares. The Founder Shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. In addition, our Sponsor has purchased an aggregate of 5,933,333 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one share of our Class A common stock, for a purchase price of $8,900,000 in the aggregate, or $1.50 per warrant. The private placement warrants will also be worthless if we do not complete a business combination.

Each private placement warrant may be exercised for one share of our Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as provided herein.


61






The Founder Shares are identical to the shares of Class A common stock included in the units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that: (i) only holders of the Founder Shares have the right to vote on the election of directors prior to our initial business combination; (ii) the Founder Shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions; (iii) our Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed (A) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and any public shares held by them in connection with (1) the completion of our initial business combination and (2) a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (x) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or (y) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (B) to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame); (iv) the Founder Shares are automatically convertible into our Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to certain anti-dilution rights, as described herein; and (v) the Founder Shares are entitled to registration rights.

The personal and financial interests of our officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this Annual Report to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt following the Initial Public Offering, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. We have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the Trust Account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the Trust Account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;         


62






acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;    
our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt is payable on demand;     

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;     

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, and execution of our strategy; and    
other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

Assuming no redemption of the public shares, we have $332,925,000 that we may use to complete our initial business combination (after payment $12,075,000 of deferred underwriting commissions being held in the Trust Account).



63





We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:
solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a business that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.



64





In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a business that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own or acquire less than 100% of the outstanding equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares of Class A common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a controlling 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. In addition, other minority stockholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s stock than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain our control of the target business. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a business combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.



65





Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets, after payment of the deferred underwriting commissions, to be less than $5,000,001 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules), and the agreement relating to our initial business combination may have additional net tangible asset or cash requirements. As a result, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

The exercise price for the public warrants is higher than in many similar blank check company offerings in the past, and, accordingly, the warrants are more likely to expire worthless.

The exercise price of the public warrants is higher than is typical in many similar blank check companies in the past. Historically, the exercise price of a warrant was generally a fraction of the purchase price of the units in the initial public offering. The exercise price for our public warrants is $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as provided herein. As a result, the warrants are less likely to ever be in the money and more likely to expire worthless.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination but that some of our stockholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds, extended the time to consummate an initial business combination and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our charter or governing instruments, including their warrant agreements, in order to effectuate our initial business combination.



66





Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account) may be amended with the approval of holders of at least 65% of our common stock, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the trust agreement to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our stockholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by holders of a certain percentage of the company’s shares. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by holders holding between 90% and 100% of the company’s public shares. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any of its provisions related to pre-business combination activity, other than amendments relating to the appointment of directors, which require the approval of holders of a majority of at least 90% of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote thereon (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the private placement of warrants into the Trust Account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public stockholders, as described herein), may be amended if approved by holders of at least 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account may be amended if approved by holders of at least 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon. In all other instances our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended by holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote thereon, subject to applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules. Our initial stockholders, who collectively beneficially own 20% of our common stock), may participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.



67





Although we believe that the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants will be sufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, because we have not yet selected any target business we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the private placement warrants prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from stockholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination. If we have not completed our initial business combination within the required time period, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.

Our initial stockholders control the election of our board of directors until consummation of our initial business combination and hold a substantial interest in us. As a result, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our initial stockholders own 20% of our outstanding shares of common stock. In addition, the Founder Shares, all of which are held by our initial stockholders, entitle the holders to elect all of our directors prior to our initial business combination. Holders of our public shares have no right to vote on the election of directors during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may only be amended if approved by holders of at least 90% of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote thereon. As a result, you will not have any influence over the election of directors prior to our initial business combination.



68





Neither our initial stockholders nor, to our knowledge, any of our officers or directors, have any current intention to purchase additional securities, other than as disclosed in this Annual Report. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, as a result of their substantial ownership in our company, our initial stockholders may exert a substantial influence on other actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws and approval of major corporate transactions. If our initial stockholders purchase any additional shares of Class A common stock in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their influence over these actions. Accordingly, our initial stockholders will exert significant influence over actions requiring a stockholder vote at least until the completion of our initial business combination.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants.

Our warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant; provided that the last reported sales price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date we send the notice of such redemption to the warrant holders. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise their warrants. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you to (i) exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

69






In addition, we may redeem your warrants after they become exercisable for $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants prior to redemption for a number of Class A common stock determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A common stock. Any such redemption may have similar consequences to a cash redemption described above. In addition, such redemption may occur at a time when the warrants are “out-of-the-money,” in which case you would lose any potential embedded value from a subsequent increase in the value of the Class A common stock had your warrants remained outstanding.

Our warrants and Founder Shares may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial business combination.

We issued warrants to purchase 6,900,000 shares of our Class A common stock, at a price of $11.50 per share (subject to adjustment), as part of the units sold in the Initial Public Offering and, simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we issued in a private placement an aggregate of 5,933,333 shares of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share (subject to adjustment). Prior to the Initial Public Offering, our Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 8,625,000 Founder Shares in a private placement. The Founder Shares are convertible into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In addition, if our Sponsor, an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors make any working capital loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into warrants, at the price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants.

To the extent we issue shares of Class A common stock for any reason, including to effectuate a business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of these warrants or conversion rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Any such issuance, will increase the number of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and reduce the value of the shares of Class A common stock issued to complete the business combination. Therefore, our warrants and Founder Shares may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

The private placement warrants are identical to the warrants sold as part of the units in the Initial Public Offering except that, so long as they are held by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees, (i) they will not be redeemable by us, (ii) they (including the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by our Sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, (iii) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis, and (iv) they (including the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants) are entitled to registration rights.

Because each unit contains one-fifth of one warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.


70





Each unit contains one-fifth of one warrant. Because, pursuant to the warrant agreement, the warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares of Class A common stock, only a whole warrant may be exercised at any given time. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one share of common stock and one whole warrant to purchase one whole share. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of a business combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for one-fifth of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a whole warrant to purchase one whole share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive business combination partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if they included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

A provision of our warrant agreement may make it more difficult for use to consummate an initial business combination.

Unlike most blank check companies, if we issue additional shares of common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our initial business combination at a newly issued price of less than $9.20 per share of common stock, then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted to be equal to 115% of the newly issued price. This may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination with a target business.

There is currently no market for our securitiesSeries I Warrants and Series II Warrants and a market for our securitiesSeries I Warrants and Series II Warrants may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.Series I Warrants and Series II Warrants.

ThereOur Series I Warrants and Series II Warrants are not listed or traded on any stock exchange and there is currently no market for our securities. StockholdersSeries I Warrants and Series II Warrants. Warrantholders therefore have no access to trading price or volume information about prior market history on which to base their investment decision. Following the Initial Public Offering, the price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential business combinations and general market or economic conditions, including as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securitiesSeries I Warrants and Series II Warrants may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securitiesSeries I Warrants and Series II Warrants unless a market can be established and sustained.

Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.



71





The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include target historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such financial statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies or smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.



72





Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year, if (1) the market value of our common stock owned by non-affiliates is less than $250 million, or (2) we have less than $100 million in annual revenues and the market value of our common stock owned by non-affiliates is less than $700 million. Market value is calculated as of the prior June 30th. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate our initial business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2021. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A common stock and could entrench management.

73






Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include two-year director terms and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Data privacy and security breaches, including, but not limited to, those resulting from cyber incidents or attacks, acts of vandalism or theft, computer viruses and/or misplaced or lost data, could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption, reputational harm, criminal liability and/or financial loss.

In searching for targets for our initial business combination, we may depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or privacy and security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information, and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data privacy or security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences and therefore could be liable for privacy and security breaches, including potentially those caused by any of our subcontractors. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents or other incidents that result in a privacy or security breach. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to reputational harm, criminal liability and/or financial loss.

If we effect our initial business combination with a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

We may pursue a business combination with a target business in any geographic location. If we effect our initial business combination with a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:    
costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with difficult commercial and legal requirements of the overseas market;

rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

74






complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;         

tariffs and trade barriers;         

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;         

longer payment cycles;

tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;
currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

rates of inflation;

challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

cultural and language differences;

employment regulations;         

crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars;    
deterioration of political relations with the United States; and

government appropriation of assets.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such combination or, if we complete such combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

If our management following our initial business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial business combination, any or all of our management could resign from their positions as officers of the company, and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination could remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

75






After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue will be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political, social and government policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

Exchange rate fluctuations and currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummation of our initial business combination, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the dollar prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.

The recent coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic and the impact on businesses and debt and equity markets could have a material adverse effect on our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination.



76





In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China, which has and is continuing to spread throughout the world, including the United States and Europe. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the coronavirus a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern.” On January 31, 2020, U.S. Health and Human Services Secretary Alex M. Azar II declared a public health emergency for the United States to aid the U.S. healthcare community in responding to the coronavirus, and on March 11, 2020 the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak as a “pandemic”. The coronavirus pandemic has resulted in a widespread health crisis that has adversely impacted the economies and financial markets worldwide, business operations and the conduct of commerce generally. There is no way of being certain how long these adverse impacts will last. The coronavirus, or other disease outbreaks, could have a material adverse effect on the business of any potential target business with which we consummate a business combination. Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a business combination if concerns relating to the coronavirus pandemic continue to restrict travel, limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors or the target company’s personnel, vendors and services providers are unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner. The extent to which the coronavirus impacts our search for a business combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the coronavirus pandemic and the actions to contain the coronavirus or treat its impact, among others. If the disruptions posed by the coronavirus or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to consummate a business combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination.

In addition, our ability to consummate a business combination may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing and the coronavirus pandemic and other related events could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise adequate financing, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all.

77

52




Table of Contents
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

Comments
None.

Item 2. Properties.Properties

As of December 31, 2022, we have 923 clinics (as well as 20 clinics under management service agreements) located in 25 states. We lease all of the properties used for our clinics under operating leases with initial lease terms typically ranging from seven (7) to ten (10) years with options to renew. We intend to lease the premises for any new clinic locations. Our typical clinic occupies approximately 1,000 to 5,000 square feet.
We also lease our executive offices located in Bolingbrook, Illinois, under an operating lease expiring in December 2032. We currently maintainlease approximately 135,000 square feet of space at our corporate offices at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105. The cost for this space is included in the $20,000 monthly fee that we pay an affiliate of our Sponsor for office space and related support services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

offices.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.Proceedings

From time to time, the Company may be involved in legal proceedings or subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of business. The outcome of any litigation and claims against the Company cannot be predicted with certainty, and the resolution of these matters could materially affect our future results of operations, cash flows, or financial condition. Refer to Note 18 -
None.

Commitments and Contingencies
in the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8, of this Form 10-K for further details.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.Disclosures

None.


Not applicable.

53
78



Table of Contents



PART II.
II


Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases andof Equity Securities.Securities

Market Information.

Information and Holders
Our units, Class A common stock and warrantsPublic Warrants are traded on NYSE under the symbols “FAII.U,” “FAII” and “FAII WS”, respectively. On September 29, 2020, the Company announced that, commencing October 2, 2020, the holders of the Company’s units may elect to separately trade the Class A common stock and warrants comprising the units. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Those units not separated will continue to tradecurrently listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “FAII.U,” and each of the shares of Class A common stock and warrants that are separated will trade on the New York Stock Exchange("NYSE") under the symbols “FAII”"ATIP" and “FAII"ATIP WS," respectively.

Holders

As of March 1, 2021,6, 2023, there was 1 holder of record of our units, 1 holder of record of our separately traded common stock and 2were approximately 229 holders of record of our separately traded warrants.outstanding common stock.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our Class A common stock to datedate. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operations of our business and do not intendexpect to pay cashany dividends priorin the foreseeable future. Any decision to the completion of our initial business combination. The payment of cashdeclare and pay dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial business combination will be withinmade at the discretion of our board of directors, at such time. In addition,and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any share dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination,may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to declarepay dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we may agree to in connection therewith.or our subsidiaries incur.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

Refer to Note 10 -
None.

Share-Based Compensation

in the consolidated financial statements for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans.

54
79



Table of Contents


Stock Performance Graph
The following graph compares the cumulative total return to stockholders from the closing price on June 17, 2021 (the date our Class A common stock began trading on the NYSE following the Business Combination) through December 31, 2022, relative to the performance of the NYSE Composite Index and the NYSE Health Care Index. The stock performance graph assumes $100 was invested in our Class A common stock and the common stock of each of the companies listed on the NYSE Composite Index and the NYSE Health Care Index on June 17, 2021, and that any dividends were reinvested.
ati-20221231_g1.jpg
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; UseSecurities
On February 24, 2022, the Company entered into a Series A Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with the purchasers signatory thereto, including funds affiliated with Knighthead Capital Management, LLC (the “Investors”), pursuant to which the Investors purchased from the Company, in the aggregate, 165,000 shares of Proceeds from Registered Offerings

In June 2020, we issuedSeries A Senior Preferred Stock with an initial stated value of $1,000 per share, or $165,000,000 of stated value in the aggregate, and warrants to purchase up to 11,498,401 shares of common stock of the Company, for an aggregate of 8,625,000 Founder Shares to our Sponsor in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share. In August 2020, our Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 100,000 Founder Shares to four of our independent directors for their original purchase price. Our Sponsor, together with our independent directors, currently own 8,625,000 shares of Class F common stock. In addition, our Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 5,933,333 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one common stock at $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.50 per warrant, in a private placement that closed simultaneously with the closing of our Initial Public Offering.$163,350,000 (“Preferred Stock Financing Proceeds”). Each private placement warrant entitles the holder to purchase one common stock at $11.50 per share. The salesshare of the above securities byCompany's Class A common stock. The warrants are exercisable within 5 years from issuance. The strike price is $3.00 per share for 5,226,546 of the issued warrants, and the strike price is $0.01 per share for 6,271,855 of the issued warrants. The Preferred Stock Financing Proceeds reflected an original issue discount of 1.0% of the stated value of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock. The Company used the Preferred Stock Financing Proceeds to refinance a portion of its existing indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company and its applicable subsidiaries, with remaining cash to the Company’s balance sheet. The Series A Senior Preferred Stock and warrants were deemed to be exempt from registrationnot registered under the Securities Act, and were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration requirements thereof provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactionsa transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering.offering without any form of general solicitation or general advertising.

On August 14, 2020,
55

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
During the three months ended December 31, 2022, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offeringwithheld shares of 34,500,000 units, with each unit consisting of one Class Aour common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share, and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one Class A common stock. The units were sold at a price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $345,000,000. Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering an aggregate of $345,000,000 was placed in the Trust Account.

The Company incurred approximately $19.4 million of offering costs in connection with employee minimum statutory tax withholding obligations payable upon the Initial Public Offering, inclusivevesting of $12.1 millionrestricted stock, as follows:
Total Number of Shares Purchased(1)
Average Price Paid Per ShareTotal Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or ProgramsMaximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans of Programs
October 1 - October 31, 2022— $— — — 
November 1 - November 30, 202217,406 $0.51 — — 
December 1 - December 31, 20224,130 $0.31 — — 
Total21,536 $0.47 — — 
(1) Represents shares delivered to or withheld by us in connection with employee minimum tax withholding obligations upon exercise or vesting of deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters from the amounts heldstock awards. No shares were purchased in the Trust Account solely in the event the Company completesopen market pursuant to a business combination. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from the Initial Public Offering as described in our final prospectus dated August 11, 2020, which was filed with the SEC.repurchase program.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.[Reserved]

Not applicable.
We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information otherwise required under this item.
56

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.Operations

ReferencesThe following discussion and analysis of ATI Physical Therapy, Inc. and its subsidiaries (herein referred to as “we,” ”us,” “the Company,” “our Company,” or "ATI") should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. For management's discussion and analysis on the Company's financial condition and results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the “Company,year ended December 31, 2020, refer to "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 1, 2022.
We make statements in this discussion that are forward-looking and involve risks and uncertainties. These statements contain forward-looking information relating to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of the Company. The forward-looking statements are based on our current views and assumptions, and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements due to factors including, but not limited to, those discussed under “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors. “our,” “us”
Many factors are beyond our control. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this Annual Report. Except as required by law, we are under no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, regardless of the reason the statement may no longer be accurate.
Certain amounts in this Management's Discussion and Analysis may not add due to rounding. All percentages have been calculated using unrounded amounts for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.
All dollar amounts are presented in thousands, unless indicated otherwise.
Company Overview
We are a nationally recognized outpatient physical therapy provider in the United States specializing in outpatient rehabilitation and adjacent healthcare services, with 923 clinics (as well as 20 clinics under management service agreements) located in 25 states as of December 31, 2022. We operate with a commitment to providing our patients, medical provider partners, payors and employers with evidence-based, patient-centric care.
We offer a variety of services within our clinics, including physical therapy to treat spine, shoulder, knee and neck injuries or “we” referpain; work injury rehabilitation services, including work conditioning and work hardening; hand therapy; and other specialized treatment services. Our Company’s team of professionals is dedicated to helping return patients to optimal physical health.
Physical therapy patients receive team-based care, leading-edge techniques and individualized treatment plans in an encouraging environment. To achieve optimal results, we use an extensive array of techniques including therapeutic exercise, manual therapy and strength training, among others. Our physical therapy model aims to deliver optimized outcomes and time to recovery for patients, insights and service satisfaction for referring providers and predictable costs and measurable value for payors.
57

In addition to providing services to physical therapy patients at outpatient rehabilitation clinics, we provide services through our ATI Worksite Solutions (“AWS”) program, Management Service Agreements (“MSA”) and Sports Medicine arrangements. AWS provides an on-site team of healthcare professionals at employer worksites to promote work-related injury prevention, facilitate expedient and appropriate return-to-work follow-up and maintain the health and well-being of the workforce. Our MSA arrangements typically include the Company providing management and physical therapy-related services to physician-owned physical therapy clinics. Sports Medicine arrangements provide certified healthcare professionals to various schools, universities and other institutions to perform on-site physical therapy and rehabilitation services.
Appointment of Chief Executive Officer
On April 28, 2022, the Company appointed Sharon Vitti as its Chief Executive Officer and to the Board of Directors. Ms. Vitti has 30 years of healthcare experience, including nearly two decades of executive leadership in clinical and consumer-focused healthcare companies.
In connection with Ms. Vitti’s appointment, John (Jack) Larsen stepped down as Executive Chairman of the Company, effective April 28, 2022 and continued in his role as Chairman of the Board of the Company. Mr. Larsen was appointed Executive Chairman of the Company on August 9, 2021. In addition, effective April 28, 2022, John (Jack) Larsen, Joseph Jordan, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, and Ray Wahl, the Company’s former Chief Operating Officer, no longer fulfilled the role of Principal Executive Officer.
Recent changes in company leadership
Effective July 8, 2022, Joe Zavalishin, Chief Development Officer, resigned from the Company. The Company and Mr. Zavalishin entered into a mutual release pursuant to which Mr. Zavalishin is eligible for the payments and benefits in accordance with his employment agreement.
Effective August 29, 2022, the Company appointed Eimile Tansey as its Chief People Officer. Ms. Tansey has more than 20 years of experience in human resources and operations, including more than 15 years in leadership and executive roles.
Effective November 4, 2022, Diana Chafey, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary, resigned from the Company. The Company appointed Erik Kantz as the Company's Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary effective November 4, 2022. Mr. Kantz previously served as Vice President and Deputy General Counsel of the Company, and has over 20 years of experience in corporate and securities law.
Effective December 16, 2022, Ray Wahl, Chief Operating Officer, resigned from the Company. The Company and Mr. Wahl entered into a mutual release pursuant to which Mr. Wahl is eligible for the payments and benefits in accordance with his employment agreement. The Company appointed Chris Cox as the Company's Chief Operating Officer effective December 16, 2022. Mr. Cox has nearly 15 years of progressively higher-level leadership positions in the healthcare industry.
Effective January 3, 2023, the Company appointed Scott Gregerson as the Company's Chief Growth Officer. Mr. Gregerson has 20 years of healthcare experience including chief executive, presidential and vice-presidential roles in which he developed and led strategic business development and growth, often connecting large-scale provider groups with hospital and health systems.
58

2022 Debt Refinancing and Preferred Stock Financing
On February 24, 2022, the Company entered into various financing arrangements to refinance its existing long-term debt (the "2022 Debt Refinancing"). The Company entered into a new 2022 Credit Agreement which is comprised of a senior secured term loan which matures on February 24, 2028, and a "super priority" senior secured revolver, which matures on February 24, 2027. Refer to Note 8 - Borrowings in the consolidated financial statements for further details.
In connection with the 2022 Debt Refinancing, the Company issued shares of non-convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock. Refer to Note 11 - Mezzanine and Stockholders' Equity in the consolidated financial statements for further details.
The Business Combination
On June 16, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), a Business Combination transaction (the “Business Combination”) was finalized pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger ("Merger Agreement"), dated February 21, 2021 between the operating company, Wilco Holdco, Inc. (“Wilco Holdco”), and Fortress Value Acquisition Corp. II. II (herein referred to as "FAII" and "FVAC"), a special purpose acquisition company. In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, the Company changed its name from Fortress Value Acquisition Corp. II to ATI Physical Therapy, Inc. The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). The Company’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the symbol “ATIP.” Refer to Note 3 - Business Combinations and Divestitures in the consolidated financial statements for further details.
Home Health divestiture
On October 1, 2021, the Company divested its Home Health service line for a sale price of $7.3 million. The major classes of assets and liabilities associated with the Home Health service line consisted predominantly of accounts receivable, accrued expenses and other liabilities which were not material.
2021 acquisitions
During the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company completed 3 acquisitions consisting of 7 total clinics. The Company paid approximately $4.5 million in cash and $1.4 million in future payment consideration, subject to certain time or performance conditions set out in the purchase agreements, to complete the acquisitions.
Trends and Factors Affecting the Company’s Future Performance and Comparability of Results
During 2022, we observed the following trends in our operations:
Improved referral and patient visit volumes relative to the comparative periods in 2021 and relative to volume softness experienced during the beginning of 2022 which was driven, in part, by an increase in COVID-19 cases due to the outbreak of additional variants.
A continued tight labor market for available physical therapy and other healthcare providers in the workforce, contributing to competition in hiring, attrition, clinical staffing level challenges, increased use of contract labor and continued wage inflation in the physical therapy industry and at ATI.
Decrease in rate per visit primarily driven by Medicare rate cuts that became effective on January 1, 2022, Medicare sequestration reductions that began after March 31, 2022 and June 30, 2022 and less favorable payor and state mix when compared to prior periods.
59

Our ability to achieve our business plan depends upon a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the success of a number of continued steps being taken related to increasing clinical staffing levels, increasing clinician productivity, controlling costs and capital expenditures, increasing visit volumes and referrals and stabilizing rate per visit.
During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company identified interim triggering events as a result of factors including potential changes in discount rates and decreases in share price. The Company determined that the combination of these factors constituted interim triggering events that required further analysis with respect to potential impairment to goodwill, trade name indefinite-lived intangible and other assets. Accordingly, the Company performed interim quantitative impairment testing as of March 31, 2022, June 30, 2022, September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2022 and determined that the fair value amounts were below the respective carrying amounts. As a result, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $318.9 million related to goodwill and $164.4 million related to the trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset during the year ended December 31, 2022. Refer to Note 5 - Goodwill, Trade Name and Other Intangible Assets in the consolidated financial statements for further details.
COVID-19 pandemic and volume impacts
The coronavirus ("COVID-19") pandemic in the United States resulted in changes to our operating environment. We continue to closely monitor the impact of COVID-19 on all aspects of our business, and our priorities remain protecting the health and safety of employees and patients, maximizing the availability of services to satisfy patient needs, and improving the operational and financial stability of our business.
As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, visits per day ("VPD") decreased to a low point of 12,643 during the quarter ended June 30, 2020. The Company has experienced relative increases in quarterly VPD following the low point, as local restrictions in certain markets, referral levels and individual routines evolved compared to prior periods. During the fourth quarter of 2021, we observed volume softness caused, in part, by an increase in COVID-19 cases due to the outbreak of additional variants, which continued to impact visit volumes in the beginning of 2022. Through the remainder of the first quarter of 2022 and the second quarter of 2022, we experienced increases in visit volumes relative to the beginning of 2022. Additionally, while we observed volume softness during the third quarter due, in part, to seasonality, we experienced increases in quarterly VPD through the fourth quarter of 2022 relative to the comparative quarters in 2021.
60

The chart below reflects the quarterly trend in VPD.
ati-20221231_g2.jpg
As demand for physical therapy services has increased in the market since its low point during the quarter ended June 30, 2020, the Company has focused on attempting to increase its clinical staffing levels by hiring clinicians, optimizing clinician hours based on available workforce and attempting to reduce levels of clinician attrition that have been elevated relative to historical levels. The elevated levels of attrition were initially caused, in part, by changes made during the COVID-19 pandemic related to compensation, staffing levels and support for clinicians. We have implemented a range of actions related to compensation, staffing levels, clinical and professional development and other initiatives in an effort to retain and attract therapists across our platform, which has increased our current and future expectations for labor costs. While the Company has observed improvement in hiring and attrition levels since implementing these actions, attrition remains above historical levels due to a continued tight labor market for available physical therapy and other healthcare providers in the workforce which may impede our progress toward increasing visit volumes. In an effort to drive more volume and visits per day, in addition to focusing on clinical staffing levels and clinician productivity, we are working to establish relationships with new referral sources and strengthen relationships with our partner providers and existing referral sources across our geographic footprint.
The COVID-19 pandemic is still evolving and the full extent of its future impact remains unknown and difficult to predict. The future impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our performance will depend on certain developments, including the duration and spread of the virus and its newly identified strains, effectiveness and adoption rates of vaccines and other therapeutic remedies, the potential for continued or reinstated restrictive policies enforced by federal, state and local governments, and the impact of the virus and vaccination requirements on our workforce, all of which create uncertainty and cannot be predicted. While we expect the disruption caused by COVID-19 and resulting impacts to diminish over time, we cannot predict the length of such impacts, and if such impacts continue for an extended period, it could have a continued effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, which could be material.
61

CARES Act
On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act") was signed into law providing reimbursement, grants, waivers and other funds to assist health care providers during the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company has realized benefits under the CARES Act including, but not limited to, the following:
In 2020, the Company received approximately $91.5 million of general distribution payments under the Provider Relief Fund. These payments have been recognized in other expense (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations throughout 2020 in a manner commensurate with the reporting and eligibility requirements issued by the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services ("HHS"). Based on the terms and conditions of the program, including reporting guidance issued by HHS in 2021, the Company believes that it has met the applicable terms and conditions. This includes, but is not limited to, the fact that the Company’s COVID-19 related expenses and lost revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 exceeded the amount of funds received. To the extent that reporting requirements and terms and conditions are subsequently modified, it may affect the Company’s ability to comply and ability to retain the funds.
The Company applied for and obtained approval to receive $26.7 million of Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Program ("MAAPP") funds during the quarter ended June 30, 2020. During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company applied $12.3 million and $12.6 million in MAAPP funds against the outstanding liability, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company transferred $1.8 million in MAAPP funds as part of the divestiture of its Home Health Service line. During the quarter ended September 30, 2022, the Company met the required performance obligations and performed the remaining services related to the MAAPP funds. Therefore, the remaining funds were applied and repaid during the quarter ended September 30, 2022. As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, zero and $12.3 million of the funds are recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively. 
The Company elected to defer depositing the employer portion of Social Security taxes for payments due from March 27, 2020 through December 31, 2020, interest-free and penalty-free. The Company repaid the remaining deferred payments during the fourth quarter of 2022. Related to these payments, as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, zero and $5.9 million is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively.
Market and industry trends and factors
Outpatient physical therapy services growth. Outpatient physical therapy continues to play a key role in treating musculoskeletal conditions for patients. According to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services ("CMS"), musculoskeletal conditions impact individuals of all ages and include some of the most common health issues in the U.S. As healthcare trends in the U.S. continue to evolve, with a growing focus on value-based care emphasizing up-front, conservative care to deliver better outcomes, quality healthcare services addressing such conditions in lower cost outpatient settings may continue increasing in prevalence.
U.S. population demographics. The population of adults aged 65 and older in the U.S. is expected to continue to grow and thus expand the Company’s market opportunity. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the population of adults over the age of 65 is expected to grow 30% from 2020 through 2030.
62

Federal funding for Medicare and Medicaid. Federal and state funding of Medicare and Medicaid and the terms of access to these reimbursement programs affect demand for physical therapy services. In recent years, through legislative and regulatory actions, the federal government has made substantial changes to various payment systems under the Medicare program. Beginning in January 2022, the physical therapy industry observed a reduction of Medicare reimbursement rates of approximately 0.75%, as well as a 15% decrease in payments for services performed by physical therapy assistants. Additionally, a further reduction through resuming sequestration was postponed. Sequestration reductions resumed at 1% after March 31, 2022, and by an additional 1% after June 30, 2022, which resulted in an overall reduction of 2% in reimbursement rates related to sequestration after June 30, 2022. In July 2022, the CMS released its proposed 2023 Medicare Physician Fee Schedule which called for an approximate 4.5% reduction in the calendar year 2023 conversion factor. In December 2022, the Consolidated Appropriations Act (2023) was signed into law. The Consolidated Appropriations Act (2023) provides partial relief related to Medicare cuts including 2.5% relief in 2023 and 1.25% relief in 2024. As a result, the reimbursement rate reduction beginning in January 2023 was approximately 2.0%.
Workers’ compensation funding. Payments received under certain workers’ compensation arrangements may be based on predetermined state fee schedules, which may be impacted by changes in state funding.
Number of people with private health insurance. Physical therapy services are often covered by private health insurance. Individuals covered by private health insurance may be more likely to use healthcare services because it helps offset the cost of such services. As health insurance coverage rises, demand for physical therapy services tends to also increase.
Key Components of Operating Results
Net patient revenue. Net patient revenues are recorded for physical therapy services that the Company provides to patients including physical therapy, work conditioning, hand therapy, aquatic therapy and functional capacity assessment. Net patient revenue is recognized based on contracted amounts with payors or other established rates, adjusted for the estimated effects of any variable consideration, such as contractual allowances and implicit price concessions. Visit volume is primarily driven by conversion of physician referrals and marketing efforts.
Other revenue. Other revenue consists of revenue generated by our AWS, MSA and Sports Medicine service lines.
Salaries and related costs. Salaries and related costs consist primarily of wages and benefits for our healthcare professionals engaged directly and indirectly in providing services to patients.
Rent, clinic supplies, contract labor and other. Comprised of non-salary, clinic related expenses consisting of rent, clinic supplies, contract labor and other costs including travel expenses and depreciation at our clinics.
Provision for doubtful accounts. Provision for doubtful accounts represents the Company’s estimate of accounts receivable recorded during the period that may ultimately prove uncollectible based upon several factors, including the age of outstanding receivables, the historical experience of collections, the impact of economic conditions and, in some cases, the specific customer account's ability to pay.
Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of wages and benefits for corporate personnel, corporate outside services, marketing costs, depreciation of corporate fixed assets, amortization of intangible assets and certain corporate level professional fees, including those related to legal, accounting and payroll.
63

Goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges. Goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges represent non-cash charges associated with the write-down of goodwill, trade name indefinite-lived intangible and other assets.
Change in fair value of warrant liability. Represents non-cash amounts related to the change in the estimated fair value of the IPO Warrants.
Change in fair value of contingent common shares liability. Represents non-cash amounts related to the change in the estimated fair value of Earnout Shares and Vesting Shares.
Loss on settlement of redeemable preferred stock. Represents the loss on settlement of the Wilco Holdco redeemable preferred stock liability based on the value of cash and equity provided to preferred stockholders in relation to the outstanding Wilco Holdco redeemable preferred stock liability at the time of the closing of the Business Combination.
Interest expense, net. Interest expense includes the cost of borrowing under the Company’s credit facility and amortization of deferred financing costs.
Interest expense on redeemable preferred stock. Represents interest expense related to accruing dividends on the Wilco Holdco redeemable preferred stock based on contract terms.
Other expense (income), net.Other expense (income), net is comprised of income statement activity not related to the core operations of the Company.
64

Key Business Metrics
When evaluating the results of operations, management has identified a number of metrics that allow for specific evaluation of performance on a more detailed basis. See “Results of Operations” for further discussion on financial statement metrics such as net revenue, net income, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.
Patient visits
As the main operations of the Company are driven by physical therapy services provided to patients, management considers total patient visits to be a key volume measure of such services. In addition to total patient visits, management analyzes (1) average VPD calculated as total patient visits divided by business days for the period, as this allows for comparability between time periods with an unequal number of business days, and (2) average VPD per clinic, calculated as average VPD divided by the average number of clinics open during the period (excluding clinics under management service agreements).
Net patient revenue ("NPR") per visit
The Company calculates net patient revenue per visit, its most significant reimbursement metric, by dividing net patient revenue in a period by total patient visits in the same period.
Clinics
To better understand geographical and location-based trends, the Company evaluates metrics based on the 923 clinics (excluding clinics under management service agreements) and 20 managed clinic locations as of December 31, 2022. De novo clinics represent organic new clinics opened during the current period based on sophisticated site selection analytics. Acqui-novo clinics represent new clinics opened during the current period, that were existing clinic operations not previously owned by the Company, in a target geography that provides the Company with an immediate presence, available staff and referral relationships of the former owner within the surrounding areas. Acquired clinics represent new clinics from purchases of physical therapy practices. Same clinic revenue growth rate identifies revenue growth year over year on clinics that have been owned and operating for over one year. This metric is determined by isolating the population of clinics that have been open for at least 12 months and calculating the percentage change in revenue of this population between the current and prior comparable periods.
The following table presents selected operating and financial data that we believe are key indicators of our operating performance:
Year Ended
 December 31, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Number of clinics (end of period)923910875
Number of clinics managed (end of period)202022
New clinics during the period365823
Business days255257257
Average visits per day21,81720,60818,274
Average visits per day per clinic23.623.121.0
Total patient visits5,563,2435,296,1614,696,475
Net patient revenue per visit$103.53$105.94$112.76
Same clinic revenue growth rate1.8 %4.6 %(26.9)%
65

The following table provides a rollforward of activity related to the number of clinics during the corresponding periods:
Year Ended
 December 31, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Number of clinics (beginning of period)910875872
Add: New clinics opened during the period365123
Add: Clinics acquired during the period7
Less: Clinics closed/sold during the period232320
Number of clinics (end of period)923910875
66


Results of Operations
Year ended December 31, 2022 compared to year ended December 31, 2021
The following table summarizes the Company’s consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:
  Year Ended December 31,
  20222021Increase/(Decrease)
($ in thousands, except percentages) $% of Revenue $% of Revenue$%
Net patient revenue $575,940 90.6 %$561,080 89.4 %$14,860 2.6 %
Other revenue 59,731 9.4 %66,791 10.6 %(7,060)(10.6)%
Net revenue 635,671 100.0 %627,871 100.0 %7,800 1.2 %
Cost of services:  
Salaries and related costs 357,982 56.3 %336,496 53.6 %21,486 6.4 %
Rent, clinic supplies, contract labor and other 202,568 31.9 %180,932 28.8 %21,636 12.0 %
Provision for doubtful accounts 13,869 2.2 %16,369 2.6 %(2,500)(15.3)%
Total cost of services 574,419 90.4 %533,797 85.0 %40,622 7.6 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses 114,724 18.0 %111,809 17.8 %2,915 2.6 %
Goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges486,262 76.5 %962,303 153.3 %(476,041)(49.5)%
Operating loss (539,734)(84.9)%(980,038)(156.1)%440,304 (44.9)%
Change in fair value of warrant liability(4,243)(0.7)%(22,595)(3.6)%18,352 (81.2)%
Change in fair value of contingent common shares liability(42,525)(6.7)%(175,140)(27.9)%132,615 (75.7)%
Loss on settlement of redeemable preferred stock— — %14,037 2.2 %(14,037)n/m
Interest expense, net 45,278 7.1 %46,320 7.4 %(1,042)(2.2)%
Interest expense on redeemable preferred stock— — %10,087 1.6 %(10,087)n/m
Other expense, net 3,333 0.5 %241 — %3,092 n/m
Loss before taxes (541,577)(85.2)%(852,988)(135.9)%311,411 (36.5)%
Income tax benefit (48,530)(7.6)%(70,960)(11.3)%22,430 (31.6)%
Net loss$(493,047)(77.6)%$(782,028)(124.6)%$288,981 (37.0)%
67

Net patient revenue. Net patient revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $575.9 million compared to $561.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of approximately $14.9 million or 2.6%.
The increase in net patient revenue was primarily driven by increased visit volumes as a result of higher clinician staffing, higher clinician productivity and higher clinic count in the current period, partially offset by unfavorable net patient revenue per visit and two less business days in the current period. Total patient visits increased by approximately 0.3 million visits, or 5.0%, driving an increase in average visits per day of 1,209, or 5.9%. Net patient revenue per visit decreased $2.41, or 2.3%, to $103.53 for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $105.94 for the year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease in net patient revenue per visit during the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily driven by Medicare rate cuts and unfavorable mix shifts related to payor classes and states.
The following chart reflects additional detail with respect to drivers of the change in year-to-date net patient revenue (in millions):
ati-20221231_g3.jpg
Other revenue. Other revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $59.7 million compared to $66.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease of $7.1 million or 10.6%. The decrease in other revenue was primarily driven by the absence of Home Health service line revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 as a result of its divestiture on October 1, 2021.
Salaries and related costs. Salaries and related costs for the year ended December 31, 2022 were $358.0 million compared to $336.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of approximately $21.5 million or 6.4%. Salaries and related costs as a percentage of net revenue was 56.3% and 53.6% for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The increase of $21.5 million was primarily driven by higher compensation due to wage inflation for clinic labor and increased clinician and support staff due to higher visit volumes. The increase as a percentage of net revenue was primarily driven by higher compensation due to wage inflation for clinic labor, higher share-based compensation for clinical employees and lower net patient revenue per visit during the year ended December 31, 2022.
68

Rent, clinic supplies, contract labor and other. Rent, clinic supplies, contract labor and other costs for the year ended December 31, 2022 were $202.6 million compared to $180.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of approximately $21.6 million or 12.0%. Rent, clinic supplies, contract labor and other costs as a percentage of net revenue was 31.9% and 28.8% for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The increase of $21.6 million and increase as a percentage of net revenue was primarily driven by higher contract labor costs and a higher clinic count during the year ended December 31, 2022.
Provision for doubtful accounts. Provision for doubtful accounts for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $13.9 million compared to $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease of $2.5 million or 15.3%. Provision for doubtful accounts as a percentage of net revenue was 2.2% and 2.6% for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The decrease of $2.5 million and decrease as a percentage of net revenue was primarily driven by favorable cash collections during the year ended December 31, 2022.
Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 were $114.7 million compared to $111.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $2.9 million or 2.6%. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenue was 18.0% and 17.8% for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The increase of $2.9 million and increase as a percentage of net revenue was primarily due to a loss on legal settlement, higher public company operating costs and non-ordinary legal and regulatory costs during the year ended December 31, 2022, partially offset by lower reorganization and severance costs and lower transaction costs incurred relative to the year ended December 31, 2021.
Goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges. Goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $486.3 million compared to $962.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The amount primarily relates to the non-cash write-down of goodwill and the trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset as a result of factors including increases in discount rates, decreases in share price and lower public company comparative multiples in 2022, and revised forecasts reflecting lower than expected patient visit volumes, the acceleration of clinician attrition, competition for clinicians in the labor market and net patient revenue per visit decreases primarily driven by unfavorable payor, state and service mix shifts in 2021. Refer to Note 5 - Goodwill, Trade Name and Other Intangible Assets in the consolidated financial statements for further details.
Change in fair value of warrant liability. Change in fair value of warrant liability for the year ended December 31, 2022 was a gain of $4.2 million compared to a gain of $22.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The gain in each period relates to the decrease in the estimated fair value of the Company’s IPO Warrants, primarily driven by decreases in price of the Company's Public Warrants during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Change in fair value of contingent common shares liability. Change in fair value of contingent common shares liability for the year ended December 31, 2022 was a gain of $42.5 million compared to a gain of $175.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The gain in each period relates to the decrease in the estimated fair value of the Company’s Earnout Shares and Vesting Shares, primarily driven by decreases in the Company's share price during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Loss on settlement of redeemable preferred stock. Loss on settlement of redeemable preferred stock for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $14.0 million. The loss is based on the value of cash and equity provided to preferred stockholders in relation to the outstanding Wilco Holdco redeemable preferred stock liability at the time of the closing of the Business Combination.
69

Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $45.3 million compared to $46.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease of $1.0 million or 2.2%. The decrease in interest expense was primarily driven by lower outstanding principal balances under the Company's credit agreement and higher cash flow hedge benefits recognized during the year ended December 31, 2022, partially offset by higher interest rates under the Company’s credit agreement during the year ended December 31, 2022.
Interest expense on redeemable preferred stock. Interest expense on redeemable preferred stock for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $10.1 million. The redeemable preferred stock was fully settled in June 2021 and no longer accrued interest following the Business Combination.
Other expense, net. Other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $3.3 million compared to $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of approximately $3.1 million. The increase was driven by $2.8 million in loss on debt extinguishment related to the derecognition of the unamortized deferred financing costs and original issuance discount associated with the full repayment of the 2016 first lien term loan during the year ended December 31, 2022. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded $5.5 million in loss on debt extinguishment related to the derecognition of the unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount associated with the partial and full repayment of the 2016 first and second lien term loans, respectively, and recorded a $5.8 million gain on the sale of its Home Health service line.
Income tax benefit.Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $48.5 million compared to $71.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease in benefit of approximately $22.4 million. The decrease was primarily driven by the difference in the effective tax rate for the respective periods. The effective tax rate was different between the respective periods primarily due to higher nondeductible impairment charges, nondeductible transaction costs, nondeductible loss on settlement of redeemable preferred stock, interest expense on redeemable preferred stock and fair value adjustments related to liability-classified share-based instruments for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Net loss.Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $493.0 million compared to $782.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease in loss of approximately $289.0 million. The comparatively lower loss was primarily driven by lower goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges, partially offset by lower gains related to changes in fair value of warrant liability and contingent common shares liability, lower income tax benefit and no expenses related to redeemable preferred stock during the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021.
70

Non-GAAP Financial Measures
The following table reconciles the supplemental non-GAAP financial measures, as defined under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), presented herein to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. The Company has provided the non-GAAP financial measures, which are not calculated or presented in accordance with GAAP, as supplemental information and in addition to the financial measures that are calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are defined as net income from continuing operations calculated in accordance with GAAP, less net income attributable to non-controlling interests, plus the sum of income tax expense, interest expense, net, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) and further adjusted to exclude certain items of a significant or unusual nature, including but not limited to, goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges, changes in fair value of warrant liability and contingent common shares liability, share-based compensation, non-ordinary legal and regulatory matters, loss on legal settlement, loss on debt extinguishment, transaction and integration costs, reorganization and severance costs, pre-opening de novo costs, gain on sale of Home Health service line, business optimization costs, loss on settlement of redeemable preferred stock and charges related to lease terminations (“Adjusted EBITDA”).
We present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA because they are key measures used by our management team to evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions. The Company believes EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful to investors for the purposes of comparing our results period-to-period and alongside peers and understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management team and board of directors.
These supplemental measures should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the GAAP financial measures presented. In addition, since these non-GAAP measures are not determined in accordance with GAAP, they are susceptible to varying calculations and may not be comparable to other similarly titled non-GAAP measures of other companies.
71

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP Financial Measures)
The following is a reconciliation of net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (each of which is a non-GAAP financial measure) for each of the periods indicated. For additional information on these non-GAAP financial measures, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” above.
Year Ended
($ in thousands)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Net loss$(493,047)$(782,028)$(298)
Plus (minus):
Net loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests668 3,700 (5,073)
Interest expense, net45,278 46,320 69,291 
Interest expense on redeemable preferred stock— 10,087 19,031 
Income tax (benefit) expense(48,530)(70,960)2,065 
Depreciation and amortization expense39,841 37,995 39,700 
EBITDA$(455,790)$(754,886)$124,716 
Goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges(1)
486,262 962,303 — 
Goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges attributable to non-controlling interests(1)
(2,415)(7,949)— 
Changes in fair value of warrant liability and contingent common shares liability(2)
(46,768)(197,735)— 
Share-based compensation7,432 5,769 1,936 
Non-ordinary legal and regulatory matters(3)
6,408 2,914 — 
Loss on legal settlement(4)
3,000 — — 
Loss on debt extinguishment(5)
2,809 5,534 — 
Transaction and integration costs(6)
3,289 9,788 4,790 
Reorganization and severance costs(7)
1,797 3,913 7,512 
Pre-opening de novo costs(8)
992 1,929 1,565 
Gain on sale of Home Health service line, net(199)(5,846)— 
Business optimization costs(9)
(105)— 10,377 
Loss on settlement of redeemable preferred stock(10)
— 14,037 — 
Charges related to lease terminations(11)
— — 4,253 
Adjusted EBITDA$6,712 $39,771 $155,149 
(1)Represents non-cash charges related to the write-down of goodwill, trade name indefinite-lived intangible and other assets. Refer to Note 5 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further details.
72

(2)Represents non-cash amounts related to the change in the estimated fair value of IPO Warrants, Earnout Shares and Vesting Shares. Refer to Notes 3, 13 and 14 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further details.
(3)Represents non-ordinary course legal costs related to the previously disclosed ATIP stockholder class action complaints, derivative complaint and SEC inquiry. Refer to Note 18 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further details.
(4)Represents charge for net settlement liability related to billing dispute. Refer to Note 18 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further details.
(5)Represents charges related to the derecognition of the unamortized deferred financing costs and original issuance discount associated with the full repayment of the 2016 first lien term loan and the partial and full repayment of the 2016 first and second lien term loans, respectively. Refer to Note 8 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further details.
(6)Represents costs related to the Business Combination, non-capitalizable debt and capital transaction costs and consulting and planning costs related to preparation to operate as a public company.
(7)Represents severance, consulting and other costs related to discrete initiatives focused on reorganization and delayering of the Company’s labor model, management structure and support functions.
(8)Represents expenses associated with renovation, equipment and marketing costs relating to the start-up and launch of new locations incurred prior to opening.
(9)Represents non-recurring costs to optimize our platform and ATI transformative initiatives. Costs primarily relate to duplicate costs driven by IT and Revenue Cycle Management conversions, labor related costs during the transition of key positions and other incremental costs of driving optimization initiatives.
(10)Represents loss on settlement of redeemable preferred stock based on the value of cash and equity provided to preferred stockholders in relation to the outstanding redeemable preferred stock liability at the time of the closing of the Business Combination.
(11)Represents charges related to lease terminations prior to the end of term for corporate facilities no longer in use.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal sources of liquidity are historical operating cash flows, borrowings under our credit agreement and proceeds from equity issuances. We have used these funds for our short-term and long-term capital needs, which include salaries, benefits and other employee-related expenses, rent, clinical supplies, outside services, capital expenditures, acquisitions, de novos, acqui-novos and debt service. Our capital expenditure, acquisition, de novo and acqui-novo spend will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to, the targeted number of new clinic openings, patient volumes, clinician labor market, revenue growth rates and level of operating cash flows.
As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we had $83.1 million and $48.6 million in cash and cash equivalents, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, we had no available capacity under our 2022 revolving credit facility.
For the year ended December 31, 2022, we had operating cash outflows of $65.5 million driven by items including net losses and the application and repayment of MAAPP funds and deferred employer Social Security taxes. Our ability to generate future operating cash flows depends on many factors, including clinical staffing levels and productivity, costs and capital expenditures, patient volumes, referrals and revenue growth rates.
As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had zero and $12.3 million of MAAPP funds included in the balance of cash and cash equivalents, respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had zero and $5.9 million of deferred Social Security taxes included in the balance of cash and cash equivalents. The Company began applying MAAPP funds to Medicare billings in the second quarter of 2021 and began remitting payments on its deferred employer Social Security taxes in the third and fourth quarters of 2021. The remaining MAAPP funds and deferred employer Social Security taxes were applied and repaid during 2022. The repayment of CARES Act funds, together with net losses and other operational activity, led to a net operating cash outflow for 2022.
73

We make reasonable and appropriate efforts to collect accounts receivable, including payor amounts and applicable patient deductibles, co-payments and co-insurance, in a consistent manner for all payor types. Claims are submitted to payors daily, weekly or monthly in accordance with our policy or payor’s requirements. When possible, we submit our claims electronically. The collection process is time consuming and typically involves the submission of claims to multiple payors whose payment of claims may be dependent upon the payment of another payor. Claims under litigation and vehicular incidents can take a year or longer to collect.
Liquidity and going concern
In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 205-40, Going Concern, the Company has evaluated whether there are certain conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within twelve months after the date that these consolidated financial statements are issued. This evaluation includes considerations related to the covenants contained in the Company’s 2022 Credit Agreement as well as the Company’s liquidity position overall.
As detailed in Note 8 - Borrowings, the Company’s 2022 Credit Agreement contains customary covenants and restrictions, including financial and non-financial covenants. The financial covenants require the Company to maintain $30.0 million of minimum liquidity, as defined in the agreement, at each test date through the first quarter of 2024. Additionally, beginning in the second quarter of 2024, the Company must maintain a Secured Net Leverage Ratio, as defined in the agreement, not to exceed 7.00:1.00. The net leverage ratio covenant decreases in the third quarter of 2024 to 6.75:1.00 and further decreases in the first quarter of 2025 to 6.25:1.00, which level remains applicable through maturity. The financial covenants are tested as of each fiscal quarter end for the respective periods. Failure to comply with these covenants and restrictions would result in an event of default, subject to customary cure periods.
In addition, the 2022 Credit Facility contains customary representations and warranties, events of default, reporting and other affirmative covenants and negative covenants, including requirements related to the delivery of independent audit reports without certain going concern qualifications, limitations on indebtedness, liens, investments, negative pledges, dividends, junior debt payments, fundamental changes and asset sales and affiliate transactions. Failure to comply with the 2022 Credit Facility covenants and restrictions, including the provision related to certain going concern qualifications for any fiscal year, including the year ended December 31, 2022, could result in an event of default under the 2022 Credit Facility, subject to customary cure periods. In such an event, all amounts outstanding under the 2022 Credit Facility, together with any accrued interest, could then be declared immediately due and payable.
As of December 31, 2022, the Company had $83.1 million in cash and cash equivalents and no available capacity under its 2022 revolving credit facility. As measured based on the definitions in the Company’s 2022 Credit Agreement, liquidity was $72.9 million as of December 31, 2022.
The Company has negative operating cash flows, operating losses and net losses. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company had cash flow used in operating activities of $65.5 million, operating loss of $539.7 million and net loss of $493.0 million. In addition, as of December 31, 2022, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $1,339.5 million. These results are, in part, due to trends experienced by the Company including a tight labor market for available physical therapy and other healthcare providers in the workforce, visit volume softness, decreases in rate per visit and increases in interest costs. Based on current liquidity and projected cash use, the Company anticipates violation of its $30.0 million minimum liquidity covenant under its 2022 Credit Agreement within the next twelve months. As a result of the above factors, there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within twelve months following the issuance date of the consolidated financial statements as of and for the period ended December 31, 2022.
74

Improving operating results and cash flow is dependent upon the Company’s ability to achieve its business plan to increase clinical staffing levels and clinician productivity, control costs and capital expenditures, increase patient visit volumes and referrals and stabilize rate per visit. However, there can be no assurance that it will be successful in any of these respects.
If the Company does not complete the Transaction as contemplated by the TSA or otherwise access additional financing, the Company will need to consider other alternatives, including pursuing separate amendments to or waivers of the minimum liquidity covenant, the requirement to deliver audited financial statements without certain going concern qualifications, and other requirements under the 2022 Credit Agreement, as well as raising funds from other sources, obtaining alternate financing, disposal of assets, or pursuing other strategic alternatives to improve its liquidity position and business results. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in completing the Transaction or accessing such alternative options or financing when needed. Failure to do so could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and may lead to events including bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency.
In addition, the report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm accompanying the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022 contains an explanatory paragraph expressing substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Absent an amendment or waiver, the 2022 Credit Agreement provides that the receipt of a report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm containing an explanatory paragraph expressing substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern could be an event of default, subject to certain exceptions. Pursuant to the TSA, the First Lien Lenders have agreed that, prior to the Outside Closing Date, they will forbear in the exercise of any rights, remedies, powers, privileges and defenses under the 2022 Credit Agreement arising on account of a default, alleged default or event of default (if any) resulting from the going concern explanatory paragraph in the report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm accompanying the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022. However, if the transactions contemplated by the TSA are not consummated on its terms or at all, the First Lien Lenders could claim that a default or event of default has occurred under the 2022 Credit Agreement. If such claim is not waived by the First Lien Lenders and the Company is unsuccessful in disputing any such claims (including with respect to the applicability of one of the enumerated exceptions to the 2022 Credit Agreement requirement), the Company could be considered to have an event of default after the expiration of the applicable cure periods. In such event, all amounts outstanding under the 2022 Credit Facility, together with any accrued interest, could then be declared immediately due and payable and could be reclassified to current in the Company's consolidated financial statements for the period. A default on our obligations and an acceleration of our indebtedness by our lenders would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and may lead to events including bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency.
On March 15, 2023, the Company entered into a Transaction Support Agreement (the “TSA”) with certain of its first lien lenders under the 2022 Credit Agreement (the "First Lien Lenders"), the administrative agent under the 2022 Credit Agreement, holders of its Series A Senior Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Equityholders") and holders of the majority of its common stock (together with the First Lien Lenders and the Preferred Equityholders, the “Parties”), setting forth the principal terms of a comprehensive transaction to enhance the Company's liquidity (the "Transaction"). Pursuant to the TSA, and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, the Parties have agreed to support, act in good faith and take all steps reasonably necessary and desirable to consummate the transactions referenced therein by June 15, 2023 (the “Outside Closing Date”).
75

The TSA contemplates, among other things, (i) a delayed draw new money financing, available under certain circumstances until the 18 month anniversary of the closing date of the transactions, in an aggregate principal amount equal to $25.0 million in the form of new second lien PIK exchangeable notes (“Second Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes”), (ii) exchange of $100.0 million of the aggregate principal amount of the term loans under the 2022 Credit Facility held by certain of the Preferred Equityholders for Second Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes, (iii) a reduction of the thresholds applicable to the minimum liquidity financial covenant under the 2022 Credit Agreement for certain periods, (iv) a waiver of the requirement to comply with the Secured Net Leverage Ratio financial covenant under the 2022 Credit Agreement for the fiscal quarters ending June 30, 2024, September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2024 and a modification of the levels and certain component definitions applicable thereto in the fiscal quarters ending after December 31, 2024, (v) waiver of the requirement for the Company to deliver audited financial statements without certain going concern qualifications for the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2024, (vi) an increase in the interest rate payable on the existing term loans and revolving loans until the achievement of a specified financial metric and (vii) board representation and observer rights, and other changes to the governance of the Company. The Second Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes would be exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock of the Company at a fixed price of $0.25, and the holders thereof would have the right to vote on corporate matters on an as-exchanged basis. The TSA contains certain representations, warranties and other agreements by the Company and Parties. In accordance with the TSA, the First Lien Lenders agreed that, prior to the Outside Closing Date, they will forbear in the exercise of any rights, remedies, powers, privileges and defenses under the 2022 Credit Agreement arising on account of an alleged default or event of default (if any) resulting from the going concern explanatory paragraph in the independent auditors' report accompanying the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022 (the "Credit Agreement Forbearance"). The Parties' obligations under the TSA are, and the closing of the Transaction is, subject to various customary terms and conditions set forth therein, including the execution and delivery of definitive documentation and approval by the Company's stockholders.
There is no assurance that the transactions contemplated by the TSA will be consummated on the terms as described above, on a timely basis or at all.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business within twelve months after the date that these consolidated financial statements are issued.
2022 Credit Agreement
On February 24, 2022 (the "Refinancing Date"), the Company entered into various financing arrangements to refinance its existing long-term debt, which consisted of $555.0 million in principal under the Company's existing term loan (the "2016 first lien term loan"), which was repaid in full on the Refinancing Date. As part of the 2022 Debt Refinancing, ATI Holdings Acquisition, Inc. (the "Borrower"), an indirect subsidiary of ATI Physical Therapy, Inc., entered into a credit agreement among the Borrower, Wilco Intermediate Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings"), as loan guarantor, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and issuing bank, and a syndicate of lenders (the "2022 Credit Agreement"). The 2022 Credit Agreement provides a $550.0 million credit facility (the "2022 Credit Facility") that is comprised of a $500.0 million senior secured term loan (the "Senior Secured Term Loan") which was fully funded at closing and a $50.0 million "super priority" senior secured revolver (the "Revolving Loans") with a $10.0 million letter of credit sublimit. The 2022 Credit Facility refinanced and replaced the Company's prior credit facility for which Barclays Bank PLC served as administrative agent for a syndicate of lenders.
The Company recognized $2.8 million in loss on debt extinguishment related to the derecognition of the remaining unamortized deferred financing costs and unamortized original issue discount in conjunction with the repayment of the 2016 first lien term loan. The Company capitalized debt issuance costs totaling $12.5 million related to the 2022 Credit Facility as well as an original issue discount of $10.0 million. The Company capitalized issuance costs of $0.5 million related to the Revolving Loans.
76

The Senior Secured Term Loan matures on February 24, 2028 and bears interest, at the Company's election, at a base interest rate of the Alternate Base Rate ("ABR"), as defined in the agreement, plus an applicable credit spread, or the Adjusted Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"), as defined in the agreement, plus an applicable credit spread. The credit spread is determined based on a pricing grid and the Company's Secured Net Leverage Ratio. The Company may elect to pay 2.0% interest in-kind at a 0.5% premium during the first year under the agreement. The Company elected to pay a portion of its interest in-kind during the third and fourth quarters of 2022. As of December 31, 2022, borrowings on the Senior Secured Term Loan bear interest at 1-month SOFR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 7.25% plus the 0.5% paid-in-kind interest premium. As of December 31, 2022, the interest rate on the Senior Secured Term Loan was 12.1% and the effective interest rate was 13.1%. As of December 31, 2022, the outstanding principal amount under the Senior Secured Term Loan was $503.5 million.
The Revolving Loans are subject to a maximum borrowing capacity of $50.0 million and mature on February 24, 2027. Borrowings on the Revolving Loans bear interest, at the Company's election, at a base interest rate of the ABR, as defined in the agreement, plus an applicable credit spread, or the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, as defined in the agreement, plus an applicable credit spread. The credit spread is determined based on a pricing grid and the Company's Secured Net Leverage Ratio. Commitment fees on the Revolving Loans are payable quarterly at 0.5% per annum on the daily average undrawn portion for the quarter and are expensed as incurred. In December 2022, the Company drew $48.2 million in Revolving Loans. As of December 31, 2022, $48.2 million in Revolving Loans were outstanding and bearing interest at rate of 8.3%.
The 2022 Credit Facility is guaranteed by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries and is secured by substantially all of the assets of Holdings, the Borrower and the Borrower’s wholly owned subsidiaries, including a pledge of the stock of the Borrower, in each case, subject to customary exceptions.
The 2022 Credit Agreement contains customary covenants and restrictions, including financial and non-financial covenants. The financial covenants require the Company to maintain $30.0 million of minimum liquidity, as defined in the agreement, at each test date through the first quarter of 2024. Additionally, beginning in the second quarter of 2024, the Company must maintain a Secured Net Leverage Ratio, as defined in the agreement, not to exceed 7.00:1.00. The net leverage ratio covenant decreases in the third quarter of 2024 to 6.75:1.00 and further decreases in the first quarter of 2025 to 6.25:1.00, which remains applicable through maturity. The financial covenants are tested as of each fiscal quarter end for the respective periods. As of December 31, 2022, the Company has met its minimum liquidity financial covenant.
The 2022 Credit Facility contains customary representations and warranties, events of default, reporting and other affirmative covenants and negative covenants, including requirements related to the delivery of independent audit reports without certain going concern qualifications, limitations on indebtedness, liens, investments, negative pledges, dividends, junior debt payments, fundamental changes and asset sales and affiliate transactions. Failure to comply with the 2022 Credit Facility covenants and restrictions could result in an event of default under the 2022 Credit Facility, subject to customary cure periods. In such an event, all amounts outstanding under the 2022 Credit Facility, together with any accrued interest, could then be declared immediately due and payable.
Under the 2022 Credit Facility, the Company may be required to make certain mandatory prepayments upon the occurrence of certain events, including: an event of default, a Prepayment Asset Sale or receipt of Net Insurance Proceeds (as defined in the 2022 Credit Agreement) in excess of $15.0 million, or excess cash flows exceeding certain thresholds (as defined in the 2022 Credit Agreement).
77

Preferred Stock Financing
In connection with the 2022 Debt Refinancing, the Company issued 165,000 shares of non-convertible preferred stock (the "Series A Senior Preferred Stock") plus 5.2 million warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share (the "Series I Warrants") and warrants to purchase 6.3 million shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price equal to $0.01 per share (the "Series II Warrants"). The shares of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock have a par value of $0.0001 per share and an initial stated value of $1,000 per share, for an aggregate initial stated value of $165.0 million. The Series I and Series II Warrants are exercisable for 5 years from the Refinancing Date.
The gross proceeds received from the issuance of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock and the Series I and Series II Warrants were $165.0 million, which was allocated among the instruments based on the relative fair values of each instrument. Of the gross proceeds, $144.7 million was allocated to the Series A Senior Preferred Stock, $5.1 million to the Series I Warrants and $15.2 million to the Series II Warrants. The resulting discount on the Series A Senior Preferred Stock will be recognized as a deemed dividend when those shares are subsequently remeasured upon becoming redeemable or probable of becoming redeemable. The Company recognized $2.9 million in issuance costs and $1.4 million of original issue discount related to the Series A Senior Preferred Stock. The Company recognized total issuance costs and original issue discount of approximately $0.2 million and $0.5 million related to the Series I Warrants and Series II Warrants, respectively.
The Series A Senior Preferred Stock has priority over the Company's Class A common stock and all other junior equity securities of the Company, and is junior to the Company's existing or future indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables), with respect to payment of dividends, distribution of assets, and all other liquidation, winding up, dissolution, dividend and redemption rights.
The Series A Senior Preferred Stock carries an initial dividend rate of 12.0% per annum (the "Base Dividend Rate"), payable quarterly in arrears. Dividends will be paid in-kind and added to the stated value of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock. The Company may elect to pay dividends on the Series A Senior Preferred Stock in cash beginning on the third anniversary of the Refinancing Date and, with respect to any such dividends paid in cash, the dividend rate then in effect will be decreased by 1.0%.
The Base Dividend Rate is subject to certain adjustments, including an increase of 1.0% per annum on the first day following the fifth anniversary of the Refinancing Date and on each one-year anniversary thereafter, and 2.0% per annum upon the occurrence of either an Event of Noncompliance (as defined in the Certificate of Designation) or a failure by the Company to redeem in full all Series A Senior Preferred Stock upon a Mandatory Redemption Event, which includes a change of control, liquidation, bankruptcy or certain restructurings. The paid in-kind dividends related to the Series A Preferred Stock were $17.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2022, the accumulated paid in-kind dividends related to the Series A Preferred Stock were $17.9 million and the aggregate stated value was $182.9 million.
The Company has the right to redeem the Series A Senior Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time (subject to certain limitations on partial redemptions). The Redemption Price for each share of Series A Senior Preferred Stock is equal to the stated value subject to certain price adjustments depending on when such optional redemption takes place, if at all.
78

The Series A Senior Preferred Stock is perpetual and is not mandatorily redeemable at the option of the holders, except upon the occurrence of a Mandatory Redemption Event. Upon the occurrence of a Mandatory Redemption Event, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Company is required to redeem all Series A Senior Preferred Stock, in cash, at a price per share equal to the then applicable Redemption Price. Based on the Company’s assessment of the conditions which would trigger the redemption of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock, the Company has determined that the Series A Senior Preferred Stock is neither currently redeemable nor probable of becoming redeemable. Because the Series A Senior Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity and is not considered redeemable or probable of becoming redeemable, the paid in-kind dividends that are added to the stated value do not impact the carrying value of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Should the Series A Senior Preferred Stock become probable of becoming redeemable, the Company will recognize changes in the redemption value of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock immediately as they occur and adjust the carrying amount accordingly at the end of each reporting period. As of December 31, 2022, the redemption value of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock was $182.9 million, which is the stated value.
If an Event of Noncompliance occurs, then the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock (the “Majority Holders”) have the right to demand that the Company engage in a sale/refinancing process to consummate a Forced Transaction. A Forced Transaction includes a refinancing of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock or a sale of the Company. Upon consummation of any Forced Transaction, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Company is required to redeem all Series A Senior Preferred Stock, in cash, at a price per share equal to the then applicable Redemption Price.
Holders of shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock have no voting rights with respect to the Series A Senior Preferred Stock except as set forth in the Certificate of Designation, other documents entered into in connection with the Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, or as otherwise required by law. For so long as any Series A Senior Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Company is prohibited from taking certain actions without the prior consent of the Majority Holders as set forth in the Certificate of Designation which include: issuing equity securities ranking senior to or pari passu with the Series A Senior Preferred Stock, incurring indebtedness or liens, engaging in affiliate transactions, making restricted payments, consummating certain investments or asset dispositions, consummating a change of control transaction unless the Series A Senior Preferred Stock is redeemed in full, altering the Company’s organizational documents, and making material changes to the nature of the Company’s business.
Holders of Series A Senior Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, have the right to designate and elect one director to serve on the Company’s board of directors until such time after the Refinancing Date that (i) as of any applicable fiscal quarter end, the Company’s trailing 12-month Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Certificate of Designation) exceeds $100 million, or (ii) the Lead Purchaser ceases to hold at least 50.1% of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock held by it as of the Refinancing Date.
As a result of the 2022 Debt Refinancing and the Preferred Stock Financing, the Company added approximately $77.3 million of cash to its balance sheet.
79

Consolidated Cash Flows
The following table presents selected data from our consolidated statements of cash flows:
Year Ended
($ in thousands)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
   
Net cash used in operating activities$(65,508)$(42,100)
Net cash used in investing activities(28,048)(39,889)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities128,079 (11,523)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents34,523 (93,512)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period48,616 142,128 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$83,139 $48,616 
Year ended December 31, 2022 compared to year ended December 31, 2021
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $65.5 million compared to $42.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase in cash used of $23.4 million. The change was primarily the result of approximately $27.7 million higher net losses as adjusted for non-cash items such as goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges and changes in fair value of warrant liability and contingent common shares liability during the year ended December 31, 2022, partially offset by a $3.6 million payment of transaction-related amount due to former owners not recurring in 2022.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $28.0 million compared to $39.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease of approximately $11.8 million. The decrease was primarily driven by cash outflows related to purchases of acqui-novo clinics during the year ended December 31, 2021 not recurring in 2022 and lower capital expenditures during the year ended December 31, 2022 due to fewer clinic openings.
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $128.1 million compared to $11.5 million of cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase in cash provided of $139.6 million. The change was primarily driven by net cash inflows related to the 2022 Debt Refinancing (refer to Note 8 - Borrowings for further details) and drawing Revolving Loans under the 2022 Credit Agreement during the year ended December 31, 2022.
Commitments and Contingencies
The Company may be subject to loss contingencies, such as legal proceedings and claims arising out of its business. The Company records accruals for such loss contingencies when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded an accrual related to the outcomes of certain legal matters described in Note 18 - Commitments and Contingencies. As of December 31, 2022, the liability has been fully settled. Refer to Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further information.
We enter into contractual obligations and commitments from time to time in the normal course of business, primarily related to our debt financing and operating leases. Refer to Notes 8 and 17 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further information. Additionally, the Company has contractual commitments related to cloud computing and telecommunication service agreements. Refer to Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further information.
80

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Critical Accounting Estimates
The discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction withis based upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements requires its management to make estimates and judgments that affect the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this report. Certain information containedreported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosures. The Company’s management bases its estimates, assumptions and judgments on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Different assumptions and judgments would change the estimates used in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-lookingpreparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Ourwhich, in turn, could change the results from those reported. In addition, actual results may differ materially from these estimates and such differences could be material to the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
Critical accounting estimates are those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a resultthat the Company’s management considers the most important to the portrayal of many factors, including those set forth under “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors”the Company’s financial condition and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



80





Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated on June 10, 2020 as a Delaware corporation formed for the purposeresults of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganizationoperations because they require management's most difficult, subjective or similar business combination with one or more businesses ("Business Combination"). Although we may pursue an acquisition in any industry or geography, we intend to capitalize on the ability of our management team and the broader Fortress platform to identify, acquire and operate a business that may provide opportunities for attractive risk-adjusted returns. Our Sponsor is Fortress Acquisition Sponsor II LLC (the "Sponsor").

Our registration statement for the initial public offering (the "Initial Public Offering") was declared effective on August 11, 2020. On August 14, 2020, we consummated the Initial Public Offering of 34,500,000 units (“Units"), including the issuance of 4,500,000 unitscomplex judgments, often as a result of the underwriters’ exerciseneed to make estimates about the effect of their over-allotment optionmatters that are inherently uncertain. The Company’s critical accounting estimates in full,relation to its consolidated financial statements include those related to:
Patient revenue recognition and allowance for doubtful accounts
Realization of deferred tax assets
Goodwill and intangible assets
Additional information related to our critical accounting estimates can be found in Note 2 - Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Patient revenue recognition and allowance for doubtful accounts
Net patient revenue
We provide an array of services to our patients including physical therapy, work conditioning, hand therapy, aquatic therapy, functional capacity assessment, sports medicine and wellness programs. Net patient revenue consists of these physical therapy services.
Net patient revenue is recognized at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $345.0 millionan amount equal to the consideration the Company expects to receive from third-party payors, patients and incurring offering costs of approximately $19.4 million, inclusive of approximately $12.1 million in deferred underwriting commissions.

Substantially concurrently withothers for services rendered when the closingperformance obligations under the terms of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated a private placement (“Private Placement”)contract are satisfied.
81

There is an implied contract between the Company and the patient upon each patient visit resulting in the Company’s patient service performance obligation. Generally, the performance obligation is satisfied at a price of $1.50 per private placement warrant,point in time, as each service provided is distinct and future services rendered are not dependent on previously rendered services. The Company has separate contractual agreements with our Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $8.9 million.

Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement, $345.0 million ($10.00 per Unit) of the aggregate net cash proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement was placed in a U.S.-based Trust Account (“Trust Account”) at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.third-party payors (e.g., maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee. The cash proceeds held in the Trust Account have been invested in U.S.insurers, managed care programs, government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 185 days or less or in any open-ended investment companyprograms, workers' compensation) that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by us meeting certain conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by us, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds held in the Trust account as described below.

In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining availableprovide for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be only $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account (or less than that in certain circumstances). In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liablepayments to the Company if andat amounts different from its established rates. While these agreements are not considered contracts with the customer, they are used for determining the transaction price for services provided to the extent any claimspatients covered by a third party for services rendered or products sold tothe third-party payors. The payor contracts do not indicate performance obligations of the Company or a prospective target businessbut indicate reimbursement rates for patients who are covered by those payors when the services are provided.
To determine the transaction price associated with whichthe implied contract, the Company includes the estimated effects of any variable consideration, such as contractual allowances and implicit price concessions. When the Company has discussed entering intocontracts with negotiated prices for services provided (contracted payors), the Company considers the contractual rates when estimating contractual allowances. Variable consideration is estimated using a portfolio approach that incorporates whether or not the Company has historical differences from negotiated rates due to non-compliance with contract provisions. Historical results indicate that it is probable that negotiated prices less variable consideration will be realized; therefore, this amount is deemed the transaction agreement, reduceprice and recorded as revenue. The Company records an estimated provision for doubtful accounts based on historical collections for claims with similar characteristics, such as location of service and type of third-party payor, at the amounttime of funds in the Trust Account. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account or to any claims under the Company’s indemnityrecognition. Any subsequent impairment of the underwriters ofrelated receivable is recorded as provision for doubtful accounts.
For non-contracted payors, the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities underCompany determines the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsibletransaction price by applying established rates to the extent of any liabilityservices provided and adjusting for suchcontractual allowances provided to third-party claims.

81





payors and implicit price concessions. The Company will seekestimates the contractual allowances and implicit price concessions using a portfolio approach based on historical collections for claims with similar characteristics, such as location of service and type of third-party payor, in relation to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all third parties, service providers (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

On September 29, 2020, the Company announced that, commencing October 2, 2020, the holders of the Company’s units may elect to separately trade the Class A common stock and warrants comprising the units. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Those units not separated will continue to trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “FAII.U,” and each of the shares of Class A common stock and warrants that are separated will trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbols “FAII” and “FAII WS,” respectively.

Results of Operations

Since the Initial Public Offering, our activity has been limited to the search for a prospective initial Business Combination, and we will not be generating any operating revenues until the closing and completion of our initial Business Combination. We expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses in connection with completing a Business Combination.

For the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, we had a net loss of $1,588,639, which consisted of $18,957 in interest income, offset by $1,495,574 in general and administrative expenses and $112,022 in franchise tax expense. General and administrative expenses of $1,495,574 is primarily comprised of legal and due diligence fees.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, as of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $1.3 million in our operating bank account and working capital deficit of approximately $26,000.

Through our Initial Public Offering, our liquidity needs have been satisfied through receipt of a $25,000 capital contribution from our Sponsor in exchange for the issuance of the Founder Shares (as defined below) to our Sponsor, up to $300,000 in loans from our Sponsor and the proceeds not held in the Trust Account, which resulted from the consummation of the initial public offering and the sale of private placement warrants to the Sponsor. Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the exercise of the over-allotment option, and the sale of Private Placement Warrants, which resulted in $345.0 million ($10.00 per Unit) being placed into a Trust Account and payment of expenses, we had approximately $1.3 million as of December 31, 2020 in cash held outside of the Trust Account, which we intend to use for working capital purposes.



82





In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a business combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”).

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with ASU 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” as of December 31, 2020established rates, because the Company does not have sufficient liquiditya contract with the underlying payor. Any subsequent changes in estimate on the realization of the receivable is recorded as a revenue adjustment. Management believes that calculating at the portfolio level would not differ materially from considering each patient account separately.
The Company continually reviews the revenue transaction price estimation process to meet its current obligations. However, management has determinedconsider updates to laws and regulations and changes in third-party payor contractual terms that result from contract renegotiations and renewals. Due to complexities involved in determining amounts ultimately due under reimbursement arrangements with third-party payorsand government entities, which are often subject to interpretation, the Company has access to fundsmay receive reimbursement for healthcare services that is different from the Sponsor,estimates, and the Sponsor has the financial wherewithal to fund the Company, that are sufficient to fund the working capital needssuch differences could be material.
In its evaluation of the Company untilrevenue transaction price, management assesses historical collection experience in relation to contracted rates, or for non-contracted payors, established rates. The practice of applying historical collection experience to determine the earlierrevenue transaction price for current transactions involves significant judgment and estimation. Management subsequently monitors the appropriateness of its estimates for claims on a date of service basis as cash collections on previous periods mature. Actual cash collections upon maturity may differ from the transaction price estimated upon initial recognition, and such differences could be material. If initial revenue recognition estimates increased or decreased by 100 basis points relative to an annual period, the impact to collections of the consummation of the Business Combination and a minimum one year from the date of issuance of these financial statements. Over this time period, we willannual net patient revenue would be using these funds for identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing business due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, selecting the target business to acquire and structuring, negotiating and consummating the Business Combination.

If our estimates of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial Business Combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, or the amount of interest available to us from the Trust Account is less than we expectapproximately $5.8 million. Management believes subsequent changes in estimate as a result of maturity of claims with dates of service in 2019, 2020 and 2021 have not been material to the current interest rate environment, weconsolidated statements of operations.
82

The following table disaggregates net patient revenue for each associated payor class for the periods indicated below:
Year Ended
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Commercial57.6 %56.3 %53.1 %
Government24.2 %23.7 %22.2 %
Workers’ Compensation12.4 %14.3 %17.6 %
Other (1)
5.8 %5.7 %7.1 %
100.0 %100.0 %100.0 %
(1) Other is primarily comprised of net patient revenue related to auto personal injury which by its nature may have insufficient funds availablelonger-term collection characteristics relative to operate our business priorother payor classes.
The following table disaggregates accounts receivable, net associated with net patient revenue for each associated payor class as of:
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Commercial43.9 %40.3 %
Government13.7 %9.1 %
Workers’ Compensation15.5 %18.1 %
Other (1)
26.9 %32.5 %
100.0 %100.0 %
(1) Other is primarily comprised of accounts receivable associated with net patient revenue related to our initial Business Combination. Moreover, we may needauto personal injury.
Allowance for doubtful accounts
The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on estimates of losses related to obtain additional financing eitherreceivable balances. The risk of collection varies based upon the service, the payor class and the patient’s ability to consummate our initial Business Combination or because we become obligatedpay the amounts not reimbursed by the payor. The Company estimates the allowance for doubtful accounts based upon several factors, including the age of the outstanding receivables, the historical experience of collections, the impact of economic conditions and, in some cases, evaluating specific customer accounts for the ability to redeempay. Management judgment is used to assess the collectability of accounts and the ability of the Company’s customers to pay. The provision for doubtful accounts is included in cost of services in the consolidated statements of operations. When it is determined that a significant numbercustomer account is uncollectible, that balance is written off against the existing allowance.
Realization of our public shares upon consummationdeferred tax assets
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of our initial Business Combination,existing assets and liabilities and the respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which case wethose temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date.
83

We evaluate the realizability of deferred tax assets and reduce those assets using a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Among the factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are projections of future taxable income streams and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences. The judgments made at any point in time may issue additional securitiesbe impacted by changes in tax codes, statutory tax rates or incur debtfuture taxable income levels. This could materially impact our assessment of the need for valuation allowance reserves and could cause our provision for income taxes to vary significantly from period to period.
Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company accounts for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets under ASC Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, which requires the Company to test goodwill and other indefinite-lived assets for impairment annually or whenever events or circumstances indicate that impairment may exist.
The cost of acquired businesses is allocated first to its identifiable assets, both tangible and intangible, based on estimated fair values. Costs allocated to finite-lived identifiable intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining estimated useful lives of the assets. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed, is recorded as goodwill.
Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but must be reviewed at least annually for impairment. If the impairment test indicates that the carrying value of an intangible asset exceeds its fair value, then an impairment loss should be recognized in connection with such Business Combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only consummate such financing simultaneously with the consummationconsolidated statements of our initial Business Combination. Following our initial Business Combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financingoperations in order to meet our obligations.

Related Party Transactions
Founder shares

In June 2020, we issued an aggregate of 8,625,000 shares of Founder Shares to our Sponsor (the “Founder Shares”) in exchange for an aggregate capital contribution of $25,000. The Sponsor agreed to forfeit an aggregate of up to 1,125,000 Founder Sharesamount equal to the extentexcess carrying value over fair value. Fair value is determined using valuation techniques based on estimates, judgments and assumptions the Company believes are appropriate in the circumstances. The Company completed the interim and annual impairment analyses of goodwill as of March 31, 2022, June 30, 2022, September 30, 2022, October 1, 2022 and December 31, 2022 using an average of a discounted cash flow analysis and comparable public company analysis. Goodwill impairment charges were recorded during the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2022. The key assumptions associated with determining the estimated fair value include projected revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, the terminal growth rate, the discount rate and relevant market multiples.
The Company completed the interim and annual impairment analysis of the indefinite lived intangible asset as of March 31, 2022, June 30, 2022, September 30, 2022, October 1, 2022 and December 31, 2022 using the relief from royalty method. Indefinite lived intangibles asset impairment charges were recorded during the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2022. The key assumptions associated with determining the estimated fair value include projected revenue growth rates, the royalty rate, the discount rate and the terminal growth rate.
The Company has one reporting unit for purposes of the Company’s goodwill impairment tests.
During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company identified interim triggering events as a result of factors including potential changes in discount rates and decreases in share price. The Company determined that the over-allotment option was not exercised in full bycombination of these factors constituted interim triggering events that required further analysis with respect to potential impairment to goodwill, trade name indefinite-lived intangible and other assets. Accordingly, the underwriters. On August 14, 2020,Company performed interim quantitative impairment testing as of March 31, 2022, June 30, 2022, September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2022 and determined that the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option in full.fair value amounts were below the respective carrying amounts. As a result, the 1,125,000 Founder Shares were no longer subjectCompany recorded non-cash impairment charges of $318.9 million related to forfeiture. The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A common stock upongoodwill and $164.4 million related to the consummation of a business combination, or earlier attrade name indefinite-lived intangible asset during the option ofyear ended December 31, 2022. Refer to Note 5 - Goodwill, Trade Name and Other Intangible Assets in the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment.


consolidated financial statements for further details.

83

84



Promissory note—related party

The Sponsor had loanedFair value determinations require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions, estimates and market factors. Estimating the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit and the indefinite-lived intangible asset requires us an aggregateto make assumptions and estimates regarding our future plans, as well as industry, economic, and regulatory conditions. These assumptions and estimates include projected revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, terminal growth rates, discount rates, relevant market multiples, royalty rates and other market factors. If current expectations of $97,250 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note. The loan was non-interest bearing, unsecuredfuture growth rates, margins and due on the earliercash flows are not met, or if market factors outside of April 30, 2021our control change significantly, including discount rates, relevant market multiples, company share price and other market factors, then our reporting unit or the closing of the Initial Public Offering. We repaid the promissory note on August 14, 2020.

Related party loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a business combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor, or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, provide Working Capital Loans to us as may be required. If we complete a business combination, we would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to us. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a business combination does not close, we may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds heldindefinite-lived intangible asset might become impaired in the Trust Account would be used to repayfuture, negatively impacting our operating results and financial position. As the Working Capital Loans, other thancarrying amounts of goodwill and the interest on such proceeds that may be released for working capital purposes. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. ThereCompany’s trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset were no Working Capital Loans outstandingimpaired as of December 31, 2020.2022 and written down to fair value, those amounts are more susceptible to an impairment risk if there are unfavorable changes in assumptions and estimates. Additionally, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets associated with acquisitions that may occur in the future are recorded on the balance sheet at their estimated acquisition date fair values, those amounts are more susceptible to impairment risk if business operating results or market conditions deteriorate.

Office space and related support services

During August 2020,To further illustrate sensitivity of the valuation models, if we entered into an agreement with an affiliatehad changed the assumptions used to estimate the fair value of our Sponsorgoodwill reporting unit and trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset in our most recent quantitative analysis, these isolated changes, which are reasonably possible to occur, would have led to the following approximate increase/(decrease) in the aggregate fair value of the reporting unit under the discounted cash flow analysis or trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset (in thousands):
Discount rate
Terminal growth rate(1)
EBITDA marginRoyalty rate
50 basis points100 basis points100 basis points50 basis points
IncreaseDecreaseIncreaseDecreaseIncreaseDecreaseIncreaseDecrease
Goodwill$(40,000)$45,000$45,000$(35,000)$40,000$(40,000)
Trade name$(10,000)$15,000$15,000$(10,000)$35,000$(35,000)
(1) An increase of 100 basis points to our assumed non-terminal revenue growth rates would result in approximately $50 million of an estimated increase to the fair value of our goodwill reporting unit, whereas a monthly fee100 basis point decrease would result in approximately $40 million of $20,000 for office spacean estimated decrease to the fair value of our goodwill reporting unit.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For information regarding recent accounting pronouncements, refer toNote2 - Basis of Presentation and related support services.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
We had incurred approximately $93,000 in expenses for the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, respectively, as reflected in the accompanying Statements of Operations for services provided by related parties in connection with these aforementioned agreements with related parties. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $20,000 in accrued expenses for services provided by an affiliate, as reflected in the accompanying balance sheet.

consolidated financial statements.


84





Contractual Obligations
Registration rights

The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement signed prior to the closing date of the Initial Public Offering. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of a Business Combination. However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting agreement

The underwriters are entitled to a deferred underwriting discount of $0.35 per unit, or approximately $12.1 million, which will be payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

We account for our Class A common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption (if any) are classified as liability instruments and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable Class A common stock (including Class A common stock that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, Class A common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. Our Class A common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2020, 32,791,826 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption at the redemption amount are presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of our balance sheet.

Net loss per share

The Company’s statement of operations includes a presentation of income per share for common stock subject to redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income per share.


85





Net income (loss) per common stock, basic and diluted for Class A common stock for the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 were calculated by (i) dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account of $18,957 less funds available to be withdrawn from the Trust Account for taxes of $18,957 which resulted in net income of none, respectively, by (ii) the weighted average number of Class A common stock outstanding for the period.

Net income (loss) per common stock, basic and diluted for Class F common stock for the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 were calculated by dividing (i) the net income less income attributable to Class A common stock by (ii) the weighted average number of Class F common stock outstanding for the respective period.

The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share”. Net loss per share of common stock is computed by dividing net loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common stock outstanding for the period. The Company has not considered the effect of the warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering (including the consummation of the over-allotment) and Private Placement to purchase an aggregate of 12,833,333 shares of Class A common stock in the calculation of diluted loss per share, since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method as of December 31, 2020.

Recent accounting pronouncements

Our management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on our balance sheet.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2020, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We will qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act will be allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.


86





Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.Risk

As of December 31, 2022, the Company is exposed to interest rate variability with regard to its existing variable-rate debt instrument, which exposure primarily relates to movements in various interest rates, such as SOFR. The Company utilizes
We areinterest rate cap derivative instruments for purposes of hedging exposures related to such variable-rate cash payments. Based on our current hedging instruments as of December 31, 2022, a smaller reporting company as definedhypothetical increase of interest rates by Rule 12b-2100 basis points would increase our annual cash interest expense by approximately $2.9 million and a hypothetical decrease of interest rates by 100 basis points would decrease our annual cash interest expense by approximately $3.0 million. As of December 31, 2022, the fair value of the Exchange ActCompany’s derivative instruments consisted of assets of $5.0 million and are not required to provideliabilities of $0.1 million. As of December 31, 2021, the information otherwise required under this item.

fair value of the Company’s derivative instrument consisted of a $0.3 million non-current asset and $0.3 million current liability.
85

In March 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. The amendments in this update provide optional guidance for a limited period of time to ease the potential burden in accounting for (or recognizing the effects of) reference rate reform on financial reporting. This standard was subsequently amended by ASU No. 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope, and by ASU 2020-06, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Deferral of the Sunset Date of Topic 848. This standard is optional and may be applied by entities after March 12, 2020, but no later than December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2022, the Company has a derivative instrument for which the interest rate is indexed to the LIBOR. During the period ended March 31, 2022, the Company modified the reference rate index on its hedged items, which are future variable-rate cash payments, from LIBOR to SOFR. The Company elected to apply the hedge accounting expedients related to probability and the assessments of effectiveness for future cash flows to assume that the index upon which future hedged transactions will be based matches the index on the corresponding derivative, which is LIBOR. The guidance allows for different expedient elections to be made at different points in time. As of December 31, 2022, the Company continues to apply the hedge accounting expedients and does not anticipate that this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements, however, the Company will continue to assess the potential impact on its future hedging relationships and expedient elections, as applicable.
87

86


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.Data
ATI Physical Therapy, Inc.
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page
Financial Statements:
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2020

Statement of Operations for the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020
Statement of Changes in Stockholder's Equity for the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through
December 31, 2020
Statement of Cash Flows for the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020
88



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors and Stockholders of ATI Physical Therapy, Inc.
Fortress Value Acquisition Corp. II


OpinionOpinions on the Financial Statements

and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets of Fortress Value Acquisition Corp. IIATI Physical Therapy, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2020,2022 and 2021, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive loss, of changes in stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) throughended December 31, 2020, and2022, including the related notes and schedule of valuation and qualifying accounts for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022 appearing under Item 15 (collectively referred to as the “financial“consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020,2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) throughended December 31, 2020,2022 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company did not maintain, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO because material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting existed as of that date related to insufficient complement of tax personnel and ineffective controls over the income tax provision.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses referred to above are described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. We considered these material weaknesses in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2022 consolidated financial statements, and our opinion regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not affect our opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Substantial Doubt About the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has negative operating cash flows, operating losses and net losses that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in 2020.
88

Basis for OpinionOpinions

TheseThe Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, are the responsibilityfor maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the Company’s management.effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in management's report referred to above. Our responsibility is to express an opinionopinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial statementsreporting based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)(PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditaudits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding offraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectivenesswas maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the Company's internal control overconsolidated financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our auditstatements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
89

Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Valuation of patient service revenue and related accounts receivable - contractual allowances
As described in Notes 2 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements, net patient revenue is recognized at an amount equal to the consideration the Company expects to receive from third-party payors, patients and others for services rendered when the performance obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied. For the year ended December 31, 2022, net patient service revenue was $575.9 million and related accounts receivable was $80.7 million as of December 31, 2022. There is an implied contract between the Company and the patient upon each patient visit resulting in the Company’s patient service performance obligation. To determine the transaction price associated with the implied contract, management includes the estimated effects of any variable consideration, such as contractual allowances and implicit price concessions. When the Company has contracts with negotiated prices for services provided, management considers the contractual rates when recording revenue and adjusts for any variable consideration to the transaction price to arrive at revenue. For non-contracted payors, management determines the transaction price by applying established rates to the services provided and adjusting for contractual allowances provided to third-party payors and implicit price concessions. Management estimates the contractual allowances and implicit price concessions using a portfolio approach based on historical collections for claims with similar characteristics, such as location of service and type of third-party payor, in relation to established rates, because the Company does not have a contract with the underlying payor. Any subsequent changes in estimate on the realization of the receivable is recorded as a revenue adjustment. Management continually reviews the revenue transaction price estimation process to consider updates to laws and regulations and changes in third-party payor contractual terms that result from contract renegotiations and renewals.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of patient service revenue and related accounts receivable for contractual allowances is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management in estimating the value of patient service revenue and related accounts receivable for contractual allowances, and (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence related to the contractual allowances.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s valuation of patient accounts receivable, including controls over the contractual allowance model, completeness and accuracy of historical collection data and review of adjustments made by management to contractual allowances. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for developing the estimate for contractual allowances, including (i) evaluating the appropriateness of the analysis used by management, (ii) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying historical collection data used in the analysis, (iii) testing, on a sample basis, the accuracy of revenue transactions and cash collections from the historical billing and collection data used in management’s analysis, (iv) performing a retrospective comparison of actual cash collected subsequent to the prior year-end to evaluate the reasonableness of the prior year estimate, and (v) evaluating the reasonableness of adjustments made by management to contractual allowances.
90

Goodwill and trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment assessments
As described in Notes 2 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated goodwill and trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset balances were $286.5 million and $245.0 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2022. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but must be reviewed at least annually for impairment, or whenever events or circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. If the impairment test indicates that the carrying value of goodwill of the reporting unit or an intangible asset exceeds its fair value, then an impairment loss should be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in an amount equal to the excess carrying value over fair value. Management completed the interim and annual impairment analyses of goodwill as of March 31, 2022, June 30, 2022, September 30, 2022, October 1, 2022 and December 31, 2022 by estimating the fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit using an average of a discounted cash flow analysis and comparable public company analysis. The key assumptions associated with determining the estimated fair value of the reporting unit include projected revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, the terminal growth rate, the discount rate, and relevant market multiples. Management completed the interim and annual impairment analyses of the trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset as of March 31, 2022, June 30, 2022, September 30, 2022, October 1, 2022 and December 31, 2022 by estimating the fair value of the trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset using the relief from royalty method. The key assumptions associated with determining the estimated fair value of the trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset include projected revenue growth rates, the royalty rate, the discount rate and the terminal growth rate. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded $318.9 million and $164.4 million of total impairment charges related to goodwill and the trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset, respectively.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill and trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment assessments is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the fair value estimates of the reporting unit and trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset, (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to projected revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, the terminal growth rate, the discount rate and relevant market multiples, related to goodwill and projected revenue growth rates, the royalty rate, the terminal growth rate, and the discount rate related to the trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset, and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment assessments, including controls over the valuation of the Company’s single reporting unit and the trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset. These procedures also included, among others, (i) testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimates, (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of management’s fair value analyses, (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the analyses, and (iv) evaluating significant assumptions used by management related to the projected revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, the terminal growth rate, the discount rate, and relevant market multiples related to goodwill and projected revenue growth rates, the royalty rate, the terminal growth rate and the discount rate related to the trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to projected revenue growth rates and EBITDA margins involved evaluating whether the assumptions were reasonable considering past performance of the Company, the consistency with external data from other sources, and whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating (i) the appropriateness of the discounted cash flow analysis, comparable public company analysis and relief from royalty method, and (ii) the reasonableness of the assumptions related to the discount rates, the terminal growth rate, the royalty rate, and relevant market multiples.
91

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PCPricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois
March 16, 2023
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2020.

New York, New York
March 8, 2021


89




FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
BALANCE SHEET
December 31, 2020


Assets:
Current assets:
Cash$1,313,454 
Prepaid expenses345,938 
Total current assets1,659,392 
Investments held in Trust Account345,018,957 
Total Assets$346,678,349 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses$1,573,061 
Franchise tax payable112,022 
Total current liabilities1,685,083 
Deferred underwriting commissions payable12,075,000 
Total Liabilities13,760,083 
Commitments and Contingencies
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 32,791,826 shares subject to possible redemption327,918,260 
Stockholders' Equity:
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; NaN issued and outstanding
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 1,708,174 issued and
outstanding (excluding 32,791,826 shares subject to possible redemption)
171 
Class F common stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 8,625,000 shares
issued and outstanding
863 
Additional paid-in capital6,587,611 
Accumulated deficit(1,588,639)
Total Stockholders' Equity5,000,006 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity$346,678,349 












The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
90




FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the period from
June 10, 2020
(inception) through December 31, 2020
General and administrative expenses$1,495,574 
Franchise tax expense112,022 
Loss from operations(1,607,596)
Interest income18,957 
Net loss$(1,588,639)
Weighted average shares outstanding - Class A common stock34,500,000 
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class A common stock$(0.00)
Weighted average shares outstanding - Class F common stock8,625,000 
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class F common stock$(0.18)

































The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
91




FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
For the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020

Common stockAdditional Paid-In CapitalAccumulated DeficitTotal Stockholders' Equity
Class AClass F
SharesAmountSharesAmount
Balance - June 10, 2020 (inception)$$$$$
Issuance of Class F common stock to the
Sponsor
— — 8,625,000 863 24,137 — 25,000 
Sale of units in initial public offering, net
of offering costs
34,500,000 3,450 — — 325,578,455 — 325,581,905 
Sale of private placement warrants to
the Sponsor
— — — — 8,900,000 — 8,900,000 
Class A common stock subject to
possible redemption
(32,791,826)(3,279)— — (327,914,981)— (327,918,260)
Net loss— — — — — (1,588,639)(1,588,639)
Balance - December 31, 20201,708,174 $171 8,625,000 $863 $6,587,611 $(1,588,639)$5,000,006 

















The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.2021.
92

ATI Physical Therapy, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
($ in thousands, except share and per share data)




FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020


Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net loss$(1,588,639)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Interest income from investments held in Trust Account(18,957)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses(345,938)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses1,284,393 
Franchise tax payable112,022 
Net cash used in operating activities(557,119)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Cash deposited in Trust Account(345,000,000)
Net cash used in investing activities(345,000,000)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of Class F common stock to the Sponsor25,000 
Proceeds received under loan from the Sponsor97,250 
Repayment of loan from the Sponsor(97,250)
Proceeds received from initial public offering, net of underwriting commission338,100,000 
Payment of offering costs(154,427)
Proceeds received from private placement8,900,000 
Net cash provided by financing activities346,870,573 
Net change in cash1,313,454 
Cash - beginning of the period
Cash - end of the period$1,313,454 
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:
Offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses$288,668 
Deferred underwriting commissions payable in connection with the initial public offering$12,075,000 
Value of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption$327,918,260 












December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Assets:
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$83,139 $48,616 
Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $47,620 and $53,533 at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively)80,673 82,455 
Prepaid expenses13,526 9,303 
Other current assets10,040 3,204 
Assets held for sale6,755 — 
Total current assets194,133 143,578 
Property and equipment, net123,690 139,730 
Operating lease right-of-use assets226,092 256,646 
Goodwill, net286,458 608,811 
Trade name and other intangible assets, net246,582 411,696 
Other non-current assets2,030 2,233 
Total assets$1,078,985 $1,562,694 
Liabilities, Mezzanine Equity and Stockholders' Equity:
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable$12,559 $15,146 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities53,672 64,584 
Current portion of operating lease liabilities47,676 49,433 
Current portion of long-term debt— 8,167 
Liabilities held for sale2,614 — 
Total current liabilities116,521 137,330 
Long-term debt, net531,600 543,799 
Warrant liability98 4,341 
Contingent common shares liability2,835 45,360 
Deferred income tax liabilities18,886 67,459 
Operating lease liabilities218,424 250,597 
Other non-current liabilities1,834 2,301 
Total liabilities890,198 1,051,187 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)
Mezzanine equity:
Series A Senior Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 1.0 million shares authorized; $1,108.34 stated value per share and 0.2 million shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2022; none issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021140,340 — 
Stockholders' equity:
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 470.0 million shares authorized; 207.5 million shares issued, 198.4 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2022; 207.4 million shares issued, 197.4 million shares outstanding at December 31, 202120 20 
Treasury stock, at cost, 0.08 million shares and 0.03 million shares at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively(146)(95)
Additional paid-in capital1,378,696 1,351,597 
Accumulated other comprehensive income4,899 28 
Accumulated deficit(1,339,511)(847,132)
Total ATI Physical Therapy, Inc. equity43,958 504,418 
Non-controlling interests4,489 7,089 
Total stockholders' equity48,447 511,507 
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and stockholders' equity$1,078,985 $1,562,694 
The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these financial statements.
93

FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. IIATI Physical Therapy, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share data)

Year Ended
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Net patient revenue$575,940 $561,080 $529,585 
Other revenue59,731 66,791 62,668 
Net revenue635,671 627,871 592,253 
Cost of services:
Salaries and related costs357,982 336,496 306,471 
Rent, clinic supplies, contract labor and other202,568 180,932 166,144 
Provision for doubtful accounts13,869 16,369 16,231 
Total cost of services574,419 533,797 488,846 
Selling, general and administrative expenses114,724 111,809 104,320 
Goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges486,262 962,303 — 
Operating loss(539,734)(980,038)(913)
Change in fair value of warrant liability(4,243)(22,595)— 
Change in fair value of contingent common shares liability(42,525)(175,140)— 
Loss on settlement of redeemable preferred stock— 14,037 — 
Interest expense, net45,278 46,320 69,291 
Interest expense on redeemable preferred stock— 10,087 19,031 
Other expense (income), net3,333 241 (91,002)
(Loss) income before taxes(541,577)(852,988)1,767 
Income tax (benefit) expense(48,530)(70,960)2,065 
Net loss(493,047)(782,028)(298)
Net (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interests(668)(3,700)5,073 
Net loss attributable to ATI Physical Therapy, Inc.$(492,379)$(778,328)$(5,371)
Loss per share of Class A common stock:
Basic$(2.51)$(4.69)$(0.04)
Diluted$(2.51)$(4.69)$(0.04)
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic and diluted203,150 165,805 128,286 
1.    Description of Organization and Business Operations

Fortress Value Acquisition Corp. II (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated in Delaware on June 10, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (“Business Combination”). Although the Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, the Company intends to capitalize on the ability of its management team to identify, acquire and operate a business that may provide opportunities for attractive risk-adjusted returns.

All activity from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 relatesaccompanying notes to the Company’s formation, completionconsolidated financial statements are an integral part of the initial public offering ("Initial Public Offering"), and since the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the search for a Business Combination candidate. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.
The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on August 11, 2020. On August 14, 2020, the Company consummated its Initial Public Offering of 34,500,000 units (“Units” and, with respect to the Class A common stock included in the Units being offered, the “Public Shares”), which included the issuance of 4,500,000 Units as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of their over-allotment option in full, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $345.0 million and incurring offering costs of approximately $19.4 million, inclusive of approximately $12.1 million in deferred underwriting commissions (Note 5).

Substantially concurrently with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated a private placement (“Private Placement”) of 5,933,333 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”), at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, with the Company’s Sponsor, Fortress Acquisition Sponsor II LLC (the “Sponsor”), generating gross proceeds of $8.9 million (Note 4).

Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement, $345.0 million ($10.00 per Unit) of the aggregate net cash proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement was placed in a U.S.-based Trust Account (“Trust Account”) at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee. The cash proceeds held in the Trust Account were subsequently invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 185 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting certain conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds held in the Trust Account as described below.

these statements.
94


Table of Contents
FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. IIATI Physical Therapy, Inc.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

($ in thousands)

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately $1.3 million in cash held outside of the Trust Account.
Year Ended
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Net loss$(493,047)$(782,028)$(298)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate cap4,871 1,935 (582)
Comprehensive loss$(488,176)$(780,093)$(880)
Net (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interests(668)(3,700)5,073 
Comprehensive loss attributable to ATI Physical Therapy, Inc.$(487,508)$(776,393)$(5,953)
The Company’s management has broad discretion with respectaccompanying notes to the specific applicationconsolidated financial statements are an integral part of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. The Company's initial Business Combination must be with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes, if any, and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in trust) at the time of the Company signing a definitive agreement in connection with its initial Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act.

On February 21, 2021, the Company and ATI Physical Therapy entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), to effect a Business Combination between FVAC Merger Corp. II, a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), and Wilco Holdco, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ATI”). The Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby will constitute a “Business Combination” as contemplated by the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The Merger Agreement and the Business Combination were unanimously approved by the board of directors of the Company on February 21, 2021. For further information, refer to Item 9B of this Form 10-K and to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 22, 2021.


these statements.
95


FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents
ATI Physical Therapy, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
($ in thousands, except share data)
Common StockTreasury StockAdditional Paid-In CapitalAccumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Accumulated DeficitNon-Controlling InterestsTotal Stockholders' Equity
SharesAmountSharesAmount
Balance at January 1, 2020938,557$$— $952,796 $(1,325)$(63,028)$16,467 $904,919 
Retrospective application of reverse recapitalization127,346,957— (4)— — — — 
Adjusted balance at January 1, 2020128,285,514$13 $— $952,792 $(1,325)$(63,028)$16,467 $904,919 
Non-cash share-based compensation— — 1,936 — — — 1,936 
Cumulative impact of ASC 842 adoption— — — — (405)— (405)
Other comprehensive loss— — — (582)— — (582)
Distribution to non-controlling interest holders— — — — — (4,453)(4,453)
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests— — — — — 5,073 5,073 
Net loss attributable to ATI Physical Therapy, Inc.— — — — (5,371)— (5,371)
Balance at December 31, 2020128,285,514$13 $— $954,728 $(1,907)$(68,804)$17,087 $901,117 
Net proceeds received from FAII in Business Combination25,512,254— 210,102 — — — 210,105 
Shares issued through PIPE investment30,000,000— 299,997 — — — 300,000 
Shares issued to Wilco Holdco Series A Preferred stockholders12,845,282— 128,452 — — — 128,453 
Warrant liability recognized upon the closing of the Business Combination— — (26,936)— — — (26,936)
Contingent common shares liability recognized upon the closing of the Business Combination— — (220,500)— — — (220,500)
Vesting of restricted shares distributed to holders of ICUs691,232— — — — — — — 
Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock awards105,473— — — — — — — 
Tax withholdings related to net share settlement of restricted stock awards(29,791)— 29,791(95)— — — — (95)
Non-cash share-based compensation— — 5,754 — — — 5,754 
Other comprehensive income— — — 1,935 — — 1,935 
Distribution to non-controlling interest holders— — — — — (6,298)(6,298)
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests— — — — — (3,700)(3,700)
Net loss attributable to ATI Physical Therapy, Inc.— — — — (778,328)— (778,328)
Balance at December 31, 2021197,409,964$20 29,791$(95)$1,351,597 $28 $(847,132)$7,089 $511,507 
Issuance of 2022 Warrants— — 19,725 — — — 19,725 
Vesting of restricted shares distributed to holders of ICUs
360,371— — — — — — — 
Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units and awards634,256— — — — — — — 
Tax withholdings related to net share settlement of restricted stock units and awards(47,235)— 47,235(51)— — — — (51)
Non-cash share-based compensation— — 7,374 — — — 7,374 
Other comprehensive income— — — 4,871 — — 4,871 
Distribution to non-controlling interest holders— — — — — (1,932)(1,932)
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests— — — — — (668)(668)
Net loss attributable to ATI Physical Therapy, Inc.— — — — (492,379)— (492,379)
Balance at December 31, 2022198,357,356$20 77,026$(146)$1,378,696 $4,899 $(1,339,511)$4,489 $48,447 
The Company will provide its stockholders of Public Shares (“Public Stockholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company. If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or other reasons, it will: (i) conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuantaccompanying notes to the tender offer rules; and (ii) file proxy materials with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The public stockholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portionconsolidated financial statements are an integral part of the amount in the Trust Account (approximately $10.00 per share as of December 31, 2020) , plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay for the Company’s tax obligations, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination. The per-share amount to be distributed to public stockholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 5). The Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that in no event will the Company redeem its public shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of the initial business combination and after payment of the deferred underwriting commissions. In such case, the Company will proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of a Business Combination and a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a stockholder vote is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its amended and restated certificate of incorporation, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares without voting, and if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the initial stockholders (as defined below) have agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined in Note 4) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of a Business Combination. In addition, the initial stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and Public Shares in connection with the completion of a Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% or more of the Class A common stock sold in the Initial Public Offering, without the prior consent of the Company.


these statements.
96


FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents
The Company’s Sponsor, officers and directors (the “initial stockholders”) have agreed not to propose an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificateATI Physical Therapy, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination, unless the Company provides the public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A common stockCash Flows
($ in conjunction with any such amendment.thousands)

If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within 24 months (August 2022) from the closing of the Initial Public Offering (the “Combination Period”), the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding Public Shares which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders' rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any) and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining stockholder and the Company’s board of directors, proceed to commence a voluntary liquidation and thereby a formal dissolution of the Company, subject in each case to its obligations to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of applicable law.

In connection with the redemption of 100% of the Company’s outstanding Public Shares for a portion of the funds held in the Trust Account, each holder will receive a full pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses).
The initial stockholders have agreed to waive their liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the initial stockholders should acquire Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such Public Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 5) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Company’s Public Shares.
Year Ended
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Operating activities:
Net loss$(493,047)$(782,028)$(298)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges486,262 962,303 — 
Depreciation and amortization40,590 37,995 39,700 
Provision for doubtful accounts13,869 16,369 16,231 
Deferred income tax provision(48,573)(71,088)1,814 
Amortization of right-of-use assets48,253 45,536 44,526 
Non-cash share-based compensation7,374 5,754 1,936 
Amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount2,873 3,252 4,109 
Non-cash interest expense3,481 — 6,335 
Non-cash interest expense on redeemable preferred stock— 10,087 19,031 
Loss on extinguishment of debt2,809 5,534 — 
Loss on settlement of redeemable preferred stock— 14,037 — 
Loss (gain) on disposal and impairment of assets(5,189)469 
Loss on lease terminations— — 3,863 
Change in fair value of warrant liability(4,243)(22,595)— 
Change in fair value of contingent common shares liability(42,525)(175,140)— 
Changes in:
Accounts receivable, net(12,573)(10,201)(3,307)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets(5,024)(6,688)4,841 
Other non-current assets39 (284)413 
Accounts payable(48)1,831 798 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities854 (5,288)9,174 
Operating lease liabilities(53,628)(50,942)(42,819)
Other non-current liabilities28 861 5,056 
Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Program Funds(12,288)(12,605)26,732 
Transaction-related amount due to former owners— (3,611)— 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities(65,508)(42,100)138,604 
Investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment(28,147)(40,293)(21,887)
Purchases of intangible assets— (1,675)(250)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment157 223 328 
Proceeds from sale of clinics77 248 — 
Proceeds from sale of Home Health service line— 6,131 — 
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired— (4,523)— 
Payment of holdback liabilities related to acquisitions(135)— — 
Net cash used in investing activities(28,048)(39,889)(21,809)


97


FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents
In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be only $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account (or less than that in certain circumstances). In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liable
Financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt500,000 — — 
Deferred financing costs(12,952)— (350)
Original issue discount(10,000)— — 
Principal payments on long-term debt(555,048)(456,202)(8,167)
Proceeds from issuance of Series A Senior Preferred Stock144,667 — — 
Proceeds from issuance of 2022 Warrants20,333 — — 
Proceeds from revolving line of credit48,200 — 68,750 
Payments on revolving line of credit— — (68,750)
Cash inflow from Business Combination— 229,338 — 
Payments to Series A Preferred stockholders— (59,000)— 
Proceeds from shares issued through PIPE investment— 300,000 — 
Equity issuance costs and original issue discount(4,935)(19,233)— 
Payment of contingent consideration liabilities(203)— — 
Taxes paid on behalf of employees for shares withheld(51)(128)— 
Distribution to non-controlling interest holders(1,932)(6,298)(4,453)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities128,079 (11,523)(12,970)
Changes in cash and cash equivalents:
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents34,523 (93,512)103,825 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period48,616 142,128 38,303 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$83,139 $48,616 $142,128 
Supplemental noncash disclosures:
Derivative changes in fair value$(4,871)$(1,935)$582 
Purchases of property and equipment in accounts payable$1,660 $4,177 $3,010 
Warrant liability recognized upon the closing of the Business Combination$— $(26,936)$— 
Contingent common shares liability recognized upon the closing of the Business Combination$— $(220,500)$— 
Shares issued to Wilco Holdco Series A Preferred stockholders$— $128,453 $— 
Other supplemental disclosures:
Cash paid for interest$41,617 $41,937 $58,421 
Cash received from hedging activities$3,497 $— $— 
Cash paid for (received from) taxes$84 $81 $(1,098)
The accompanying notes to the Company, if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amountconsolidated financial statements are an integral part of funds in the Trust Account. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiverthese statements.
98

Table of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account or to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all third parties, service providers (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.Contents

On September 29, 2020,
Note 1. Overview of the Company announced that, commencing October 2, 2020,
ATI Physical Therapy, Inc., together with its subsidiaries (herein referred to as “we,” “the Company,” “ATI Physical Therapy” and “ATI”), is a nationally recognized healthcare company, specializing in outpatient rehabilitation and adjacent healthcare services. The Company provides outpatient physical therapy services under the holdersname ATI Physical Therapy and, as of December 31, 2022, had 923 clinics (as well as 20 clinics under management service agreements) located in 25 states. The Company offers a variety of services within its clinics, including physical therapy to treat spine, shoulder, knee and neck injuries or pain; work injury rehabilitation services, including work conditioning and work hardening; hand therapy; and other specialized treatment services. The Company’s direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries include, but are not limited to, Wilco Holdco, Inc., ATI Holdings Acquisition, Inc. and ATI Holdings, LLC.
On June 16, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), a Business Combination transaction (the “Business Combination”) was finalized pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger ("Merger Agreement"), dated February 21, 2021 between the operating company, Wilco Holdco, Inc. (“Wilco Holdco”), and Fortress Value Acquisition Corp. II (herein referred to as "FAII" and "FVAC"), a special purpose acquisition company. In connection with the closing of the Company’s units may electBusiness Combination, the Company changed its name from Fortress Value Acquisition Corp. II to separately trade the Class AATI Physical Therapy, Inc. The Company’s common stock and warrants comprising the units. NaN fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Those units not separated will continue to tradeis listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the symbol “FAII.U,“ATIP.
The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). Under this method of accounting, FAII is treated as the acquired company and eachWilco Holdco is treated as the acquirer for financial statement reporting and accounting purposes. As a result, the historical operations of Wilco Holdco are deemed to be those of the Company. Therefore, the financial statements included in this report reflect (i) the historical operating results of Wilco Holdco prior to the Business Combination; (ii) the combined results of FAII and Wilco Holdco following the Business Combination on June 16, 2021; (iii) the assets and liabilities of Wilco Holdco at their historical cost; and (iv) the Company’s equity structure for all periods presented. The recapitalization of the number of shares of common stock attributable to the Business Combination is reflected retroactively to the earliest period presented and will be utilized for calculating earnings per share in all prior periods presented. No step-up basis of intangible assets or goodwill was recorded in the Business Combination consistent with the treatment of the transaction as a reverse recapitalization of Wilco Holdco, Inc. Refer to Note 3 - Business Combinations and Divestitures for additional information.
Impact of COVID-19 and CARES Act
The coronavirus ("COVID-19") pandemic in the United States resulted in changes to our operating environment. We continue to closely monitor the impact of COVID-19 on all aspects of our business, and our priorities remain protecting the health and safety of employees and patients, maximizing the availability of services to satisfy patient needs and improving the operational and financial stability of our business. While we expect the disruption caused by COVID-19 and resulting impacts to diminish over time, we cannot predict the length of such impacts, and if such impacts continue for an extended period, it could have a continued effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, which could be material.
99

Table of Contents
On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was signed into law providing reimbursement, grants, waivers and other funds to assist health care providers during the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company has realized benefits under the CARES Act including, but not limited to, the following:
In 2020, the Company received approximately $91.5 million of general distribution payments under the Provider Relief Fund. These payments have been recognized in other expense (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations throughout 2020 in a manner commensurate with the reporting and eligibility requirements issued by the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services ("HHS"). Based on the terms and conditions of the program, including reporting guidance issued by HHS in 2021, the Company believes that it has met the applicable terms and conditions. This includes, but is not limited to, the fact that the Company’s COVID-19 related expenses and lost revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 exceeded the amount of funds received. To the extent that reporting requirements and terms and conditions are subsequently modified, it may affect the Company’s ability to comply and ability to retain the funds.
The Company applied for and obtained approval to receive $26.7 million of Medicare Accelerated and Advance Payment Program ("MAAPP") funds during the quarter ended June 30, 2020. During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company applied $12.3 million and $12.6 million in MAAPP funds against the outstanding liability, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company transferred $1.8 million in MAAPP funds as part of the divestiture of its Home Health Service line. During the quarter ended September 30, 2022, the Company met the required performance obligations and performed the remaining services related to the MAAPP funds. Therefore, the remaining funds were applied and repaid during the quarter ended September 30, 2022. As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, zero and $12.3 million of the funds are recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively.
The Company elected to defer depositing the employer portion of Social Security taxes for payments due from March 27, 2020 through December 31, 2020, interest-free and penalty-free. The Company repaid the remaining deferred payments during the fourth quarter of 2022. Related to these payments, as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, zero and $5.9 million is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively.
Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and in accordance with the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Company's indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries include, but are not limited to, ATI Holdings Acquisition, Inc. and ATI Holdings, LLC.
Liquidity and going concern
In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 205-40, Going Concern, the Company has evaluated whether there are certain conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within twelve months after the date that these consolidated financial statements are issued. This evaluation includes considerations related to the covenants contained in the Company’s 2022 Credit Agreement as well as the Company’s liquidity position overall.
100

Table of Contents
As detailed in Note 8 - Borrowings, the Company’s 2022 Credit Agreement contains customary covenants and restrictions, including financial and non-financial covenants. The financial covenants require the Company to maintain $30.0 million of minimum liquidity, as defined in the agreement, at each test date through the first quarter of 2024. Additionally, beginning in the second quarter of 2024, the Company must maintain a Secured Net Leverage Ratio, as defined in the agreement, not to exceed 7.00:1.00. The net leverage ratio covenant decreases in the third quarter of 2024 to 6.75:1.00 and further decreases in the first quarter of 2025 to 6.25:1.00, which level remains applicable through maturity. The financial covenants are tested as of each fiscal quarter end for the respective periods. Failure to comply with these covenants and restrictions would result in an event of default, subject to customary cure periods.
In addition, the 2022 Credit Facility contains customary representations and warranties, events of default, reporting and other affirmative covenants and negative covenants, including requirements related to the delivery of independent audit reports without certain going concern qualifications, limitations on indebtedness, liens, investments, negative pledges, dividends, junior debt payments, fundamental changes and asset sales and affiliate transactions. Failure to comply with the 2022 Credit Facility covenants and restrictions, including the provision related to certain going concern qualifications for any fiscal year, including the year ended December 31, 2022, could result in an event of default under the 2022 Credit Facility, subject to customary cure periods. In such an event, all amounts outstanding under the 2022 Credit Facility, together with any accrued interest, could then be declared immediately due and payable.
As of December 31, 2022, the Company had $83.1 million in cash and cash equivalents and no available capacity under its 2022 revolving credit facility. As measured based on the definitions in the Company’s 2022 Credit Agreement, liquidity was $72.9 million as of December 31, 2022.
The Company has negative operating cash flows, operating losses and net losses. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company had cash flow used in operating activities of $65.5 million, operating loss of $539.7 million and net loss of $493.0 million. In addition, as of December 31, 2022, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $1,339.5 million. These results are, in part, due to trends experienced by the Company including a tight labor market for available physical therapy and other healthcare providers in the workforce, visit volume softness, decreases in rate per visit and increases in interest costs. Based on current liquidity and projected cash use, the Company anticipates violation of its $30.0 million minimum liquidity covenant under its 2022 Credit Agreement within the next twelve months. As a result of the above factors, there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within twelve months following the issuance date of the consolidated financial statements as of and for the period ended December 31, 2022.
Improving operating results and cash flow is dependent upon the Company’s ability to achieve its business plan to increase clinical staffing levels and clinician productivity, control costs and capital expenditures, increase patient visit volumes and referrals and stabilize rate per visit. However, there can be no assurance that it will be successful in any of these respects.
If the Company does not complete the Transaction as contemplated by the TSA or otherwise access additional financing, the Company will need to consider other alternatives, including pursuing separate amendments to or waivers of the minimum liquidity covenant, the requirement to deliver audited financial statements without certain going concern qualifications, and other requirements under the 2022 Credit Agreement, as well as raising funds from other sources, obtaining alternate financing, disposal of assets, or pursuing other strategic alternatives to improve its liquidity position and business results. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in completing the Transaction or accessing such alternative options or financing when needed. Failure to do so could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and may lead to events including bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency.
101

Table of Contents
In addition, the report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm accompanying the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022 contains an explanatory paragraph expressing substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Absent an amendment or waiver, the 2022 Credit Agreement provides that the receipt of a report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm containing an explanatory paragraph expressing substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern could be an event of default, subject to certain exceptions. Pursuant to the TSA, the First Lien Lenders have agreed that, prior to the Outside Closing Date, they will forbear in the exercise of any rights, remedies, powers, privileges and defenses under the 2022 Credit Agreement arising on account of a default, alleged default or event of default (if any) resulting from the going concern explanatory paragraph in the report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm accompanying the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022. However, if the transactions contemplated by the TSA are not consummated on its terms or at all, the First Lien Lenders could claim that a default or event of default has occurred under the 2022 Credit Agreement. If such claim is not waived by the First Lien Lenders and the Company is unsuccessful in disputing any such claims (including with respect to the applicability of one of the enumerated exceptions to the 2022 Credit Agreement requirement), the Company could be considered to have an event of default after the expiration of the applicable cure periods. In such event, all amounts outstanding under the 2022 Credit Facility, together with any accrued interest, could then be declared immediately due and payable and could be reclassified to current in the Company's consolidated financial statements for the period. A default on our obligations and an acceleration of our indebtedness by our lenders would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and may lead to events including bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency.
On March 15, 2023, the Company entered into a Transaction Support Agreement (the “TSA”) with certain of its first lien lenders under the 2022 Credit Agreement (the "First Lien Lenders"), the administrative agent under the 2022 Credit Agreement, holders of its Series A Senior Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Equityholders") and holders of the majority of its common stock (together with the First Lien Lenders and the Preferred Equityholders, the “Parties”), setting forth the principal terms of a comprehensive transaction to enhance the Company's liquidity (the "Transaction"). Pursuant to the TSA, and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, the Parties have agreed to support, act in good faith and take all steps reasonably necessary and desirable to consummate the transactions referenced therein by June 15, 2023 (the “Outside Closing Date”).
102

Table of Contents
The TSA contemplates, among other things, (i) a delayed draw new money financing, available under certain circumstances until the 18 month anniversary of the closing date of the transactions, in an aggregate principal amount equal to $25.0 million in the form of new second lien PIK exchangeable notes (“Second Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes”), (ii) exchange of $100.0 million of the aggregate principal amount of the term loans under the 2022 Credit Facility held by certain of the Preferred Equityholders for Second Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes, (iii) a reduction of the thresholds applicable to the minimum liquidity financial covenant under the 2022 Credit Agreement for certain periods, (iv) a waiver of the requirement to comply with the Secured Net Leverage Ratio financial covenant under the 2022 Credit Agreement for the fiscal quarters ending June 30, 2024, September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2024 and a modification of the levels and certain component definitions applicable thereto in the fiscal quarters ending after December 31, 2024, (v) waiver of the requirement for the Company to deliver audited financial statements without certain going concern qualifications for the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2024, (vi) an increase in the interest rate payable on the existing term loans and revolving loans until the achievement of a specified financial metric and (vii) board representation and observer rights, and other changes to the governance of the Company. The Second Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes would be exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock of the Company at a fixed price of $0.25, and warrantsthe holders thereof would have the right to vote on corporate matters on an as-exchanged basis. The TSA contains certain representations, warranties and other agreements by the Company and Parties. In accordance with the TSA, the First Lien Lenders agreed that, prior to the Outside Closing Date, they will forbear in the exercise of any rights, remedies, powers, privileges and defenses under the 2022 Credit Agreement arising on account of an alleged default or event of default (if any) resulting from the going concern explanatory paragraph in the independent auditors' report accompanying the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022 (the "Credit Agreement Forbearance"). The Parties' obligations under the TSA are, separatedand the closing of the Transaction is, subject to various customary terms and conditions set forth therein, including the execution and delivery of definitive documentation and approval by the Company's stockholders.
There is no assurance that the transactions contemplated by the TSA will tradebe consummated on the New York Stock Exchange underterms as described above, on a timely basis or at all.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the symbols “FAII”realization of assets and “FAII WS,” respectively.the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business within twelve months after the date that these consolidated financial statements are issued.
Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its subsidiaries, entities for which the Company has a controlling financial interest, and variable interest entities ("VIEs") for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation, and net earnings are reduced by the portion of net earnings attributable to non-controlling interests.
Variable interest entities
The Company consolidates all variable interest entities where the Company is the primary beneficiary. The Company identifies the primary beneficiary of a VIE as the enterprise that has both: (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance; and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could be significant to the entity. The Company may change the original assessment of a VIE upon subsequent events such as the modification of contractual agreements.
103


Table of Contents
Liquidity

The Company has an investment in RSFH-ATI Physical Therapy, LLC ("RSFH") that qualifies as a VIE. Based on the provisions of the RSFH agreement, the Company manages the entity and handles all day-to-day operating decisions in exchange for management fees and may receive distributions proportionate with its level of ownership. Accordingly, the Company has the decision-making power over the activities that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could be significant to the entity.
As of December 31, 2020,2022 and 2021, total assets of RSFH were $10.1 million and $13.3 million, respectively, and total liabilities were $5.0 million and $6.5 million, respectively. In general, the Company had approximately $1.3 million in its operating bank account, $18,957assets are available primarily for the settlement of interest income available in the Trust Account to pay for taxes and working capital deficitobligations of approximately $26,000. In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”) (see Note 4). In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with ASU 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” as of December 31, 2020 the Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its current obligations. However, management has determined that the Company has access to funds from the Sponsor, and the Sponsor has the financial wherewithal to fund the Company, that are sufficient to fund the working capital needs of the Company until the earlier of the consummation of the Business Combination and a minimum one year from the date of issuance of these financial statements. Over this time period, the Company will be using these funds for paying existing accounts payable, and transaction expenses related to the Company's proposed Business Combination.


98


FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

An outbreak of respiratory disease which caused a global pandemic continues to impact global markets. This coronavirus has resulted in enhanced health screenings, healthcare service preparation and delivery, quarantines, cancellations, disruptions to markets, supply chains and customer activity, as well as general concern and uncertainty. The impact of this coronavirus continues to evolve and is affecting the economies of many nations, individual companies and markets in general and may continue to last for an extended period of time.

Management will continue to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and while the virus could have an adverse effect on the future financial results, cash flows and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").

Emerging growth company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

99


FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Further, section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

RSFH.
Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformityaccordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosuredisclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenuesrevenue and expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed as of December 31, 2020, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. The effect of any change in estimates will be recognized in the current period of the change.

Segment reporting
The Company reports segment information based on the management approach. The management approach designates the internal reporting used by management for making decisions and assessing performance as the source of the Company’s reportable segments. All of the Company’s operations are conducted within the United States. Our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) is our Chief Executive Officer, who reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making decisions, assessing financial performance and allocating resources. We operate our business as one operating segment and therefore we have one reportable segment.
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers include all short-termcash balances and highly liquid investments with an original maturitymaturities of three months or less when purchased to beissued. Restricted cash equivalents. The Company had 0that was included within cash and cash equivalents as presented within our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2020.

Investments held in trust account

As2022 and our consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020,2022 was $0.8 million.
Accounts receivable
The Company's accounts receivable are reported net of contractual adjustments and allowances for doubtful accounts. The majority of accounts receivable are due from commercial insurance companies, workers' compensation plans, auto personal injury claims and government health programs, such as Medicare or Medicaid. The Company reports accounts receivable at an amount equal to the consideration the Company had approximately $345.0 millionexpects to receive in investments heldexchange for providing healthcare services to its patients.
Allowance for doubtful accounts
The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on estimates of losses related to receivable balances. The risk of collection varies based upon the service, the payor class and the patient’s ability to pay the amounts not reimbursed by the payor. The Company estimates the allowance for doubtful accounts based upon several factors, including the age of the outstanding receivables, the historical experience of collections, the impact of economic conditions and, in some cases, evaluating specific customer accounts for the ability to pay. Management judgment is used to assess the collectability of accounts and the ability of the Company’s customers to pay. The provision for doubtful accounts is included in cost of services in the Trust Account.


consolidated statements of operations. When it is determined that a customer account is uncollectible, that balance is written off against the existing allowance.
100104


FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents
Offering costsConcentrations of business risk
The Company provides physical therapy services to a large number of patients who participate in government healthcare programs, resulting in a customer concentration relating to Medicare and Medicaid’s service reimbursement programs. The Company believes that the concentration of credit risk with respect to other patient accounts receivable is limited due to the large number of patients that make up the Company’s patient base and the dispersion across many different insurance companies, preferred provider organizations and individuals.
Net patient revenue
Net patient revenue consists of revenue for physical therapy services. Net patient revenue is recognized at an amount equal to the consideration the Company expects to receive from third-party payors, patients and others for services rendered when the performance obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied.
There is an implied contract between the Company and the patient upon each patient visit resulting in the Company’s patient service performance obligation. Generally, the performance obligation is satisfied at a point in time, as each service provided is distinct and future services rendered are not dependent on previously rendered services. The Company has separate contractual agreements with third-party payors (e.g., insurers, managed care programs, government programs, workers' compensation) that provide for payments to the Company at amounts different from its established rates. While these agreements are not considered contracts with the customer, they are used for determining the transaction price for services provided to the patients covered by the third-party payors. The payor contracts do not indicate performance obligations of the Company but indicate reimbursement rates for patients who are covered by those payors when the services are provided.
To determine the transaction price associated with the implied contract, the Company includes the estimated effects of any variable consideration, such as contractual allowances and implicit price concessions. When the Company has contracts with negotiated prices for services provided (contracted payors), the Company considers the contractual rates when recording revenue and adjusts for any variable consideration to the transaction price to arrive at revenue. Variable consideration is estimated using a portfolio approach that incorporates whether or not the Company has historical differences from negotiated rates due to non-compliance with contract provisions. Historical results indicate that it is probable that negotiated prices less variable consideration will be realized; therefore, this amount is deemed the transaction price and recorded as revenue. The Company records an estimated provision for doubtful accounts based on historical collections for claims with similar characteristics, such as location of service and type of third-party payor, at the time of recognition. Any subsequent impairment of the related receivable is recorded as provision for doubtful accounts.
For non-contracted payors, the Company determines the transaction price by applying established rates to the services provided and adjusting for contractual allowances provided to third-party payors and implicit price concessions. The Company estimates the contractual allowances and implicit price concessions using a portfolio approach based on historical collections for claims with similar characteristics, such as location of service and type of third-party payor, in relation to established rates, because the Company does not have a contract with the underlying payor. Any subsequent changes in estimate on the realization of the receivable is recorded as a revenue adjustment. Management believes that calculating at the portfolio level would not differ materially from considering each patient account separately.
105

Offering costs consistedThe Company continually reviews the revenue transaction price estimation process to consider updates to laws and regulations and changes in third-party payor contractual terms that result from contract renegotiations and renewals. Due to complexities involved in determining amounts ultimately due under reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors and government entities, which are often subject to interpretation, the Company may receive reimbursement for healthcare services that is different from the estimates, and such differences could be material.
Other revenue
Revenue from the ATI Worksite Solutions business is derived from on-site services provided to clients’ employees including injury prevention, rehabilitation, ergonomic assessments and performance optimization. Revenue is determined based on the number of legal, accounting, underwriting feeshours and respective rate for services provided.
Revenues from Management Service Agreements (“MSA”) are derived from contractual arrangements whereby the Company manages a non-controlled clinic or clinics for third-party owners. The Company does not have any ownership interest in these clinics. Typically, revenue is determined based on the number of visits conducted at the clinic and recognized when services are performed. Costs, primarily salaries for the Company’s employees, are recorded when incurred.
Other revenue includes physical or occupational therapy services and athletic training provided on-site, such as at schools and industrial worksites. Contract terms and rates are agreed to in advance between the Company and the third-parties. Services are typically performed over the contract period, and revenue is recorded in accordance with the contract terms. If the services are paid in advance, revenue is deferred and recognized as the services are performed.
Property and equipment
Property and equipment acquired is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation, except during an acquisition of a business, in which case the assets are initially recorded at fair value. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method and is provided in amounts sufficient to attribute the cost of depreciable assets to operations over the estimated useful lives. The approximate useful life of each class of property and equipment is as follows:
Equipment3 - 5 years
Furniture & fixtures5 - 7 years
Automobiles3 - 5 years
Software3 - 5 years
Buildings40 years
Leasehold improvementsLesser of lease term or estimated useful lives of the assets (generally 5 - 15 years)
Major repairs that extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized to the property and equipment account. Routine maintenance and repairs are charged to rent, clinic supplies, contract labor and other expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses. Gains or losses associated with property and equipment retired or sold are included in earnings.
Computer software is included in property and equipment and consists of purchased software and internally developed software. The Company capitalizes application-stage development costs incurredfor significant internally developed software projects. Once the software is ready for its intended use, these costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the software’s estimated useful life. Costs recognized in the preliminary project phase and the post-implementation phase, as well as maintenance and training costs, are expensed as incurred.
106

Impairment of long-lived assets
The Company reviews the recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that are directlythe carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. If the undiscounted cash flows related to the Initial Public Offering and totaled approximately $19.4 million, inclusivelong-lived asset or asset group are not sufficient to recover the remaining carrying value of approximately $12.1 million in deferred underwriting commissions. Offering costs were charged to stockholders' equity uponsuch asset or asset group, an impairment charge is recognized for the completionexcess carrying amount over the fair value of the Initial Public Offering in August 2020.

Income taxes

asset or asset group. The Company complies withnoted triggering events during 2022 which resulted in the accountingrecording of impairment losses, which were not material. The Company did not note any triggering events during 2021 or 2020 that resulted in the recording of an impairment loss.
Goodwill and reporting requirementsintangible assets
Goodwill represents the excess of Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company accounts for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets under Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC"(“ASC”) Topic 740, “Income Taxes,”350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, which requires the Company to test goodwill and other indefinite-lived assets for impairment annually or whenever events or circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. The Company noted triggering events during 2021 and 2022 which resulted in the recording of impairment losses. The Company did not note any triggering events during 2020 that resulted in the recording of an impairment loss. Refer to Note 5 - Goodwill, Trade Name and Other Intangible Assets for further details. Due to the current economic uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, rising interest rates, inflation and other macroeconomic factors, the Company will continue to review the carrying amounts of goodwill and indefinite-lived assets for potential triggering events.
The cost of acquired businesses is allocated first to its identifiable assets, both tangible and intangible, based on estimated fair values. Costs allocated to finite-lived identifiable intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining estimated useful lives of the assets. The excess of purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed, is recorded as goodwill.
The approximate useful life of each class of intangible asset is as follows:
ATI Physical Therapy trade name/trademarkIndefinite
Non-compete agreements2 - 5 years
Other intangible assets15 years
Goodwill and liability approachintangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but must be reviewed at least annually for impairment. If the impairment test indicates that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then a goodwill impairment loss should be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in an amount equal to financial accountingthe excess carrying value over fair value. If the impairment test indicates that the carrying value of an intangible asset exceeds its fair value, then an impairment loss should be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in an amount equal to the excess carrying value over fair value. Fair value is determined using valuation techniques based on estimates, judgments and reporting for income taxes. assumptions the Company believes are appropriate in the circumstances. The Company completed the interim and annual impairment analyses of goodwill as of March 31, 2022, June 30, 2022, September 30, 2022, October 1, 2022 and December 31, 2022 by estimating its fair value using an average of a discounted cash flow analysis and comparable public company analysis. The key assumptions associated with determining the estimated fair value include projected revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, the terminal growth rate, the discount rate and relevant market multiples. The Company completed the interim and annual impairment analyses of the indefinite-lived intangible asset as of March 31, 2022, June 30, 2022, September 30, 2022, October 1, 2022 and December 31, 2022 by estimating its fair value using the relief from royalty method. The key assumptions associated with determining the estimated fair value include projected revenue growth rates, the royalty rate, the discount rate and the terminal growth rate.
107

Deferred income taxfinancing costs
Original debt issuance discounts and costs incurred related to debt financing are recorded as a reduction to debt and amortized ratably over the term of the related debt agreement, using the effective interest method. Deferred financing costs related to revolving credit facilities are recognized as assets and liabilitiesamortized ratably over the term of the related agreement using the effective interest method. Deferred financing costs are computedamortized to interest expense, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognized amortization of deferred debt issuance costs of $1.7 million, $2.3 million and $3.0 million for differences between the financial statementyears ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and tax bases2020, respectively. The Company recognized amortization of assetsoriginal debt issuance discounts of $1.2 million, $1.0 million and liabilities that will result in future taxable$1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Preferred stock
Preferred stock is classified as debt, equity or deductible amounts,mezzanine equity based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable toits redemption features. Preferred stock with redemption features outside of the periods incontrol of the issuer, such as contingent redemption features, is classified as mezzanine equity. Preferred stock with mandatory redemption features is classified as debt. Preferred stock with no redemption features, or redemption features over which the differences are expectedissuer has control, is classified as equity.
The Company has preferred stock that is classified as mezzanine equity in the Company's consolidated balance sheets. Refer to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
Note 11 -
ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition thresholdMezzanine and a measurement attributeStockholders' Equity for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s management determined that the United States of America ismore information about the Company’s only major tax jurisdiction. outstanding Series A Senior Preferred Stock.
The Company recognizes accrued interesthad preferred stock that was classified as debt (redeemable preferred stock) in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, prior to its redemption as part of the Business Combination. Refer to Note 12 - Wilco Holdco Redeemable Preferred Stock for more information about the Company’s previously outstanding preferred stock.
Treasury stock
Treasury stock amounts are accounted for under the cost method whereby the entire cost of the acquired stock is recorded as treasury stock. Gains and penalties relatedlosses on the subsequent reissuance of shares are credited or charged to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were 0 unrecognized tax benefits and 0 amounts accrued for interest and penalties aspaid-in capital in excess of December 31, 2020. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.par value using the average-cost method.
Warrant liability

Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

The Company accounts for its Class A common stockoutstanding Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts on an Entity’s Own Equity, and determined that the IPO Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment thereunder. As such, each IPO Warrant must be recorded as a liability and is subject to possible redemptionre-measurement at each balance sheet date. Changes in fair value are recognized in change in fair value of warrant liability in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
Contingent common shares liability
The Company accounts for its potential Earnout Shares and Vesting Shares as a liability in accordance with the guidance in FASB ASC Topic 480, “DistinguishingDistinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A common stockEquity, and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and is subject to mandatory redemption (if any)re-measurement at each balance sheet date. Changes in fair value are classified as liability instruments and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable Class A common stock (including Class A common stock that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely withinrecognized in the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. Atconsolidated statements of operations.
Non-controlling interests in consolidated affiliates
The consolidated financial statements include all other times, Class A common stock are classified as stockholders’ equity.assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of less-than-100%-owned affiliates where the Company has a controlling financial investment. The Company’s Class A common stock feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subjectCompany has separately reflected net (loss) income attributable to the occurrencenon-controlling interests in net (loss) income in the consolidated statements of uncertain future events. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2020, 32,791,826 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption at the redemption amount are presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.


operations.
101108


FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents
Net loss per share

The Company’s statement of operations includes a presentation of income per share for common stock subject to redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income per share.

Net income (loss) per common stock, basic and diluted for Class A common stock for the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 were calculated by (i) dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account of $18,957 less funds available to be withdrawn from the Trust Account for taxes of $18,957 which resulted in net income of NaN, respectively, by (ii) the weighted average number of Class A common stock outstanding for the period.

Net income (loss) per common stock, basic and diluted for Class F common stock for the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 were calculated by dividing (i) the net income less income attributable to Class A common stock by (ii) the weighted average number of Class F common stock outstanding for the respective period.

The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share”. Net loss per share of common stock is computed by dividing net loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common stock outstanding for the period. The Company has not considered the effect of the warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering (including the consummation of the over-allotment) and Private Placement to purchase an aggregate of 12,833,333 shares of Class A common stock in the calculation of diluted loss per share, since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method as of December 31, 2020.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which at times may exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company determines fair value ofmeasurements used in its consolidated financial statements based upon the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.


102


FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Fair value measurements

Fair value is defined as theexit price that would be received for sale ofto sell an asset or paid forto transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants exclusive of any transaction costs, as determined by either the principal market or the most advantageous market at the measurement date. GAAP establishes
Inputs used in the valuation techniques to derive fair values are classified based on a three-tierthree-level hierarchy. The basis for fair value measurements for each level within the hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy givesis described below with Level 1 having the highest priority toand Level 3 having the lowest.
Level 1: Observable inputs, which include unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:
instruments.
Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 defined as observable inputs, such as quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments in active markets;
Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and    

active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the instruments.
Level 3, defined as unobservable3: Unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.
Refer to Note 15 - Fair Value Measurements for valuation techniques and inputs related to the Company's financial instruments and share-based liabilities.
Income taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740 (“ASC 740”), Income Taxes. Under ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and the respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date.
ASC 740 provides guidance on how uncertain tax positions should be recognized, measured, presented and disclosed in the financial statements. ASC 740 requires the evaluation of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the Company’s tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are more likely than not of being sustained by the applicable tax authority. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured and recognized in the consolidated financial statements at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. Tax positions deemed to not meet a more-likely-than-not threshold may not be recognized in the financial statements. The Company reviews these tax uncertainties in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, and if any tax uncertainties were identified, the Company would recognize them accordingly. The liability relating to uncertain tax positions is classified as current in the consolidated balance sheets to the extent the company anticipates making a payment within one year. Interest and penalties associated with income taxes are classified in the income tax (benefit) expense line in the consolidated statements of operations.
Cost of services
Cost of services consist of salaries specific to the Company’s clinic operations along with rent, clinic supplies expense, depreciation and advertising costs. In addition, cost of services includes the provision for doubtful accounts.
109

Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of wages and benefits for corporate personnel, corporate outside services, marketing costs, depreciation of corporate fixed assets, amortization of intangible assets and certain corporate level professional fees, including those related to legal, accounting and payroll.
Advertising costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred or when services are rendered. Advertising costs included in cost of services were $3.4 million, $3.2 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Advertising costs included in selling, general and administrative expenses were $4.7 million, $5.1 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Share-based compensation
The Company applies the guidance in ASC Topic 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation, in its accounting for share-based compensation. The Company recognizes compensation expense for all share-based compensation awarded to employees, net of forfeitures, using a fair value-based method. The grant-date fair value of each award is amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over the award’s vesting period. Compensation expense associated with share-based awards is included in salaries and related costs and selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, depending on whether the award recipient is a clinic-level or corporate employee, respectively. Share-based compensation expense is adjusted for forfeitures as incurred.
Loss per share
The Company applies the guidance in ASC Topic 260, Earnings Per Share, in its computation of loss per share. Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding. Refer to Note 19 - Loss per Share for more information.
Leases
The Company applies the guidance in ASC Topic 842 (“ASC 842”), Leases, to classify individual leases of assets as either operating or finance leases at contract inception. All leased assets have been classified as operating lease arrangements, and the Company’s classes of leased assets include real estate and equipment. The Company adopted ASC 842 on January 1, 2020 using the alternative transition method.
Operating lease balances are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, current portion of operating lease liabilities and operating lease liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent its obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term, adjusted for prepaid or accrued lease payments and lease incentives. The Company’s lease terms include the impact of options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the options will be exercised or not exercised, as appropriate. When discount rates implicit in leases cannot be readily determined, the Company uses the applicable incremental borrowing rate at lease commencement to perform lease classification tests on lease components and to measure lease liabilities and ROU assets. The Company's incremental borrowing rate is the rate of interest that it would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis, over a similar term, an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet.
110

The ROU asset is subject to testing for impairment if there is an indicator for impairment, as is the case for owned assets. The Company noted triggering events during 2021 and 2022 which resulted in the recording of impairment losses, which were not material. The Company did not note any triggering events during 2020 that resulted in the recording of an impairment loss. The amortization of operating lease ROU assets and the accretion of operating lease liabilities are reported together as fixed lease expense. The fixed lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. If the ROU asset has been impaired, lease expense is no longer recognized on a straight-line basis. The lease liability continues to amortize using the effective interest method, while the ROU asset is subsequently amortized on a straight-line basis.
Some of the Company’s operating leases include variable lease payments, which include periodic adjustments of the Company's payments for the use of the asset based on changes in factors such as consumer price indices, fair market value, tax rates imposed by taxing authorities or lessor cost of insurance. To the extent they are not included in operating lease liabilities and operating lease ROU assets, these variable lease payments are recognized as incurred. Additionally, the Company makes payments for property taxes, insurance, common area maintenance or other services and accounts for these costs as variable lease payments.
Recently adopted accounting guidance
In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) established ASC Topic 842, Leases, by issuing Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2016-02, which requires lessees to recognize leases on-balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASC 842 was subsequently amended by ASU No. 2018-01, Land Easement Practical Expedient for Transition to Topic 842; ASU No. 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases; ASU No. 2018-11, Targeted Improvements; ASU No. 2019-01, Codification Improvements; and ASU No. 2019-10, Leases (Topic 842). ASC 842 establishes a right-of-use model that requires a lessee to recognize a ROU asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with a term longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern and classification of expense recognition in the statement of operations.
ASC 842 was effective for the Company on January 1, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Company elected to early adopt this standard on January 1, 2020 using the alternative transition method provided by ASC 842. Under the alternative transition method, the effects of initially applying the new guidance were recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings at the date of initial application, which is January 1, 2020.
As part of transitioning to ASC 842, the Company elected to apply the package of transition practical expedients, which allowed the Company to not reassess under ASC 842 prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs. As a result of adopting ASC 842 and election of the transition practical expedients, the Company recognized ROU assets and lease liabilities for those leases classified as operating leases under ASC 840 that continued to be classified as operating leases under ASC 842 at the date of initial application. Leases classified as capital under ASC 840 are classified as finance under ASC 842. As of the date of transition to ASC 842, the Company did not have any capital leases under ASC 840.
The Company elected the practical expedient within ASC 842 to not separate lease and non-lease components within lease transactions for all classes of assets. Additionally, the Company elected the short-term lease exception for all classes of assets.
111

In applying the alternative modified retrospective transition method, the Company measured lease liabilities at the present value of the sum of remaining minimum lease payments. The Company’s operating lease liabilities were measured using the Company’s incremental borrowing rates as of January 1, 2020 (the date of initial application). Additionally, the Company’s operating lease ROU assets were measured as the initial measurement of applicable lease liabilities adjusted for any unamortized initial direct costs, prepaid/accrued rent, unamortized lease incentives and any liabilities on account of exit or disposal cost obligations.
Adoption of ASC 842 at January 1, 2020, and application of the alternative modified retrospective transition method resulted in the recognition of:

(1) operating lease ROU assets of $263.2 million;

(2) operating lease liabilities of $306.4 million;

(3) the cumulative effect adjustment to increase the opening balance of the accumulated deficit by $0.4 million;

Adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows. Refer to Note 17 - Leases for more information about the Company’s lease related obligations.
In some circumstances,March 2020, the inputs usedFASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting, which provides optional guidance for a limited period of time to measureease the potential burden in accounting for (or recognizing the effects of) reference rate reform on financial reporting. This standard was subsequently amended by ASU No. 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope, and by ASU 2022-06, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Deferral of the Sunset Date of Topic 848. This standard is optional and may be applied by entities after March 12, 2020, but no later than December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2022, the Company has a derivative instrument for which the interest rate is indexed to the London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). During the period ended March 31, 2022, the Company modified the reference rate index on its hedged items, which are future variable-rate cash payments, from LIBOR to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"). The Company elected to apply the hedge accounting expedients related to probability and the assessments of effectiveness for future cash flows to assume that the index upon which future hedged transactions will be based matches the index on the corresponding derivative, which is LIBOR. The guidance allows for different expedient elections to be made at different points in time. As of December 31, 2022, the Company continues to apply the hedge accounting expedients and does not anticipate that this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements, however, the Company will continue to assess the potential impact on its future hedging relationships and expedient elections, as applicable.
In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Liabilities from Contracts with Customers, which provides guidance to improve the accounting for acquired revenue contracts with customers in a business combination by addressing diversity in practice. This ASU is effective for the Company on January 1, 2023, with early adoption permitted, and shall be applied on a prospective basis to business combinations that occur on or after the adoption date. The Company adopted this new accounting standard effective January 1, 2023. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
112

In November 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-10, Government Assistance (Topic 832): Disclosures by Business Entities about Government Assistance, which provides guidance to increase the transparency of government assistance transactions with business entities that are accounted for by applying a grant or contribution accounting model. This ASU is effective for the Company's annual financial statements to be issued for the year ended December 31, 2022, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this new accounting standard in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
Note 3. Business Combinations and Divestitures
The Business Combination
As discussed in Note 1 - Overview of the Company, on June 16, 2021, a business combination between Wilco Holdco and FAII was consummated, which was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization of Wilco Holdco, Inc. At the time of the Business Combination, stockholders of Wilco Holdco, Inc. received 130.3 million shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), for the outstanding shares of Wilco Holdco common stock, par value $0.01 per share, that such stockholders owned. Upon distribution of shares of Common Stock to holders of vested and unvested Incentive Common Units (“ICUs”) granted prior to the Business Combination under the Wilco Acquisition, LP 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, 2.0 million of these shares were restricted subject to vesting requirements, resulting in total unrestricted shares of 128.3 million and an exchange ratio of 136.7 unrestricted shares of ATI Physical Therapy, Inc. for every previously outstanding Wilco Holdco share.
113

Immediately following the Business Combination, there were 207.3 million shares issued and 196.6 million outstanding shares of common stock of ATI Physical Therapy, Inc., consisting of the following (in thousands):
Class A Common Shares
FAII Class A common stock prior to Business Combination34,500
FAII Class F common stock prior to Business Combination(1)
8,625
Less: FAII Class A common stock redemptions(8,988)
FAII common shares (Class A and Class F)34,137
Add: Shares issued to Wilco Holdco stockholders(2, 3)
130,300
Add: Shares issued through PIPE investment30,000
Add: Shares issued to Wilco Holdco Series A Preferred stockholders12,845
Total shares issued as of the Closing Date of the Business Combination(4)
207,282
Less: Vesting Shares(1)
(8,625)
Less: Restricted shares(3)
(2,014)
Total shares outstanding as of the Closing Date of the Business Combination(4)
196,643
(1) Per the Merger Agreement, as of the closing of the Business Combination, all Class F shares converted into the equivalent number of Class A common shares and became subject to certain vesting and forfeiture provisions ("Vesting Shares") as detailed in Note 14 - Contingent Common Shares Liability.
(2) Includes 1.2 million unrestricted shares upon distribution to holders of vested ICUs under the Wilco Acquisition, LP 2016 Equity Incentive Plan. Refer to Note 10 - Share-Based Compensation for further details.
(3)Includes 2.0 million restricted shares upon distribution to holders of unvested ICUs under the Wilco Acquisition, LP 2016 Equity Incentive Plan. Refer to Note 10 - Share-Based Compensation for further details.
(4) Excludes 15.0 million Earnout Shares, 6.9 million Public Warrants and 3.0 million Private Placement Warrants to purchase Class A common stock. Refer to Note 13 - IPO Warrant Liability and Note 14 - Contingent Common Shares Liabilityfor further details.
PIPE investment
Concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination, pursuant to Subscription Agreements executed between FAII and certain investors, 30.0 million shares of Class A common stock (the “PIPE” investment) were newly issued in a private placement at a purchase price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $300.0 million. The initial PIPE investment included 7.5 million shares of Class A common stock newly issued to certain investment funds managed by affiliates of Fortress Investment Group LLC (“Fortress”) at a purchase price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $75.0 million.
Wilco Holdco Series A Preferred Stock
Immediately following the Business Combination, all holders of the previously outstanding shares of Wilco Holdco Series A Preferred Stock received a proportionate share of $59.0 million and 12.8 million shares of ATI Physical Therapy, Inc. Class A common stock based on the terms of the Merger Agreement. Refer to Note 12 - Wilco Holdco Redeemable Preferred Stock for further details.
114

Earnout Shares
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, certain stockholders of Wilco Holdco, Inc. were provided the contingent right to receive, in the aggregate, up to 15.0 million shares of Class A common stock that may be issued pursuant to an earnout arrangement if certain Class A common stock price targets are achieved between the Closing Date and the 10 year anniversary of the Closing Date (“Earnout Shares”). The Earnout Shares are subject to acceleration in the event of a sale or other change in control if the holders of Class A common stock would receive a per share price in excess of the applicable Earnout Shares price target.
Refer to Note 14 - Contingent Common Shares Liabilityand Note 15 - Fair Value Measurements for further details.
Vesting Shares
Pursuant to the Sponsor Letter Agreement executed in connection with the Merger Agreement, 8.6 million shares of Class F common stock of FAII outstanding immediately prior to the Business Combination converted to potential Class A common shares and became subject to certain vesting and forfeiture provisions (“Vesting Shares”). The Vesting Shares are subject to acceleration in the event of a sale or other change in control if the holders of Class A common stock would receive a per share price in excess of the applicable Vesting Shares price target.
Refer to Note 14 - Contingent Common Shares Liabilityand Note 15 - Fair Value Measurements for further details.
IPO Warrants
Immediately following the Business Combination, the Company had outstanding Public Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 6.9 million shares of the Company’s Class A common stock ("Public Warrants") and outstanding Private Placement Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3.0 million shares of the Company's Class A common stock ("Private Placement Warrants") (collectively, the “IPO Warrants”). In conjunction with the Business Combination, 3.0 million Private Placement Warrants were transferred and surrendered for no consideration based on terms of the Sponsor Letter Agreement.
Refer to Note 13 - IPO Warrant Liability and Note 15 - Fair Value Measurementsfor further details.
The following table reflects the components of cash movement related to the Business Combination, PIPE investment and debt repayments (in thousands):
Cash in trust with FAII as of the Closing Date of the Business Combination$345,036 
Cash used for redemptions of FAII Class A common stock(89,877)
FAII transaction costs paid at closing(25,821)
Cash inflow from Business Combination229,338 
Wilco Holdco, Inc. transaction costs offset against proceeds(19,233)
Net proceeds from FAII in Business Combination210,105 
Cash proceeds from PIPE investment300,000 
Repayment of second lien subordinated loan(231,335)
Partial repayment of 2016 first lien term loan(216,700)
Cash payment to Wilco Holdco Series A Preferred stockholders(59,000)
Wilco Holdco, Inc. transaction costs expensed during 2021(5,543)
Net decrease in cash related to Business Combination, PIPE investment and debt repayments$(2,473)
115

During 2021, the Company expensed $5.5 million in transaction costs related to the Business Combination, which were classified as selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. In addition, $19.2 million of Wilco Holdco, Inc. transaction costs related to the Business Combination were offset against additional paid-in capital in the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity as these costs were determined to be directly attributable to the recapitalization.
Home Health divestiture
On October 1, 2021, the Company divested its Home Health service line for a sale price of $7.3 million, and the Company recognized a gain of $5.8 million in other expense (income), net in its consolidated statements of operations. The major classes of assets and liabilities associated with the Home Health service line consisted predominantly of accounts receivable, accrued expenses and other liabilities which were not material.
2021 acquisitions
During 2021, the Company completed 3 acquisitions consisting of 7 total clinics. The Company paid approximately $4.5 million in cash and $1.4 million in future payment consideration, subject to certain time or performance conditions set out in the purchase agreements, to complete the acquisitions. The acquisitions qualified for purchase accounting treatment under ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, whereby the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value mightvalues on the respective acquisition dates. Of the total amount of consideration, $5.5 million was allocated to goodwill based on management's valuations, which were preliminary and subject to completion of the Company's valuation analysis through the 12 month measurement period. Management finalized its valuation analysis as of March 31, 2022, and valuation adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were not material. Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from the other assets acquired that could not be categorizedindividually identified and separately recognized, such as assembled workforce, synergies, and location. The entire amount of goodwill recorded from these purchases will be deductible for income tax purposes. Acquisition-related costs to complete the transactions, net revenue and net income recognized in 2021 related to the acquisitions were not material, individually and in the aggregate. Unaudited proforma consolidated financial information for the acquisitions have not been included as the results are not material, individually and in the aggregate.
2022 clinics held for sale
During the fourth quarter of 2022, the Company classified the assets and liabilities of certain clinics as held for sale as a result of the Company's decision to sell the clinics. The divestiture transactions are anticipated to be completed within different levelstwelve months. The clinics did not meet the criteria to be classified as discontinued operations.
116

Major classes of assets and liabilities classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2022 were as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2022
Accounts receivable, net$486 
Prepaid expenses23 
Property and equipment, net1,113 
Operating lease right-of-use assets1,929 
Goodwill, net3,192 
Other non-current assets12 
Total assets held for sale$6,755 
Accounts payable$22 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities201 
Current portion of operating lease liabilities685 
Operating lease liabilities1,706 
Total liabilities held for sale$2,614 
Note 4. Revenue from Contracts with Customers
The following table disaggregates net revenue by major service line for the periods indicated below (in thousands):
Year Ended
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Net patient revenue$575,940 $561,080 $529,585 
ATI Worksite Solutions (1)
35,515 34,583 30,864 
Management Service Agreements (1)
12,857 15,246 15,837 
Other revenue (1)
11,359 16,962 15,967 
$635,671 $627,871 $592,253 
(1)ATI Worksite Solutions, Management Service Agreements and Other revenue are included within other revenue on the face of the consolidated statements of operations.
The following table disaggregates net patient revenue for each associated payor class as a percentage of total net patient revenue for the periods indicated below:
Year Ended
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Commercial57.6 %56.3 %53.1 %
Government24.2 %23.7 %22.2 %
Workers’ compensation12.4 %14.3 %17.6 %
Other (1)
5.8 %5.7 %7.1 %
100.0 %100.0 %100.0 %
(1) Other is primarily comprised of net patient revenue related to auto personal injury.
117

Note 5. Goodwill, Trade Name and Other Intangible Assets
Our indefinite-lived intangible asset consists of the ATI trade name. We test the indefinite-lived intangible asset for impairment on an annual basis as of October 1. The Company concluded that no indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment existed at the time of annual impairment tests performed for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020. For the annual impairment tests performed in 2022 and 2021, no impairments existed as of October 1 since impairments were recorded on September 30. The Company noted separate interim triggering events during 2022 and 2021 which resulted in the recording of impairment losses.

The Company has one reporting unit for purposes of the Company’s goodwill impairment test, which is completed as of October 1. The Company concluded that no goodwill impairment existed at the time of the annual impairment test performed for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020. For the annual impairment tests performed in 2022 and 2021, no impairments existed as of October 1 since impairments were recorded on September 30. The Company noted separate interim triggering events during 2022 and 2021 which resulted in the recording of impairment losses.
As the carrying amounts of the Company's goodwill and trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset were impaired during 2022 and 2021, those amounts are more susceptible to an impairment risk if there are unfavorable changes in assumptions and estimates. If the estimated cash flows decrease or market factors change, impairment charges may need to be recorded in the future. Factors that could result in the cash flows being lower than the current estimates include decreased revenue caused by unforeseen changes in the healthcare market or the Company's business, or the inability to achieve the estimated operating margins in the forecasts due to unforeseen factors. Additionally, changes in the broader economic environments could cause changes to the estimated discount rates and comparable company valuation indicators which may impact the estimated fair values.
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill consisted of the following (in thousands):

Total Goodwill
Goodwill at December 31, 2021 (1)
$608,811 
Impairment charges(318,925)
Acquisitions (2)
(236)
Held for sale reclassifications (3)
(3,192)
Goodwill at December 31, 2022$286,458 
(1) Net of accumulated impairment losses of $726.8 million.
(2) Represents final valuation adjustments related to 2021 acquisitions. Refer to Note 3 - Business Combinations and Divestitures for additional information.
(3) Goodwill reclassified to assets held for sale is related to clinics held for sale as of December 31, 2022. Refer to Note 3 - Business Combinations and Divestitures for additional information.
118

The table below summarizes the Company’s carrying amount of trade name and other intangible assets at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 (in thousands):
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Gross intangible assets:
ATI trade name (1)
$245,000 $409,360 
Non-compete agreements2,395 2,405 
Other intangible assets640 640 
Accumulated amortization:
Accumulated amortization – non-compete agreements(1,126)(425)
Accumulated amortization – other intangible assets(327)(284)
Total trade name and other intangible assets, net$246,582 $411,696 
(1)Not subject to amortization. The Company recorded $164.4 million of impairment charges related to the trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset during the year ended December 31, 2022.
Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was immaterial. The Company estimates that amortization expense related to intangible assets is expected to be immaterial over the next five fiscal years and thereafter.
Interim impairment testing during 2021
During the quarters ended June 30, 2021 and September 30, 2021, the Company identified interim triggering events. In late July 2021, the Company revised its earnings forecast to reflect (i) the impact of clinician attrition on both volume and operating cost expectations and (ii) payor, state and service mix shift impacts on net patient revenue per visit expectations. These factors accelerated in the second quarter and continued into the third quarter. In October 2021, the Company further revised its forecast to reflect lower than expected patient visit volume. The Company determined that the combination of these factors constituted interim triggering events that required further analysis with respect to potential impairment to goodwill, trade name indefinite-lived intangible and other assets.
As it was determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value hierarchy. In those instances,of our trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset was below its carrying value, the Company performed an interim quantitative impairment test as of the June 30, 2021 and September 30, 2021 balance sheet dates. The Company utilized the relief from royalty method to estimate the fair value measurementof the trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset. The key assumptions associated with determining the estimated fair value include projected revenue growth rates, the royalty rate, the discount rate and the terminal growth rate. As a result of the analyses, during the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized $234.3 million in non-cash interim impairments in the line item goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges in its consolidated statements of operations, which represented the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset and its carrying value.
The Company evaluated its asset groups, including operating lease right-of-use assets that were evaluated based on clinic-level cash flows and clinic-specific market factors, noting no material impairment.
119

As it was determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of our single reporting unit was below its carrying value, the Company performed an interim quantitative impairment test as of the June 30, 2021 and September 30, 2021 balance sheet dates. In order to determine the fair value of our single reporting unit, the Company utilized an average of a discounted cash flow analysis and comparable public company analysis. The key assumptions associated with determining the estimated fair value include projected revenue growth rates, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") margins, the terminal growth rate, the discount rate and relevant market multiples. As a result of the analyses, during the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized $726.8 million in non-cash interim impairments in the line item goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges in its consolidated statements of operations, which represented the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit and its carrying value.
Interim impairment testing during 2022
During the quarters ended March 31, 2022, June 30, 2022, September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2022, the Company identified interim triggering events as a result of factors including potential changes in discount rates and decreases in share price. The Company determined that the combination of these factors constituted interim triggering events that required further analysis with respect to potential impairment to goodwill, trade name indefinite-lived intangible and other assets.
As it was determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of our trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset was below its carrying value, the Company performed an interim quantitative impairment test as of the March 31, 2022, June 30, 2022, September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2022 balance sheet dates. The Company utilized the relief from royalty method to estimate the fair value of the trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset. The key assumptions associated with determining the estimated fair value include projected revenue growth rates, the royalty rate, the discount rate and the terminal growth rate. As a result of the analyses, during the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recognized $164.4 million in non-cash interim impairments in the line item goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges in its consolidated statements of operations, which represents the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset and its carrying value.
The Company evaluated its asset groups, including its operating lease right-of-use assets and leasehold improvement assets that were evaluated based on location-specific cash flows and market factors, noting no material impairment.
As it was determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of our single reporting unit was below its carrying value, the Company performed an interim quantitative impairment test. In order to determine the fair value of our single reporting unit, the Company utilized an average of a discounted cash flow analysis and comparable public company analysis. The key assumptions associated with determining the estimated fair value include projected revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, the terminal growth rate, the discount rate and relevant market multiples. As a result of the analyses, the Company recognized a $318.9 million non-cash interim impairment in the line item goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges in its consolidated statements of operations, which represented the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit and its carrying value.
The impairment in the fourth quarter included an out of period adjustment to reduce goodwill impairment charges of $8.8 million, of which $1.8 million relates to the year ended December 31, 2021. We evaluated the impact of this error on our previously issued financial statements, assessing both quantitatively and qualitatively, and concluded the error was not material to any of our prior period or the current period financial statements.
120

Fair value determinations require considerable judgment and are sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions, estimates and market factors. Estimating the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit and the indefinite-lived intangible asset requires us to make assumptions and estimates regarding our future plans, as well as industry, economic, and regulatory conditions. These assumptions and estimates include projected revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, terminal growth rates, discount rates, relevant market multiples, royalty rates and other market factors. If current expectations of future growth rates,margins and cash flows are not met, or if market factors outside of our control change significantly, including discount rates, relevant market multiples, company share price and other market factors, then our reporting unit or the indefinite-lived intangible asset might become impaired in the future, negatively impacting our operating results and financial position. As the carrying amounts of goodwill and the Company’s trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset have been impaired as of December 31, 2022 and written down to fair value, those amounts are more susceptible to an impairment risk if there are unfavorable changes in assumptions and estimates.
Note 6. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 (in thousands):

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Equipment$38,102 $36,278 
Furniture and fixtures17,215 17,141 
Leasehold improvements191,182 183,542 
Automobiles19 19 
Computer equipment and software102,651 95,362 
Construction-in-progress3,727 3,793 

352,896 336,135 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization(229,206)(196,405)
Property and equipment, net (1)
$123,690 $139,730 
(1) Excludes $1.1 million reclassified as held for sale as of December 31, 2022. Refer to Note 3 - Business Combinations and Divestitures for additional information.
Property and equipment includes internally developed computer software costs in the amount of $64.3 million and $58.7 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The related amortization expense was $8.2 million, $6.8 million, and $9.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Depreciation and amortization expense is categorizedrecorded within rent, clinic supplies, contract labor and other and selling, general and administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of operations, depending on the use of the underlying fixed assets. The depreciation and amortization expense recorded in cost of services relates to revenue-generating assets, which primarily includes clinic leasehold improvements and therapy equipment. The depreciation and amortization expense included in selling, general and administrative expenses is related to infrastructure items, such as corporate leasehold improvements, computer equipment and software.
121

The following table presents the amount of depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment recorded in rent, clinic supplies, contract labor and other and selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated below (in thousands):

Year Ended

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Rent, clinic supplies, contract labor and other$27,429 $26,664 $25,409 
Selling, general and administrative expenses12,417 10,873 14,101 
Total depreciation expense$39,846 $37,537 $39,510 
Note 7. Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 (in thousands):

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Salaries and related costs$28,949$27,257
Credit balances due to patients and payors6,1174,240
Accrued professional fees5,551

5,998
Accrued contract labor4,4832,057
Accrued occupancy costs2,410

1,895
CARES Act funds (1)
18,179
Other payables and accrued expenses6,1624,958
Total$53,672$64,584
(1) Includes current portion of MAAPP funds received and deferred employer Social Security tax payments.
122

Note 8. Borrowings
Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 (in thousands):
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Senior Secured Term Loan (1, 2) (due February 24, 2028)
$503,481 $— 
Revolving Loans (3) (due February 24, 2027)
48,200 — 
2016 first lien term loan (4)
— 555,048 
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs(11,137)(1,935)
Less: unamortized original issue discount(8,944)(1,147)
Total debt, net531,600 551,966 
Less: current portion of long-term debt— (8,167)
Long-term debt, net$531,600 $543,799 
(1) Interest rate of 12.1% at December 31, 2022, with interest payable in designated installments at a variable interest rate. The effective interest rate for the Senior Secured Term Loan was 13.1% at December 31, 2022.
(2) During the third and fourth quarters of 2022, the Company elected to pay a portion of its interest in-kind on its Senior Secured Term Loan by capitalizing and adding such interest to the principal amount of the debt. As of December 31, 2022, the Company recognized paid in-kind interest in the amount of $3.5 million.
(3) Interest rate of 8.3% at December 31, 2022, with interest payable in designated installments at a variable interest rate.
(4) Loan balance was repaid in its entirety on February 24, 2022. The effective interest rate for the 2016 first lien term loan was 4.9% at December 31, 2021.
2016 first and second lien credit agreements
In connection with the Business Combination on June 16, 2021, the Company paid down $216.7 million of its 2016 first lien term loan. The Company recognized $1.7 million in loss on debt extinguishment related to the derecognition of the proportionate amount of remaining unamortized deferred financing costs and unamortized original issue discount associated with the partial debt repayment.
In connection with the Business Combination on June 16, 2021, the Company paid $231.3 million to settle its second lien subordinated term loan. The Company recognized $3.8 million in loss on debt extinguishment related to the derecognition of the remaining unamortized deferred financing costs in conjunction with the debt repayment.
The total loss on debt extinguishment associated with the partial repayment of the first lien term loan and the settlement of the second lien subordinated term loan was $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. This amount has been reflected in other expense (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations.
On February 24, 2022, the Company paid $555.0 million to settle its existing term loan (the "2016 first lien term loan"). The Company accounted for the transaction as a debt extinguishment and recognized $2.8 million in loss on debt extinguishment related to the derecognition of the remaining unamortized deferred financing costs and unamortized original issue discount in conjunction with the debt repayment. The loss on debt extinguishment associated with the repayment of the 2016 first lien term loan has been reflected in other expense (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations.
123

2022 Credit Agreement
On February 24, 2022 (the "Refinancing Date"), the Company entered into various financing arrangements to refinance its existing long-term debt (the "2022 Debt Refinancing"). As part of the 2022 Debt Refinancing, ATI Holdings Acquisition, Inc. (the "Borrower"), an indirect subsidiary of ATI Physical Therapy, Inc., entered into a credit agreement among the Borrower, Wilco Intermediate Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings"), as loan guarantor, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and issuing bank, and a syndicate of lenders (the "2022 Credit Agreement"). The 2022 Credit Agreement provides a $550.0 million credit facility (the "2022 Credit Facility") that is comprised of a $500.0 million senior secured term loan (the "Senior Secured Term Loan") which was fully funded at closing and a $50.0 million "super priority" senior secured revolver (the "Revolving Loans") with a $10.0 million letter of credit sublimit. The 2022 Credit Facility refinanced and replaced the Company's prior credit facility for which Barclays Bank PLC served as administrative agent for a syndicate of lenders.
In connection with the 2022 Debt Refinancing, the Company also entered into a preferred stock purchase agreement, consisting of senior preferred stock with detachable warrants to purchase common stock for an aggregate stated value of $165.0 million (collectively, the “Preferred Stock Financing”). See Note 11 - Mezzanine and Stockholders' Equity for further information regarding the Preferred Stock Financing.
The Company capitalized debt issuance costs totaling $12.5 million related to the 2022 Credit Facility as well as an original issue discount of $10.0 million, which are amortized over the terms of the respective financing arrangements.
The Senior Secured Term Loan matures on February 24, 2028 and bears interest, at the Company's election, at a base interest rate of the Alternate Base Rate ("ABR"), as defined in the agreement, plus an applicable credit spread, or the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, as defined in the agreement, plus an applicable credit spread. The credit spread is determined based on a pricing grid and the Company's Secured Net Leverage Ratio. The Company may elect to pay 2.0% interest in-kind at a 0.5% premium during the first year under the agreement. The Company elected to pay a portion of its interest in-kind during the third and fourth quarters of 2022. As of December 31, 2022, borrowings on the Senior Secured Term Loan bear interest at 1-month SOFR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 7.25% plus the 0.5% paid-in-kind interest premium.
The Revolving Loans are subject to a maximum borrowing capacity of $50.0 million and mature on February 24, 2027. Borrowings on the Revolving Loans bear interest, at the Company's election, at a base interest rate of the ABR, as defined in the agreement, plus an applicable credit spread, or the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, as defined in the agreement, plus an applicable credit spread. The credit spread is determined based on a pricing grid and the Company's Secured Net Leverage Ratio. In December 2022, the Company drew $48.2 million in Revolving Loans. As of December 31, 2022, $48.2 million in Revolving Loans were outstanding and bearing interest at 1-month SOFR plus a credit spread of 4.1%.
The Company capitalized issuance costs of $0.5 million related to the Revolving Loans. Unamortized issuance costs of $0.2 million related to the revolving loans under the 2016 credit agreement were added to the balance of unamortized issuance costs to be amortized over the term of the Revolving Loans pursuant to debt extinguishment accounting guidance. Commitment fees on the Revolving Loans are payable quarterly at 0.5% per annum on the daily average undrawn portion for the quarter and are expensed as incurred. The balances of unamortized issuance costs related to the Revolving Loans and the revolving loans under the 2016 credit agreement, respectively, were $0.6 million as of December 31, 2022, and $0.3 million as of December 31, 2021.
The 2022 Credit Facility is guaranteed by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries and is secured by substantially all of the assets of Holdings, the Borrower and the Borrower’s wholly owned subsidiaries, including a pledge of the stock of the Borrower, in each case, subject to customary exceptions.
124

The 2022 Credit Agreement contains customary covenants and restrictions, including financial and non-financial covenants. The financial covenants require the Company to maintain $30.0 million of minimum liquidity, as defined in the agreement, at each test date through the first quarter of 2024. Additionally, beginning in the second quarter of 2024, the Company must maintain a Secured Net Leverage Ratio, as defined in the agreement, not to exceed 7.00:1.00. The net leverage ratio covenant decreases in the third quarter of 2024 to 6.75:1.00 and further decreases in the first quarter of 2025 to 6.25:1.00, which remains applicable through maturity. The financial covenants are tested as of each fiscal quarter end for the respective periods. As of December 31, 2022, the Company has met its minimum liquidity financial covenant.
The 2022 Credit Facility contains customary representations and warranties, events of default, reporting and other affirmative covenants and negative covenants, including requirements related to the delivery of independent audit reports without certain going concern qualifications, limitations on indebtedness, liens, investments, negative pledges, dividends, junior debt payments, fundamental changes and asset sales and affiliate transactions. Failure to comply with the 2022 Credit Facility covenants and restrictions could result in an event of default under the 2022 Credit Facility, subject to customary cure periods. In such an event, all amounts outstanding under the 2022 Credit Facility, together with any accrued interest, could then be declared immediately due and payable.
Under the 2022 Credit Facility, the Company may be required to make certain mandatory prepayments upon the occurrence of certain events, including: an event of default, a Prepayment Asset Sale or receipt of Net Insurance Proceeds in excess of $15.0 million, or excess cash flows exceeding certain thresholds. A Prepayment Asset Sale includes dispositions at fair market value, and Net Insurance Proceeds is generally defined as insurance proceeds received on a covered loss or as a result of assets taken under the power of eminent domain, net of costs related to the matter.
The Company had letters of credit totaling $1.8 million and $1.2 million under the letter of credit sub-facility on the revolving credit facilities as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The letters of credit auto-renew on an annual basis and are pledged to insurance carriers as collateral.
Aggregate maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2022 are as follows (in thousands):
2023$— 
2024— 
2025— 
2026— 
202748,200 
Thereafter503,481 
Total future maturities551,681 
Unamortized original issue discount and debt issuance costs(20,081)
Total debt, net$531,600 
Note 9. Employee Benefit Plans
The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) retirement plan for its full-time employees. The plan allows all participants to make elective pretax contributions of up to 100% of their compensation, up to a maximum amount as limited by law. The Company makes matching contributions to the plan on behalf of the employee in the amount of 50% of the first 6% of the contributing participant’s elective deferral contribution. Matching contributions to the plan were $4.9 million, $4.6 million and $4.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
125

The following table presents the Company’s matching contributions to the plan recorded in cost of services and selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated below (in thousands):

Year Ended

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
 
Salaries and related costs$4,374 $4,102 $4,206 
Selling, general and administrative expenses559 532 520 
Total$4,933 $4,634 $4,726 
Note 10. Share-Based Compensation
The Company recognizes compensation expense for all share-based compensation awarded to employees, net of forfeitures, using a fair value-based method. The grant-date fair value hierarchyof each award is amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over the award’s vesting period. Compensation expense associated with share-based awards is included in salaries and related costs and selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, depending on whether the award recipient is a clinic-level or corporate employee, respectively. Share-based compensation expense is adjusted for forfeitures as incurred.
Wilco Acquisition, LP 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
Prior to the Business Combination, Wilco Acquisition, LP was the parent company of Wilco Holdco, Inc. and its subsidiaries.In 2016, the Company adopted the Wilco Acquisition, LP 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) under which, prior to the Business Combination, it granted profit interests of Wilco Acquisition, LP in the form of Incentive Common Units, to members of management, key employees and independent directors of Wilco Acquisition, LP and its subsidiaries.
Service-based vesting
Prior to the Business Combination, Wilco Acquisition, LP granted Incentive Common Units, subject to service-based vesting, to members of management, key employees and independent directors. Following the closing of the Business Combination, holders of service-based ICUs were entitled to a distribution of a number of Class A common shares of ATI Physical Therapy, Inc. based on the lowest level input that is significantdistribution priorities under the Wilco Acquisition, LP limited partnership agreement. The shares related to vested service-based ICUs were distributed as unrestricted Class A common shares of ATI. The shares related to unvested service-based ICUs were distributed as restricted Class A common shares of ATI eligible to vest over the shorter of: (a) the existing vesting schedule applicable to the fair value measurement.underlying ICUs, or (b) in installments on each quarterly anniversary of the closing over three years post-closing, subject to the grantee's continued service through each vesting date.
Pursuant to the 2016 Plan, total share-based compensation expense related to service-based awards recognized in the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $0.8 million, $2.7 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 2022, 0.1 million shares distributed to holders of service-based ICUs vested, and forfeitures related to shares distributed to holders of service-based ICUs were immaterial. There were no service-based awards granted under the 2016 Plan during the year ended December 31, 2022.
126

As of December 31, 2020,2022, the recorded valuesremaining unvested restricted shares distributed to holders of cash, accounts payable and accrued expenses and franchise tax payable approximate their fair values dueservice-based ICUs totaled 0.1 million Class A common shares, with unrecognized compensation expense of $0.6 million to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years.
Performance-based vesting
Prior to the short-term natureBusiness Combination, Wilco Acquisition, LP granted Incentive Common Units, subject to performance-based vesting, to members of these instruments.

Recent accounting pronouncements

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would havemanagement, key employees and independent directors. Following the closing of the Business Combination, holders of performance-based ICUs were entitled to a material effectdistribution of a number of Class A common shares of ATI Physical Therapy, Inc. based on the Company’s financial statements.distribution priorities under the Wilco Acquisition, LP limited partnership agreement. The shares related to performance-based ICUs were distributed to holders as restricted Class A common shares of ATI eligible to vest in installments on each quarterly anniversary of the closing over the shorter of: (a) the eight-year period from the original grant date of the underlying ICUs, or (b) three years post-closing, subject to the grantee’s continued service through each vesting date.

3. Initial Public Offering

On August 14, 2020,Based on the Company sold 34,500,000 Units, includingterms of the issuanceperformance-based ICUs, the performance-based awards follow the treatment of 4,500,000 Unitsan initial public offering ("IPO") as a result of the underwriters' exerciseBusiness Combination and, therefore, converted to service-based vesting requirements. Prior to the Business Combination, no share-based compensation expense was recognized related to the performance-based awards, as a change-in-control or IPO cannot be assessed as probable prior to its occurrence. Following the closing of their over-allotment optionthe Business Combination, the Company began recognizing share-based compensation expense associated with the performance-based awards. Recognition of such expense follows a straight-line expense allocation based on the original grant date and the shorter of (a) the eight-year period from the original grant date of the underlying ICUs, or (b) three years post-closing of the Business Combination. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, share-based compensation expense related to the performance-based awards was $0.3 million and $2.5 million, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 2022, 0.2 million shares distributed to holders of performance-based ICUs vested, and 0.1 million shares distributed to holders of performance-based ICUs were forfeited. There were no performance-based awards granted under the 2016 Plan during the year ended December 31, 2022.
As of December 31, 2022, the remaining unvested restricted shares distributed to holders of performance-based ICUs totaled 0.1 million shares, with unrecognized compensation expense of $0.5 million to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.
ATI 2021 Equity Incentive Plan
The Company adopted the ATI Physical Therapy 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2021 Plan") under which it may grant equity interests of ATI Physical Therapy, Inc., in full, atthe form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units, to members of management, key employees and independent directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Compensation Committee is authorized to make grants and to make various other decisions under the 2021 Plan. The maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan is approximately 21.3 million. As of December 31, 2022, approximately 10.9 million shares were available for future grant.
Stock options
The Company grants stock options to members of management, key employees and independent directors. Stock options typically vest in equal annual installments over a priceservice period ranging from three to four years from the date of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consistsgrant, depending on the terms of 1the agreement. All options have a maximum term of 10 years from the date of grant and may be exercised for one share of Class A common stock.
127

Pursuant to the 2021 Plan, total share-based compensation expense related to stock options recognized in the years ended December 31, 2022 and one-fifth2021 was approximately $1.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively. No share-based compensation expense was recognized in the year ended December 31, 2020 related to stock options.
The following table summarizes the activity of one redeemable warrant ("Public Warrant"). Each whole Public Warrant entitlesstock options for the holderyear ended December 31, 2022 (aggregate intrinsic value in thousands):
Number of OptionsWeighted-Average Exercise PriceWeighted-Average Contractual Term (in years)Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding, January 1, 2022774,796$3.41 9.9$
Granted6,369,8811.69N/AN/A
Exercised— N/A— 
Forfeited/Cancelled(1,831,938)1.98 N/AN/A
Outstanding, December 31, 20225,312,739$1.84 9.1$— 
Exercisable, December 31, 2022202,337$3.40 6.9$— 
Expected to vest, December 31, 20225,110,402$1.78 9.2$— 
The fair values of each stock option granted was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. As the Company does not have sufficient historical share option exercise experience for such "plain-vanilla" awards, the expected option term was determined using the simplified method, which is the average of the option's vesting and contractual term. Volatility is measured using the historical volatility of certain comparable public companies, using daily log-returns of stock prices, as adjusted for the impact of financial leverage. The risk-free interest rate reflects the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.
The following table summarizes the weighted-average grant-date fair value and assumptions used to develop the fair value estimates for the options granted in 2022 and 2021. No stock options were granted under the 2021 Plan during the year ended December 31, 2020:
20222021
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of options$0.98$1.69
Risk-free interest rate1.74%1.45%
Term (years)6.26.0
Volatility61.19%51.67%
Expected dividend—%—%
As of December 31, 2022, the unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options was $4.1 million, to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years.
Restricted stock units
The Company grants restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to members of management, key employees and independent directors. RSUs are time-based vesting awards and are subject to the continued service of the employee or non-employee director over the vesting period. RSUs typically vest in equal annual installments over one to three years from the date of grant, based on the terms of the agreement. The fair value of RSUs was based on the price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date.
128

Pursuant to the 2021 Plan, total share-based compensation expense related to RSUs recognized in the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 was approximately $4.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively. No share-based compensation expense was recognized in the year ended December 31, 2020 related to RSUs.
The following table summarizes the activity of unvested RSUs and the respective weighted-average grant date fair value per RSU for the year ended December 31, 2022:
2022
RSUsWeighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding and unvested, beginning of year404,235 $3.41 
Granted (1)
5,428,281 2.08 
Vested(489,461)3.58 
Forfeited(1,143,246)2.23 
Outstanding and unvested, end of year4,199,809 $1.99 
(1) The vesting start date for certain RSUs granted in 2022 is the Closing Date
During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company granted approximately 0.4 million RSUs with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $3.41. No RSUs were granted or outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the fair value of vested RSUs was $1.8 million and no RSUs vested in 2021.
As of December 31, 2022, the unrecognized compensation expense related to RSUs was $5.6 million, to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.9 years.
Restricted stock awards
The Company grants restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) to members of management and key employees. RSAs are time-based vesting awards and are subject to the continued service of the employee over the vesting period. RSAs typically vest in equal quarterly installments over a service period of three years from the grant date. The vesting start date for the RSAs granted in 2021 is the Closing Date. The fair value of restricted stock was based on the price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date.
Pursuant to the 2021 Plan, total share-based compensation expense related to RSAs recognized in the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 was approximately $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively. No share-based compensation expense was recognized in the year ended December 31, 2020 related to RSAs.
The following table summarizes the activity of unvested RSAs and respective weighted-average grant date fair value per RSA for the year ended December 31, 2022:
2022
RSAsWeighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding and unvested, beginning of year447,731 $3.42 
Granted— — 
Vested(144,795)3.42 
Forfeited(128,227)3.42 
Outstanding and unvested, end of year174,709 $3.42 
129

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company granted approximately 0.6 million RSAs with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $3.42. No RSAs were granted or outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2020. During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the fair value of vested RSAs was $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2022, the unrecognized compensation expense related to RSAs was $0.6 million, to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.
Note 11. Mezzanine and Stockholders' Equity
ATI Physical Therapy, Inc. Series A Senior Preferred Stock
In connection with the 2022 Debt Refinancing, the Company issued 165,000 shares of non-convertible preferred stock (the "Series A Senior Preferred Stock") plus 5.2 million warrants to purchase one shareshares of Class Athe Company's common stock at an exercise price of $11.50$3.00 per share subject(the "Series I Warrants") and warrants to adjustment (see Note 6).

103


FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


4. Related Party Transactions

Founder shares

In June 2020, the Company issued an aggregate of 8,625,000purchase 6.3 million shares of Class Fthe Company's common stock at an exercise price equal to $0.01 per share (the "Series II Warrants"). The shares of the Sponsor (the “Founder Shares”) in exchangeSeries A Senior Preferred Stock have a par value of $0.0001 per share and an initial stated value of $1,000 per share, for an aggregate capital contributioninitial stated value of $25,000. The Sponsor had agreed to forfeit an aggregate of up to 1,125,000 Founder Shares to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised in full by the underwriters. On August 14, 2020, the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option in full. As a result, the 1,125,000 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture. The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A common stock upon the consummation of a Business Combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment (see Note 6).

The initial stockholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earliest of (a) one year after the completion of the initial Business Combination, (b) subsequent to the initial Business Combination, if the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the initial Business Combination, and (c) following the completion of the initial Business Combination, such future date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company's public stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property. In August 2020, the Sponsor transferred a total of 100,000 Founder Shares to 4 independent directors of the Company for the same per-share price initially paid for by the Sponsor. Subsequent to these transfers, the Sponsor held 8,525,000 Founder Shares.

Private placement warrants

Substantially concurrently with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate 5,933,333 Private Placement Warrants in the Private Placement. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Sponsor and the Company's officers and directors have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination.


104


FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Promissory note—related party

Prior to the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor loaned the Company an aggregate of $97,250 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note. The promissory note was non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on the earlier of April 30, 2021 and the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Company repaid the promissory note in full on August 14, 2020.

Office space and related support services

During August 2020, the Company entered into an agreement with an affiliate of the Sponsor to pay a monthly fee of $20,000 for office space and related support services. Upon completion of the initial Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees. During the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 the Company incurred approximately $93,000 in expenses for services provided by an affiliate of the Sponsor in connection with the aforementioned agreement. As of December 31, 2020, the Company accrued $20,000 in connection with this agreement, as reflected in the accompanying balance sheet.

Related party loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company's officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company may repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans may be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1.5 million of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. As of December 31, 2020, 0 Working Capital Loans were outstanding.
105


FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


5. Commitments and Contingencies

Registration rights

The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement signed prior to the closing date of the Initial Public Offering. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to 3 demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of a Business Combination. However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting agreement

The Company granted the underwriters a 45-day option from the date of the Initial Public Offering to purchase up to 4,500,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the price paid by the underwriters in the Initial Public Offering. The underwriters exercised this over-allotment in full concurrently with the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The underwriters were entitled to an underwriting discount of $0.20 per unit, or $6.9 million paid upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering. Additionally, a deferred underwriting discount of $0.35 per unit, or approximately $12.1 million will be payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

6. Stockholders' Equity

Class A common stock$165.0 million. The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 1.0 million shares of preferred stock per the Certificate of Designation. As of December 31, 2022, there was 0.2 million shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.
The gross proceeds received from the issuance of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock and the Series I and Series II Warrants were $165.0 million, which was allocated among the instruments based on the relative fair values of each instrument. Of the gross proceeds, $144.7 million was allocated to the Series A Senior Preferred Stock, $5.1 million to the Series I Warrants and $15.2 million to the Series II Warrants. The resulting discount on the Series A Senior Preferred Stock will be recognized as a deemed dividend when those shares are subsequently remeasured upon becoming redeemable or probable of becoming redeemable. The Company recognized $2.9 million in issuance costs and $1.4 million of original issue discount related to the Series A Senior Preferred Stock.
The following table reflects the components of proceeds related to the Series A Senior Preferred Stock (in thousands):
Gross proceeds allocated to Series A Senior Preferred Stock$144,667 
Less: original issue discount(1,447)
Less: issuance costs(2,880)
Net proceeds received from issuance of Series A Senior Preferred Stock$140,340 
The Series A Senior Preferred Stock has priority over the Company's Class A common stock and all other junior equity securities of the Company, and is junior to the Company's existing or future indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables), with respect to payment of dividends, distribution of assets, and all other liquidation, winding up, dissolution, dividend and redemption rights.
The Series A Senior Preferred Stock carries an initial dividend rate of 12.0% per annum (the "Base Dividend Rate"), payable quarterly in arrears. Dividends will be paid in-kind and added to the stated value of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock. The Company may elect to pay dividends on the Series A Senior Preferred Stock in cash beginning on the third anniversary of the Refinancing Date and, with respect to any such dividends paid in cash, the dividend rate then in effect will be decreased by 1.0%.
130

The Base Dividend Rate is subject to certain adjustments, including an increase of 1.0% per annum on the first day following the fifth anniversary of the Refinancing Date and on each one-year anniversary thereafter, and 2.0% per annum upon the occurrence of either an Event of Noncompliance (as defined in the Certificate of Designation) or a failure by the Company to redeem in full all Series A Senior Preferred Stock upon a Mandatory Redemption Event, which includes a change of control, liquidation, bankruptcy or certain restructurings. The paid in-kind dividends related to the Series A Preferred Stock were $17.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2022, the accumulated paid in-kind dividends related to the Series A Preferred Stock were $17.9 million and the aggregate stated value was $182.9 million.
The following table presents the change in the aggregate stated value and stated value per share of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock since the Refinancing Date (in thousands, except per share data):
Series A Senior Preferred Stock
Aggregate stated value as of February 24, 2022$165,000 
Accumulated paid in-kind dividends as of December 31, 202217,876 
Aggregate stated value as of December 31, 2022$182,876 
Preferred shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022165
Stated value per share as of December 31, 2022$1,108.34
The Company has the right to redeem the Series A Senior Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time (subject to certain limitations on partial redemptions). The Redemption Price for each share of Series A Senior Preferred Stock is equal to the stated value subject to certain price adjustments depending on when such optional redemption takes place, if at all.
The Series A Senior Preferred Stock is perpetual and is not mandatorily redeemable at the option of the holders, except upon the occurrence of a Mandatory Redemption Event. Upon the occurrence of a Mandatory Redemption Event, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Company is required to redeem all Series A Senior Preferred Stock, in cash, at a price per share equal to the then applicable Redemption Price. Because the Series A Senior Preferred Stock is mandatorily redeemable contingent on certain events outside the Company’s control, such as a change in control, the Series A Senior Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity in the Company's consolidated balance sheets. Based on the Company’s assessment of the conditions which would trigger the redemption of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock, the Company has determined that the Series A Senior Preferred Stock is neither currently redeemable nor probable of becoming redeemable. Because the Series A Senior Preferred Stock is classified as mezzanine equity and is not considered redeemable or probable of becoming redeemable, the paid in-kind dividends that are added to the stated value do not impact the carrying value of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Should the Series A Senior Preferred Stock become probable of becoming redeemable, the Company will recognize changes in the redemption value of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock immediately as they occur and adjust the carrying amount accordingly at the end of each reporting period. As of December 31, 2022, the redemption value of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock was $182.9 million, which is the stated value.
If an Event of Noncompliance occurs, then the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock (the “Majority Holders”) have the right to demand that the Company engage in a sale/refinancing process to consummate a Forced Transaction. A Forced Transaction includes a refinancing of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock or a sale of the Company. Upon consummation of any Forced Transaction, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Company is required to redeem all Series A Senior Preferred Stock, in cash, at a price per share equal to the then applicable Redemption Price.
131

Holders of shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock have no voting rights with respect to the Series A Senior Preferred Stock except as set forth in the Certificate of Designation, other documents entered into in connection with the Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, or as otherwise required by law. For so long as any Series A Senior Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Company is prohibited from taking certain actions without the prior consent of the Majority Holders as set forth in the Certificate of Designation which include: issuing equity securities ranking senior to or pari passu with the Series A Senior Preferred Stock, incurring indebtedness or liens, engaging in affiliate transactions, making restricted payments, consummating certain investments or asset dispositions, consummating a change of control transaction unless the Series A Senior Preferred Stock is redeemed in full, altering the Company’s organizational documents, and making material changes to the nature of the Company’s business.
Holders of Series A Senior Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, have the right to designate and elect one director to serve on the Company’s board of directors until such time after the Refinancing Date that (i) as of any applicable fiscal quarter end, the Company’s trailing 12-month Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Certificate of Designation) exceeds $100 million, or (ii) the Lead Purchaser ceases to hold at least 50.1% of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock held by it as of the Refinancing Date.
2022 Warrants
In connection with the Preferred Stock Financing, the Company agreed to issue to the preferred stockholders the Series I Warrants entitling the holders thereof to purchase 5.2 million shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price equal to $3.00 per share, exercisable for 5 years from the Refinancing Date; and the Series II Warrants entitling holders thereof to purchase 6.3 million shares of the Company's common stock, at an exercise price equal to $0.01 per share, exercisable for 5 years from the Refinancing Date (collectively, the "2022 Warrants"). Such number of shares of common stock purchasable pursuant to the 2022 Warrant Agreement (the "2022 Warrant Shares") and related exercise prices may be adjusted from time to time under certain scenarios as set forth in the 2022 Warrant Agreement, which relate to potential changes in the Company's capital structure.
The 2022 Warrants are classified as equity instruments and were initially recorded at an amount equal to the proceeds received from the Preferred Stock Financing allocated among the Series A Senior Preferred Stock, the Series I Warrants, and the Series II Warrants based upon their relative fair values. Of the gross proceeds, $5.1 million was allocated to the Series I Warrants and $15.2 million was allocated to the Series II Warrants. The Company recognized total issuance costs and original issue discount of approximately $0.2 million and $0.5 million related to the Series I Warrants and Series II Warrants, respectively.
The following table reflects the components of proceeds related to the 2022 Warrants (in thousands):
Series I WarrantsSeries II WarrantsTotal
Gross proceeds allocated to 2022 Warrants$5,101 $15,232 $20,333 
Less: original issue discount(51)(152)(203)
Less: issuance costs(102)(303)(405)
Net proceeds received from issuance of 2022 Warrants$4,948 $14,777 $19,725 
Class A common stock
The Company is authorized to issue 470.0 million shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001$0.0001 per share. Holders of the Company’s Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share on each matter on which they are entitled to vote. As ofAt December 31, 2020,2022, there were 34,500,000207.5 million shares of Class A common stock issued and 198.4 million shares outstanding.
132

As a result of the recapitalization associated with the Business Combination, shares are reflected as if they were issued and outstanding including 32,791,826as of the earliest reported period to reflect the new capital structure. At the time of the Business Combination, stockholders of Wilco Holdco, Inc. received 130.3 million shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, for the outstanding shares of Wilco Holdco common stock, par value $0.01 per share, that such stockholders owned. Upon distribution of shares to holders of unvested Incentive Common Units granted prior to the Business Combination under the Wilco Acquisition, LP 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, 2.0 million of these shares were restricted subject to vesting requirements, resulting in total unrestricted shares of 128.3 million and an exchange ratio of 136.7 unrestricted shares of ATI Physical Therapy, Inc. for every previously outstanding Wilco Holdco share.
As of December 31, 2022, shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption.reserved for potential future issuance, on an as-if converted basis, were as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2022
Shares available for grant under the 2021 Plan10,862 
2021 Plan share-based awards outstanding9,687 
Earnout Shares reserved15,000 
2022 Warrants outstanding11,498 
IPO Warrants outstanding9,867 
Vesting Shares reserved(1)
8,625 
Restricted shares(1,2)
402 
Total shares of common stock reserved65,941 

Class F common stock(1) —The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000Represents shares of Class FA common stock legally issued, but not outstanding, as of December 31, 2022.
(2) Represents a portion of the 2.0 million restricted shares distributed following the Business Combination to holders of unvested Incentive Common Units under the Wilco Acquisition, LP 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.
Treasury stock
During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company net settled 0.05 million shares of its Class A common stock related to employee tax withholding obligations associated with the Company's share-based compensation program. These shares are reflected at cost as treasury stock in the consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2022, there were 0.08 million shares of treasury stock totaling $0.1 million recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.
Note 12. Wilco Holdco Redeemable Preferred Stock
On May 10, 2016, Wilco Holdco, Inc. issued shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Wilco Holdco preferred stock”) for a partotal consideration value of $0.0001$98.0 million. Prior to the Business Combination, the Wilco Holdco preferred stock was a class of equity that had priority over the Common Stock with respect to distribution rights, liquidation rights and dividend rights.
The Wilco Holdco preferred stockholders, from and after issuance, were entitled to cumulative preferred dividends at an annual rate per share. Holdersshare equal to 10.25% of the original issue price. The dividend rate of the Wilco Holdco preferred stock increased by 0.25% at the end of each fiscal quarter beginning after the second anniversary of the issuance of the Wilco Holdco preferred stock.
Based on the terms of the Wilco Holdco preferred stockholder agreement, Wilco Holdco, Inc. was required to redeem all outstanding shares of preferred stock upon the occurrence of certain events, such as those related to full repayment of the 2016 first and second lien credit agreements or a deemed liquidating event.Based on these redemption requirements, the Wilco Holdco preferred stock was classified as debt (redeemable preferred stock) in the Company’s historical consolidated balance sheets.
133

Cumulative dividends related to the Wilco Holdco preferred stock were accrued as preferred dividends that increased the balance of the redeemable preferred stock on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and were recognized as interest expense on redeemable preferred stock in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company incurred cumulative preferred dividends related to the preferred stock of $10.1 million and $19.0 million, respectively. No dividends were paid related to the preferred stock.
In connection with the Business Combination, holders of the outstanding shares of Wilco Holdco Series A Preferred Stock received a proportionate share of $59.0 million and 12.8 million shares of Class FA common stock are entitledbased on the settlement terms in the Merger Agreement. During 2021, the Company recorded a loss on settlement of redeemable preferred stock in the consolidated statements of operations of $14.0 million based on the value of the cash and equity provided to one vote for each share on each matter on which they are entitledpreferred stockholders in relation to vote. the outstanding redeemable preferred stock liability. As a result of the Business Combination, the balance of redeemable preferred stock was fully settled.
Note 13. IPO Warrant Liability
The Class F common stock will automatically convert intoCompany has outstanding Public Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 6.9 million shares of the Company’s Class A common stock at the timean exercise price of $11.50 per share and outstanding Private Placement Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3.0 million shares of the consummationCompany's Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share. There were no IPO Warrants exercised during the year ended December 31, 2022.
The Company accounts for its outstanding IPO Warrants in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts on an Entity’s Own Equity, and determined that the IPO Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment thereunder. As such, each IPO Warrant must be recorded as a liability and is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date. Refer to Note 15 - Fair Value Measurements for further details. Changes in fair value are recognized in change in fair value of warrant liability in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
The following table presents the change in the fair value of Private Placement Warrants that is recognized in change in fair value of warrant liability in the consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated below (in thousands):
Year Ended
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Fair value, beginning of period(1)
$1,305 $8,099 
Changes in fair value(1)
(1,276)(6,794)
Fair value, end of period$29 $1,305 
(1) The year ended December 31, 2021 represents changes in fair value from the Closing Date of the initial Business Combination, or earlier atwhich is when the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis. As of December 31, 2020, thereliabilities were 8,625,000 of Class F common stock outstanding.

established.
106134


FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents
Only holdersThe following table presents the changes in the fair value of the Founder Shares will havePublic Warrants that is recognized in change in fair value of warrant liability in the right to elect allconsolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated below (in thousands):
Year Ended
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Fair value, beginning of period(1)
$3,036 $18,837 
Changes in fair value(1)
(2,967)(15,801)
Fair value, end of period$69 $3,036 
(1) The year ended December 31, 2021 represents changes in fair value from the Closing Date of the Company’s directors priorBusiness Combination, which is when the liabilities were established.
Each Public Warrant entitles the holder to the initial Business Combination. Otherwise, holderspurchase one share of Class A common stock and Class F common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters submittedat an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to a vote of stockholders except as required by law or the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange then in effect.

In the case that additional Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in the Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of the initial Business Combination, the ratio at which the Class F common stock shall convert into Class A common stock will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class F common stock agree to waive such anti-dilution adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all Class F common stock will equal, in the aggregate, 20% of the sum of the total number of all common stock outstanding upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering plus all Class A common stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the initial Business Combination, excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial Business Combination.

Preferred stock—The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. As of December 31, 2020, there were 0 preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Warrants—Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional Public Warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole Public Warrants will trade.adjustment. The Public Warrants will becomebecame exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of athe Business Combination, and (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering; provided in each casesubject to certain conditions, including that the Company hasmaintains an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits holders to exercise their Public Warrants on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act). The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of the initial Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement covering the issuance of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of the initial Business Combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration or redemption of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If the Class A common stock, at the time of any exercise of a warrant, is not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a "covered security" under Section (18)(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may require warrant holders who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of athe Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.


107


FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company may call the Public Warrants for redemption for cash or for Class A common stock under certain circumstances.
The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants, underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that (i) the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants willwere not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of athe Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions, (ii) the Private Placement Warrants will beare non-redeemable (except under scenario 2 below)certain circumstances) so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or such purchasers’ permitted transferees, (iii) the Private Placement Warrants may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis, and (iv) the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants are entitled to registration rights. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial stockholders or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company in all redemption scenarios and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.
The Company may call the Public Warrants for redemption:

1.For cash:
in whole and not in part;
at a price of $0.01 per warrant;
upon a minimum of 30 days' prior written notice of redemption; and
if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

2.For class A common stock (commencing 90 days after the warrants become exercisable):
in whole and not in part;
at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days' prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares of Class A common stock to be determined by reference to a table included in the warrant agreement, based on the redemption date and the fair market value of Class A common stock;
if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) on the trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to warrant holders.
if, and only if, the Private Placement Warrants are also concurrently exchanged at the same price (equal to a number of shares of Class A common stock) as the outstanding Public Warrants; and
if, and only if, there is an effective registration statement covering the issuance of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating thereto available throughout the 30-day period after written notice of redemption is given.


108


FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, under scenario 1 above, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a "cashless basis," as described in the warrant agreement.

The exercise price and number of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrantsIPO Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. If
Note 14. Contingent Common Shares Liability
Earnout Shares
Subject to the Company issues additionalterms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, certain stockholders of Wilco Holdco, Inc. were provided the contingent right to receive, in the aggregate, up to 15.0 million shares of Class A common stock if, from the closing of the Business Combination until the 10th anniversary thereof, the dollar volume-weighted average price (“VWAP”) of Class A common stock exceeds certain thresholds:
The first issuance of 5.0 million Earnout Shares will occur if the VWAP exceeds $12.00 for any 5 trading days within any consecutive 10 trading day period.
The second issuance of 5.0 million Earnout Shares will occur if the VWAP exceeds $14.00 for any 5 trading days within any consecutive 10 trading day period.
The third issuance of 5.0 million Earnout Shares will occur if the VWAP exceeds $16.00 for any 5 trading days within any consecutive 10 trading day period.
135

The Earnout Shares are subject to acceleration in the event of a sale or equity-linked securitiesother change in control if the holders of Class A common stock would receive a per share price in excess of the applicable Earnout Shares price target.
The Company accounts for capital raising purposesthe potential Earnout Shares as a liability in accordance with the guidance in ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date. Changes in fair value are recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2022, no Earnout Shares have been issued as none of the corresponding share price thresholds have been met.
The following table presents the changes in the fair value of the Earnout Shares that is recognized in change in fair value of contingent common shares liability in the consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated below (in thousands):
Year Ended
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Fair value, beginning of period(1)
$28,800 $140,000 
Changes in fair value(1)
(27,000)(111,200)
Fair value, end of period$1,800 $28,800 
(1) The year ended December 31, 2021 represents changes in fair value from the Closing Date of the Business Combination, which is when the liabilities were established.
Refer to Note 15 - Fair Value Measurements for further details.
Vesting Shares
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Sponsor Letter Agreement that was executed in connection with the closingMerger Agreement, 8.6 million shares of Class F common stock of FAII outstanding immediately prior to the Business Combination converted to potential Class A common shares and became subject to vesting and forfeiture provisions. The Vesting Shares vest in three equal tranches of 2.9 million shares each if the VWAP of Class A common stock exceeds certain thresholds within 10 years of the initialClosing Date:
The first issuance of 2.9 million Vesting Shares will occur if the VWAP exceeds $12.00 for any 5 trading days within any consecutive 10 trading day period.
The second issuance of 2.9 million Vesting Shares will occur if the VWAP exceeds $14.00 for any 5 trading days within any consecutive 10 trading day period.
The third issuance of 2.9 million Vesting Shares will occur if the VWAP exceeds $16.00 for any 5 trading days within any consecutive 10 trading day period.
The Vesting Shares are subject to acceleration in the event of a sale or other change in control if the holders of Class A common stock would receive a per share price in excess of the applicable Vesting Shares price target.
The Company accounts for the Vesting Shares as a liability in accordance with the guidance in ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date. Changes in fair value are recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2022, no Vesting Shares are outstanding as none of the corresponding share price thresholds have been met.
136

The following table presents the changes in the fair value of the Vesting Shares that is recognized in change in fair value of contingent common shares liability in the consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated below (in thousands):
Year Ended
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Fair value, beginning of period(1)
$16,560 $80,500 
Changes in fair value(1)
(15,525)(63,940)
Fair value, end of period$1,035 $16,560 
(1) The year ended December 31, 2021 represents changes in fair value from the Closing Date of the Business Combination, which is when the liabilities were established.
Refer to Note 15 - Fair Value Measurements for further details.
Note 15. Fair Value Measurements
The Company determines fair value measurements used in its consolidated financial statements based upon the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at a newly issued pricethe measurement date. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels, with Level 1 having the highest priority and Level 3 having the lowest.
Level 1: Observable inputs, which include unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments.
Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs, such as quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of less than $9.20 per sharethe instruments.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.
As of common stock,December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, the exerciserecorded values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and deferred revenue approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of these items. Money market funds categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy are measured at fair value based on quoted market prices. As of December 31, 2022, the fair value of money market fund investments included in cash and cash equivalents was $30.0 million.
The Company's Senior Secured Term Loan and Revolving Loans are Level 2 fair value measures which have variable interest rates and, as of December 31, 2022, the recorded amounts approximate fair value. The Company utilizes the market approach valuation technique based on interest rates and credit data that are currently available to the Company for issuance of debt with similar terms or maturities.
Fair value measurement of share-based financial liabilities
The Company determined the fair value of the Public Warrant liability using Level 1 inputs.
The Company determined the fair value of the Private Placement Warrant liability using the price of the warrantsPublic Warrants as a Level 2 input.
137

The Company determined the fair value of the Earnout Shares liability and Vesting Shares liability using Level 3 inputs. The contingent common shares contain specific market conditions to determine whether the shares vest based on the Company’s common stock price over a specified measurement period. Given the path-dependent nature of the requirement in which the shares are earned, a Monte-Carlo simulation was used to estimate the fair value of the liability. The Company’s common stock price was simulated to each measurement period based on the above methodology. In each iteration, the simulated stock price was compared to the conditions under which the shares vest. In iterations where the stock price corresponded to shares vesting, the future value of the contingent common shares was discounted back to present value. The fair value of the liability was estimated based on the average of all iterations of the simulation.
Inherent in a Monte-Carlo valuation model are assumptions related to expected stock-price volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The Company estimates the volatility based on the historical volatility of certain guideline companies as of the valuation date. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield curve on the grant date for a maturity similar to the expected term of the Earnout Shares and Vesting Shares. The dividend yield percentage is zero based on the Company's current expectations related to the payment of dividends during the expected term of the Earnout Shares or Vesting Shares.
The key inputs into the Monte-Carlo option pricing model were as follows as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 for the respective Level 3 instruments:
Earnout SharesVesting Shares
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Risk-free interest rate3.88%1.50%3.88%1.50%
Volatility74.60%44.86%74.60%44.86%
Dividend yield—%—%—%—%
Expected term (years)8.59.58.59.5
Share price$0.31$3.39$0.31$3.39
Refer to Note 14 - Contingent Common Shares Liability for further details on the change in fair value of the Earnout Shares and Vesting Shares.
Fair value measurement of interest rate derivative instruments
The Company is exposed to interest rate variability with regard to its existing variable-rate debt instrument, which exposure primarily relates to movements in various interest rates, such as SOFR. The Company utilizes interest rate cap derivative instruments for purposes of hedging exposures related to such variable-rate cash payments. The Company's interest rate caps are designated as cash flow hedging instruments.
The Company records derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value, which represents the estimated amounts it would receive or pay upon termination of the derivative prior to the scheduled expiration date. The fair value is derived from model-driven information based on observable Level 2 inputs, such as LIBOR or SOFR forward rates. For derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk, the gain or loss on the derivative is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into interest expense in the same period(s) during which the hedged transaction affects earnings.
138

As discussed in Note 2 – Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the Company has a derivative instrument for which the interest rate is indexed to LIBOR. During the period ended March 31, 2022, the Company modified the reference rate index on its hedged items from LIBOR to SOFR. The Company elected to apply the hedge accounting expedients under ASC Topic 848, Reference Rate Reform, related to probability and the assessments of effectiveness for future cash flows to assume that the index upon which future hedged transactions will be adjusted to be equal to 115%based matches the index on the corresponding derivative, which is LIBOR. As of the newly issued price. Additionally, in no event willDecember 31, 2022, the Company be requiredcontinues to net cash settleapply the warrants. If the Company is unable to completehedge accounting expedients and does not anticipate this guidance will have a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. In such a situation, the warrants would expire worthless.

7. Fair Value Measurements

material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that are measured on a recurring basis asactivity of cash flow hedges included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 20202022 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques that the Company utilized to determine such fair value. Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2 and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period. There were no transfers between levels for the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.2021, respectively (in thousands):
DescriptionQuoted Prices in Active Markets (Level 1)Cash Flow Hedges
Trust Account - U.S. Treasury Securities Money Market FundBalance as of December 31, 2021$345,018,95728 
Unrealized gain recognized in other comprehensive income before reclassifications8,310 
Reclassification to interest expense, net(3,439)
Balance as of December 31, 2022$4,899 
Balance as of December 31, 2020$(1,907)
Unrealized gain recognized in other comprehensive income before reclassifications490 
Reclassification to interest expense, net1,445 
Balance as of December 31, 2021$28 

NoneThe following table presents the fair value of derivative assets and liabilities within the consolidated balance in the Trust Account was held in cashsheets as of December 31, 2020.
2022
8. Income Tax

The Company did not have any significant deferred tax assets or liabilities as of and December 31, 2020.

The Company’s net deferred tax assets are as follows:

2021 (in thousands):
December 31, 20202022December 31, 2021
Deferred tax assetAssetsLiabilitiesAssetsLiabilities
Organizational costs and net operating loss$333,614 Derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments:
Total deferred tax asset333,614 
Valuation allowance(333,614)
Deferred tax asset, net of allowance$


109


FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The income tax provision consists of the following:
December 31, 2020
Federal:
CurrentOther current assets$05,028 
Deferred(333,614)
State:
Current$0 
Deferred
Change in valuation allowance333,614 
Income tax provision$0 $— 
Other non-current assets— — 277 — 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities— — — 288 
Other non-current liabilities— 73 — — 
139

AsNote 16. Income Taxes
The Company's (loss) income before taxes consists of only domestic operations. The details of the Company's income tax (benefit) expense for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 are as follows (in thousands):
202220212020
Current:
Federal$$— $— 
State37 128 251 
Total current43 128 251 
Deferred:
Federal(37,634)(60,002)3,514 
State(10,939)(11,086)(1,700)
Total deferred(48,573)(71,088)1,814 
Total income tax (benefit) expense$(48,530)$(70,960)$2,065 
The effective tax rate for the Company had U.S.years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was 9.0%, 8.3% and (62.5)%, respectively. The Company's effective income tax rate varies from the federal statutory rate due to various items, such as state income taxes, valuation allowances and nondeductible items such as interest expense on redeemable preferred stock, fair value adjustments related to liability-classified share-based instruments and impairment charges. The differences between the federal tax rate and the Company's effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 are as follows (in thousands):
202220212020
Federal income tax benefit at statutory rate$(113,731)21.0 %$(179,128)21.0 %$(694)21.0 %
State income tax (benefit) expense, net of federal tax benefit(16,827)3.1 %(25,814)3.0 %1,248 (37.8)%
Change in state tax rate— %34 — %(2,551)77.1 %
Prior period adjustments and other167 — %1,515 (0.2)%(105)3.2 %
Valuation allowance31,595 (5.8)%35,731 (4.2)%(981)29.7 %
Interest expense on redeemable preferred stock— — %2,118 (0.2)%3,997 (120.9)%
Changes in fair value of warrant liability and contingent common shares liability(9,821)1.8 %(41,524)4.9 %— — %
Goodwill impairment charges59,893 (11.1)%132,447 (15.5)%— — %
Other permanent differences, net189 — %3,661 (0.5)%1,151 (34.8)%
Total income tax (benefit) expense$(48,530)9.0 %$(70,960)8.3 %$2,065 (62.5)%
140

Deferred income taxes have been provided on temporary differences, which consist of the following at December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):
20222021
Deferred income tax assets:
Accrued liabilities$7,112 $10,420 
Provision for bad debt11,828 12,530 
Operating lease liabilities64,288 74,115 
Acquisition and transaction costs3,186 3,770 
Net operating losses104,419 82,304 
Interest expense43,323 33,163 
Other deferred tax assets6,335 4,798 
Total gross deferred income tax assets240,491 221,100 
Valuation allowance(89,907)(58,312)
Total gross deferred income tax assets, net of valuation allowance150,584 162,788 
Deferred income tax liabilities:
Goodwill26,251 26,563 
Trade name/trademark66,445 114,451 
Operating lease right-of-use assets54,360 63,252 
Depreciation20,039 22,089 
Other deferred tax liabilities2,375 3,892 
Total gross deferred income tax liabilities169,470 230,247 
Net deferred income tax liabilities$18,886 $67,459 
Deferred tax assets include federal net operating loss carryoverslosses of $93,065 available to offset future taxable income.

In assessing the realization$68.9 million and $49.8 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and state net operating losses of the deferred$35.5 million and $32.5 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Deferred tax assets management considers whetherare expected to be used in the reduction of taxable earnings of future tax years unless it is determined they are not more likely than not that some portionto be realized based on the weight of all ofavailable evidence. The earliest net operating loss will expire by statute in 2023 for state net operating losses, and in 2036 for federal net operating losses.
In evaluating the Company's ability to recover deferred income tax assets, will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assetsall available positive and negative evidence is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible. Management considers theconsidered, including scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projectedoperating results and forecasts of future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. After consideration of alleach of the information available, management believesjurisdictions in which the Company operates. As of December 31, 2022, the Company determined that a significant uncertainty existsportion of its federal and state net operating loss carryforwards with respect to future realization of thedefinite and certain indefinite carryforward periods and certain deferred tax assets were not more likely than not to be realized based on the weight of available evidence. As a result, the Company recorded an increase of $25.8 million to its valuation allowance related to federal net operating loss and has therefore establishedinterest expense carryforwards and an increase of $5.8 million to its valuation allowance related to state net operating loss carryforwards and certain deferred tax assets. These amounts were recorded during the year ended December 31, 2022 in income tax (benefit) expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
141

As of December 31, 2021, the Company determined that a fullsignificant portion of its federal and state net operating loss carryforwards with definite carryforward periods and certain deferred tax assets were not more likely than not to be realized based on the weight of available evidence. As a result, the Company recorded an increase of $22.5 million to its valuation allowance. allowance related to federal net operating loss carryforwards and an increase of $13.3 million to its valuation allowance related to state net operating loss carryforwards and certain deferred tax assets. These amounts were recorded during the year ended December 31, 2021 in income tax (benefit) expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
For the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2020, the changeCompany reached the conclusion that it was more likely than not that the Company’s federal and certain state deferred income tax assets were expected to be realized, and the Company maintained a valuation allowance mainly related to certain state net operating losses.
The Company is routinely audited by the tax authorities in various U.S. states and is currently not subject to examination. The statute remains open for most state jurisdictions for periods beginning in 2018. For federal tax purposes, tax years through 2018 are closed for examination by the Internal Revenue Service. Any interest and penalties related to the tax uncertainties are recorded in income tax (benefit) expense.
As reflected in the valuation allowancefollowing table (in thousands), the Company had an uncertain tax position related to the tax treatment of tenant improvement allowances. Due to the Company's net operating loss position, there were no accrued interest and penalties related to the unrecognized tax benefits in any year. Our gross unrecognized tax benefits were reduced by $3.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2021 due to tax filings. Of the gross unrecognized tax benefits, none were recognized as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets in any year due to tax attribute carryforwards available to offset a potential tax liability.
202220212020
Balance at beginning of period$— $3,027 $2,341 
Increases for positions taken during the year— — 686 
Decreases for positions taken in prior years— (3,027)— 
Balance at end of period$— $— $3,027 
Note 17. Leases
The Company leases various facilities and office equipment for its physical therapy operations and administrative support functions under operating leases. The Company’s initial operating lease terms are generally between 7 and 10 years, and typically contain options to renew for varying terms. Right-of-use ("ROU") assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The amortization of operating lease ROU assets and the accretion of operating lease liabilities are reported together as fixed lease expense. The fixed lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. If the ROU asset has been impaired, lease expense is no longer recognized on a straight-line basis. The lease liability continues to amortize using the effective interest method, while the ROU asset is subsequently amortized on a straight-line basis. Refer to Note 2 - Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for more information about the Company's lease accounting policies and ASC 842 adoption.
142

Lease costs are included as components of cost of services and selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. Lease charges related to ROU asset impairments are included in goodwill, intangible and other asset impairment charges on the consolidated statements of operations. Lease costs incurred by lease type were as follows for the periods indicated below (in thousands):
Year Ended
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Lease cost
Operating lease cost (1)
$69,533 $65,555 $67,279 
Variable lease cost (2)
20,951 20,045 18,689 
Total lease cost (3)
$90,484 $85,600 $85,968 
(1) Includes ROU asset impairment charges of $2.6 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(2) Includes short term lease costs, which are immaterial .
(3) Sublease income was $333,614.

immaterial .
ADuring the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company terminated certain lease agreements primarily related to corporate facilities no longer in use. These terminations resulted in net charges of $4.3 million, comprised of $3.9 million in loss on lease terminations and $0.4 million in other costs associated with the terminations. The charges are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company's consolidated statements of operations. The Company paid approximately $4.6 million related to these terminations during the year ended December 31, 2021.
During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company modified the lease terms for a significant number of its real estate leases, primarily related to lease term extensions and renewals in the normal course of business. Modifications during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 resulted in an increase to the Company’s operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities of approximately $13.7 million and $18.4 million, respectively.
Other supplemental quantitative disclosures were as follows for the periods indicated below (in thousands):
Year Ended
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases$72,440 $65,678 $61,993 
Cash payments related to lease terminations$— $4,570 $— 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities$9,688 $28,759 $14,067 
143

Average lease terms and discount rates as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 were as follows:
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Weighted-average remaining lease term:
Operating leases5.9 years6.4 years
Weighted-average discount rate:
Operating leases6.9%6.5%
Estimated undiscounted future lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases, along with a reconciliation of the federal income tax rateundiscounted cash flows to operating lease liabilities, respectively, at December 31, 2022 were as follows (in thousands):
Year
Amount(1)
2023$64,066 
202461,885 
202552,459 
202646,069 
202735,108 
Thereafter68,006 
Total undiscounted future cash flows327,593 
Less: Imputed Interest(61,493)
Present value of future cash flows$266,100 
Presentation on Balance Sheet
Current$47,676 
Non-current$218,424 
(1) Excludes $0.7 million of current portion of operating lease liabilities and $1.7 million of operating lease liabilities, respectively, reclassified as held for sale as of December 31, 2022. Refer to Note 3 - Business Combinations and Divestitures for additional information.
Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies
The Company has contractual commitments that are not required to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements related to cloud computing and telecommunication services agreements. As of December 31, 2022, minimum amounts due under these agreements are approximately $7.2 million through December of 2024 subject to customary business terms and conditions.
From time to time, the Company is a party to legal proceedings, governmental audits and investigations that arise in the ordinary course of business. Management is not aware of any legal proceedings, governmental audits and investigations of which the outcome is probable to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial condition. The outcome of any litigation and claims against the Company cannot be predicted with certainty, and the resolution of current or future claims could materially affect our future results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.
144

During 2022, the Company engaged in discussions with a payor regarding a billing dispute related to certain historical claims. Management believed, based on discussions with its legal counsel, that the Company had meritorious defenses against such unasserted claim. However, based on the progress of settlement discussions to avoid the cost of potential litigation, the Company recorded a charge for a net settlement liability related to the billing dispute of $3.0 million, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in its consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2022, the liability has been fully settled.
Section 205 proceeding
On March 2, 2023, we filed a petition in the Delaware Court of Chancery (the "Court of Chancery") pursuant to Section 205 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"), seeking validation of an amendment to our certificate of incorporation increasing the authorized shares of our Class A Common Stock (as further described below) and the shares issued pursuant thereto.
At a special meeting of the stockholders of the Company held on June 15, 2021 (the “Special Meeting”), a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock and Class F Common Stock, voting together as a single class, voted to approve the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which, among other things, increased the authorized shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock from 200,000,000 shares to 450,000,000 shares (the “Class A Increase Amendment”). Notwithstanding the fact that the proxy statement relating to the Special Meeting did not disclose that a separate vote of the Class A Common Stock was required, a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock voted in favor of the Class A Increase Amendment.
A recent decision of the Court of Chancery has created uncertainty regarding the validity of the Class A Increase Amendment and whether a separate vote of the majority of the then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock would have been required under Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.
The Company continues to believe that a separate vote of Class A Common Stock was not required to approve the Class A Increase Amendment. However, in light of the recent Court of Chancery decision, the Company filed a petition in the Court of Chancery pursuant to Section 205 of the DGCL seeking validation of the Class A Increase Amendment and the shares issued pursuant thereto to resolve any uncertainty with respect to those matters. Section 205 of the DGCL permits the Court of Chancery, in its discretion, to validate potentially defective corporate acts and stock after considering a variety of factors.
While the Company believes that a separate vote of Class A Common Stock was not required to approve the Class A Increase Amendment at the Special Meeting, and therefore that all of the currently outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company are validly issued, if the Company is not successful in the Section 205 proceeding, the uncertainty with respect to the Company’s effective tax ratecapitalization resulting from the Court of Chancery’s decision referenced above could have a material adverse effect on the Company, including its ability to complete financing transactions, until the underlying issues are definitively resolved.
On March 3, 2023, the Court of Chancery granted the motion to expedite and set a hearing date for the petition to be heard. The hearing has been set for March 17, 2023.
Stockholder class action complaints
On August 16, 2021, two purported ATI stockholders, Kevin Burbige and Ziyang Nie, filed a putative class action complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois against ATI, Labeed Diab, Joe Jordan, and Drew McKnight (collectively, the “ATI Individual Defendants”), and Joshua Pack, Marc Furstein, Leslee Cowen, Aaron Hood, Carmen Policy, Rakefet Russak-Aminoach, and Sunil Gulati (collectively, the “FVAC Defendants”).
145

On October 7, 2021, another purported ATI stockholder, City of Melbourne Firefighters' Retirement System ("City of Melbourne"), filed a nearly identical putative class action complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois against ATI, the ATI Individual Defendants, and the FVAC Defendants. On November 18, 2021, the court consolidated the cases and appointed The Phoenix Insurance Company Ltd. and The Phoenix Pension & Provident Funds as lead plaintiffs (together, “Lead Plaintiffs”).
On February 8, 2022, Lead Plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint against ATI, the ATI Individual Defendants, and the FVAC Defendants, which asserts claims against (i) ATI and the ATI Individual Defendants under Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act; (ii) the ATI Individual Defendants under Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act (in connection with the Section 10(b) claim); (iii) all defendants under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; and (iv) the ATI Individual Defendants and the FVAC Defendants under Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act (in connection with the Section 14(a) claim). Lead Plaintiffs purport to assert these claims on behalf of those ATI stockholders who purchased or otherwise acquired their ATI shares between February 22, 2021 and October 19, 2021, inclusive, and/or held FVAC Class A common shares as of May 24, 2021 and were eligible to vote at FVAC’s June 15, 2021 special meeting. The consolidated amended complaint generally alleges that the proxy materials for the FVAC/ATI merger, as well as other ATI disclosures (including the press release announcing ATI’s financial results for the first quarter of 2021), were false and misleading (and, thus, in violation of Sections 10(b) and 14(a) of the Exchange Act) because they failed to disclose that: (i) ATI was experiencing attrition among its physical therapists; (ii) ATI faced increasing competition for clinicians in the labor market; (iii) as a result, ATI faced difficulty retaining therapists and incurred increased labor costs; (iv) also as a result, ATI would open fewer new clinics; and (v) also as a result, the defendants’ positive statements about ATI’s business, operations, and prospects were materially misleading and/or lacked a reasonable basis. Lead Plaintiffs, on behalf of themselves and the putative class, seek money damages in an unspecified amount and costs and expenses, including attorneys’ and experts’ fees. On April 11, 2022, defendants filed motions to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint, which were fully briefed as of July 25, 2022 and remain pending. The Company has determined that potential liabilities related to the consolidated amended complaint are not considered probable or reasonably estimable at this time.
146

On February 7, 2023, another purported ATI stockholder, Wendell Robinson, filed a putative class action complaint in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware against Fortress Acquisition Sponsor II, LLC, Andrew A. McKnight, Joshua A. Pack, Marc Furstein, Leslee Cowen, Aaron F. Hood, Carmen A. Policy, Rakefet Russak-Aminoach, Sunil Gulati, Daniel N. Bass, Micah B. Kaplan and Labeed Diab. The complaint asserts claims against: (i) Fortress Acquisition Sponsor II, LLC, Andrew A. McKnight, Joshua A. Pack, Marc Furstein, Leslee Cowen, Aaron F. Hood, Carmen A. Policy, Rafeket Russak-Aminoach, Sunil Gulati, Daniel N. Bass and Micah B. Kaplan for breach of fiduciary duty; and (ii) Labeed Diab for aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty. Plaintiff's allegations generally mirror those asserted in the federal stockholder class action described above, and Plaintiff further alleges that the alleged misrepresentations and omissions in the proxy materials for the FVAC/ATI merger prevented stockholders from making a fully informed decision on whether to approve the merger or have their shares redeemed. Defendants have not yet responded to the complaint.
Stockholder derivative complaint
Between December 31, 20201, 2021 and September 22, 2022, five purported ATI stockholders filed four derivative actions, purportedly on behalf of ATI, in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois. On November 21, 2022, four of these stockholder plaintiffs, Vinay Kumar, Brendan Reginbald, Ziyang Nie and Julia Chang, filed a consolidated amended complaint against Labeed Diab, Joe Jordan, John Larsen, John Maldonado, Carmine Petrone, Christopher Krubert, Joanne Burns and James Parisi (collectively, the “Legacy ATI Defendants”), Drew McKnight, Joshua Pack, Aaron Hood, Carmen Policy, Marc Furstein, Leslee Cowen, Rafeket Russak-Aminoach, and Sunil Gulati (collectively, the “FVACII Individual Defendants”), and Fortress Acquisition Sponsor II, LLC and Fortress Investment Group LLC (together, the "Fortress Entity Defendants," and together with the FVACII Individual Defendants, the “FVACII Defendants”). The consolidated amended complaint asserts claims on behalf of ATI against: (i) the FVACII Defendants for breach of fiduciary duty; (ii) Fortress Acquisition Sponsor II, LLC and the Legacy ATI Defendants for aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty; (iii) Labeed Diab, Joe Jordan, and Drew McKnight for contribution under Section 21D of the Exchange Act; (iv) the FVACII Defendants under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; (v) the Legacy ATI Defendants for unjust enrichment; and (vi) all defendants for contribution and indemnification under Delaware law. Plaintiffs' allegations generally mirror those asserted in the stockholder class action described above. On January 20, 2023, defendants filed motions to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint, which remain pending. The Company has determined that potential liabilities related to the consolidated amended complaint are not considered probable or reasonably estimable at this time.
Insurance coverage complaint
On March 8, 2023, the Company filed a complaint against Federal Insurance Company, U.S. Specialty Insurance Company and other insurers titled ATI Physical Therapy, Inc. v. Federal Insurance Company et. al., Case No. N23C-03-074, in the Superior Court of the State of Delaware related to a coverage dispute and those certain insurers’ denial of coverage for the stockholder class action complaints and stockholder derivative complaint discussed above. The complaint asserts claims against Federal Insurance Company for breach of contract and bad faith, and claims for declaratory judgment as to Federal Insurance Company, U.S. Specialty Insurance Company, XL Specialty Insurance Company and the Company’s excess insurance carriers, seeking coverage for the stockholder class action complaints and stockholder derivative complaint.
Regulatory matters
On November 5, 2021, the Company received from the SEC a voluntary request for the production of documents relating to the earnings forecast and financial information referenced in the Company's July 26, 2021 Form 8-K and related matters. The Company received a subsequent request from the SEC for the production of additional documents related to the same matter on February 17, 2023. The Company is as follows:cooperating with the SEC in connection with this request.
147

December 31, 2020
Statutory federal income tax rate21.0 %
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit0.0 %
Change in valuation allowance(21.0)%
Income tax provision0.0 %

Indemnifications
The Company files income tax returnshas agreed to indemnify its current and former directors and executive officers for costs associated with any fees, expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by them in any action or proceeding to which any of them are, or are threatened to be, made a party by reason of their service as a director or officer. The Company maintains director and officer insurance coverage that would generally enable it to recover a portion of any amounts paid. The ultimate cost of current or potential future litigation may exceed the Company’s current insurance coverages and may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. The Company also may be subject to indemnification obligations by law with respect to the actions of its employees under certain circumstances and in certain jurisdictions.
Note 19. Loss per Share
Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, shares of Wilco Holdco preferred stock are treated as participating securities and therefore are included in computing earnings per common share using the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that calculates basic and diluted net earnings per common share for each class of common stock separately based on dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings as if the earnings for the year had been distributed. As the Wilco Holdco preferred stockholders do not participate in losses, for any periods with a net loss, there is no allocation to participating securities in the U.S. federal jurisdictionperiod. As such, no undistributed earnings or losses were allocated to the Wilco Holdco preferred shares for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. As of the closing of the Business Combination, the Wilco Holdco preferred stock is subjectno longer outstanding.
For the year ended December 31, 2022, the income available to examinationcommon stockholders is reduced by the relevant taxing authority.amount of the cumulative dividend for the Series A Senior Preferred Stock that was issued as part of the 2022 Debt Refinancing.
110148


FORTRESS VALUE ACQUISITION CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

The calculation of both basic and diluted loss per share for the periods indicated below was as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
9. Subsequent Events

Year Ended

December 31, 2022

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Basic and diluted loss per share:
Net loss$(493,047)$(782,028)$(298)
Less: Net (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interests(668)(3,700)5,073
Less: Series A Senior Preferred cumulative dividend17,876
Loss available to common stockholders$(510,255)$(778,328)$(5,371)

Weighted average shares outstanding(1,2)
203,150165,805128,286

Basic and diluted loss per share$(2.51)$(4.69)$(0.04)

(1)
The notesweighted-average number of shares outstanding in periods presented prior to the financial statements include a discussionclosing of material events, which have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2020 (referred to as "subsequent events")the Business Combination has been retrospectively adjusted based on the exchange ratio established through the date these financial statementstransaction.
(2) Included within weighted average shares outstanding following the 2022 Debt Refinancing are common shares issuable upon the exercise of the Series II Warrants, as the Series II Warrants are exercisable at any time for nominal consideration. As such, the shares are considered to be outstanding for the purpose of calculating basic and diluted loss per share.
For the periods presented, the following securities were issued on March 8, 2021 (see Note 1). Management has evaluated the subsequent events through this date and has concluded that no other material subsequent events have occurred that require additional adjustment or disclosurenot required to be included in the financial statements.computation of diluted shares outstanding, as their impact would have been anti-dilutive. Figures presented are based on the number of underlying Class A common shares following the Business Combination (in thousands):

Year Ended
December 31, 2022

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Series I Warrants5,226
IPO Warrants9,8679,867
Restricted shares(1)
4021,323
Stock options5,313775
RSUs4,200404
RSAs175448
Total25,18312,817

(1)
Represents a portion of the 2.0 million restricted shares distributed following the Business Combination to holders of unvested Incentive Common Units under the Wilco Acquisition, LP 2016 Equity Incentive Plan. Refer to Note 10 - Share-Based Compensation for further details.
15.0 million Earnout Shares and 8.6 million Vesting Shares were excluded from the calculation of basic and diluted per share calculations as the vesting thresholds have not yet been met as of the end of the reporting period.
111149

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.Disclosures

None.

Not applicable.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in companyour reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Principal Executive Officer and our Principal Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2022. Based upon their evaluation, our Principal Executive Officer and our Principal Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were not effective as of December 31, 2022 due to the previously reported material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below.
Management concluded that notwithstanding the existence of the material weaknesses, the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K present fairly, in all material respects, the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with U.S. GAAP.
Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management's assessment regardingOur management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act.Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or an attestation reportunder the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets, (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and our directors and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
150

Internal control over financial reporting has inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the Company's registered public accounting firm duefinancial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to a transition period established by rulesdesign into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.
Our management, under the supervision and with participation of our Principal Executive Officer and our Principal Financial Officer, has conducted an evaluation of the SEC for new public companies.

Duringeffectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022 using criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the most recently completed fiscal quarter, there has been no changeCommittee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2022 as a result of the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting discussed below.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
We did not design and maintain an effective control environment commensurate with our financial reporting requirements as we did not maintain a sufficient complement of tax personnel with the appropriate mix of competent resources and financial reporting experience. Additionally, we did not design and maintain effective controls related to the income tax provision, including controls related to valuation allowances associated with the realizability of deferred tax assets.
These material weaknesses resulted in adjustments to income tax (benefit) expense and deferred income taxes and related disclosures as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021. Additionally, these material weaknesses could result in misstatements of the aforementioned account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the Company's annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included on page 88.
Remediation Efforts with Respect to the Material Weaknesses
The Company's management, under the oversight of the Audit Committee, has continued the process of executing its remediation plan. Management has executed on the following measures in its remediation plan:
revised the Company's tax staffing model, and implemented technology to assist in the income tax provision processes, in order to better position the capabilities and capacity of the Company's in-house tax department based on tax reporting requirements;
refined the scope of the Company's external tax advisors to provide advice related to complex or unusual items, as well as advise on end-to-end corporate tax accounting matters;
enhanced the design and precision of the Company's controls related to the income tax provision calculations and documentation, including controls related to the valuation allowance assessment.
151

We believe the measures described above will contribute to remediating the control deficiencies we have identified and strengthen our internal control over financial reporting. We are committed to continuing to improve our internal control processes and will continue to review, optimize and enhance our financial reporting controls and procedures. As we continue to evaluate and work to improve our internal control over the income tax provision, we may take additional measures to address control deficiencies, or we may modify, or in appropriate circumstances not complete, certain of the remediation measures described above. These material weaknesses will not be considered remediated until the applicable controls operate for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are operating effectively.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Other than the changes related to the material weaknesses above, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2022 that have materially affected, or isare reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.Information
Business Combination with ATI

Disclosure Pursuant to Item 1.01 of Form 8-K - Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement
On February 21, 2021,March 15, 2023, the Company and ATI Physical Therapy announced entryentered into ana Transaction Support Agreement and Plan(the “TSA”) with certain of Mergerits first lien lenders under the 2022 Credit Agreement (the “Merger Agreement”"First Lien Lenders"), to effect a Business Combination between FVAC Merger Corp. II, a Delaware corporationthe administrative agent under the 2022 Credit Agreement, holders of its Series A Senior Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Equityholders") and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiaryholders of the Company (“Merger Sub”), and Wilco Holdco, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ ATI”). The Merger Agreementmajority of its common stock (together with the First Lien Lenders and the transactions contemplated thereby will constitutePreferred Equityholders, the “Parties”), setting forth the principal terms of a “ Business Combination” as contemplated bycomprehensive transaction to enhance the Company’s AmendedCompany's liquidity (the "Transaction"). Pursuant to the TSA, and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The Merger Agreement and the Business Combination were unanimously approved by the board of directors of the Company on February 21, 2021.


112



Subjectsubject to the terms and conditions thereof, the Parties have agreed to support, act in good faith and take all steps reasonably necessary and desirable to consummate the transactions referenced therein by June 15, 2023 (the “Outside Closing Date”).
152

The TSA contemplates, among other things, (i) a delayed draw new money financing, available under certain circumstances until the 18 month anniversary of the Merger Agreement,closing date of the considerationtransactions, in an aggregate principal amount equal to be paid$25.0 million in respectthe form of each sharenew second lien PIK exchangeable notes (“Second Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes”), (ii) exchange of common stock$100.0 million of ATI issued and outstanding (other than any such sharesthe aggregate principal amount of the term loans under the 2022 Credit Facility held by ATI’s treasury or held, directly or indirectly, bycertain of the Preferred Equityholders for Second Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes, (iii) a reduction of the thresholds applicable to the minimum liquidity financial covenant under the 2022 Credit Agreement for certain periods, (iv) a waiver of the requirement to comply with the Secured Net Leverage Ratio financial covenant under the 2022 Credit Agreement for the fiscal quarters ending June 30, 2024, September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2024 and a modification of the levels and certain component definitions applicable thereto in the fiscal quarters ending after December 31, 2024, (v) waiver of the requirement for the Company Merger Sub or any direct, wholly-owned subsidiaryto deliver audited financial statements without certain going concern qualifications for the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2024, (vi) an increase in the interest rate payable on the existing term loans and revolving loans until the achievement of ATI) willa specified financial metric and (vii) board representation and observer rights, and other changes to the governance of the Company. The Second Lien PIK Exchangeable Notes would be (a) a number ofexchangeable for shares of Class A common stock of the Company (with each share valued at $10.00), par value $0.0001 per share (“ Company Class A Stock”), equal in value to (i) $1,303,000,000, divided by (ii)a fixed price of $0.25, and the number of such issued and outstanding shares of ATI, and (b)holders thereof would have the contingent right to receive avote on corporate matters on an as-exchanged basis. The TSA contains certain number of shares of Company Class A Stock that may be issued pursuant to an earnout payable to Wilco Acquisition, LP (the sole holder of common stock of ATI as of the date of the Merger Agreement) or its designees, if certain price targets for one share of the Company’s Class A Stock are achieved any time between the Closingrepresentations, warranties and the 10 year anniversary of the Closing. The consideration to be paid in respect of each share of preferred stock of ATI issued and outstanding (other than any such shares held by ATI’s treasury or held, directly or indirectly,other agreements by the Company Merger Sub or any direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of ATI) will be (a) an amount in cash, equal to $59,000,000, divided by the number of such issued and outstanding shares of preferred stock of ATI (the “Preferred Cash Consideration”), and (b) a number of shares of Company Class A Stock equal in value to (i) the product of (A) (x) the aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in ATI’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “ATI Charter”)) as of the date on which the closing occurs with respect to ATI’s preferred stock (after reducing such Liquidation Amount by the Preferred Cash Consideration) (the “Preferred Stock Adjusted Base”) plus (y) an aggregate accrued amount, calculated based on the Preferred Stock Adjusted Base, at the Dividend Rate (as defined in the ATI Charter) from the Closing Date through the date that is 180 days from the date on which the closing occurs, multiplied by (B) 1.05, divided by (ii) the number of issued and outstanding shares of ATI preferred stock.

The consummation of the Business Combination contemplated by the Merger Agreement is subject to customary closing conditions for special purpose acquisition companies, including, among others: (a) approval by the Company’s stockholders and ATI’s stockholders (which, with respect to ATI’s stockholders, was satisfied immediately following the execution of the Merger Agreement); (b) the Company having at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets after giving effect to the Company’s stockholder redemptions, if any; (c) the expiration or termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act; (d) the listing of the shares of the Company’s Class A Stock to be issued in connectionParties. In accordance with the closing onTSA, the NYSE; and (e) the Company having at least $472,500,000 in available cash immediately prior to the effective time of the merger (after taking into account (i) payments required to satisfy the Company’s stockholder redemptions and (ii) the net proceeds from the subscription agreements entered into with certain investors (pursuant to which such investors have committed to purchase an aggregate amount of at least $300,000,000 in shares of Company Class A Stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share, substantially concurrent with, and contingent upon, the consummation of the Business Combination) (the “Available Cash”).

Each of the Company, Merger Sub and ATI have made representations, warranties and covenantsFirst Lien Lenders agreed that, are customary for a transaction of this nature. The representations and warranties contained in the Merger Agreement terminate and are of no further force or effect as of the consummation of the Business Combination.


113



The Merger Agreement may be terminated under certain customary and limited circumstances prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, including (a) by mutual written consent of the parties, (b) by either ATI or the Company if (i) the consummation of the Business Combination has not occurred on or prior to August 23, 2021 (the “Outside Date”), (ii) a final and nonappealable order has been issued or governmental action permanently makes consummation of the transactions illegal or otherwise prevents or prohibits the Business Combination or (iii) the Company’s stockholder approval is not obtained at the special meeting of the Company’s stockholders, (c) by ATI (i) upon a breach by the Company or Merger Sub if such breach gives rise to a failure of a closing condition and has not been cured within 30 days’ notice by ATI or cannot be cured prior to the Outside Closing Date, (ii) if the board of directors of the Company does not recommend in favor of the Business Combinationthey will forbear in the Proxy Statementexercise of any rights, remedies, powers, privileges and defenses under the 2022 Credit Agreement arising on account of an alleged default or makes any changeevent of default (if any) resulting from the going concern explanatory paragraph in its recommendation or (iii) if the Available Cash is less than $472,500,000independent auditors' report accompanying the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022 (the "Credit Agreement Forbearance"). The Parties' obligations under the TSA are, and (d) by the Company upon a breach by ATI if such breach gives rise to a failure of a closing condition and has not been cured within 30 days’ notice by the Company or cannot be cured by the Outside Date.

Upon closing of the Business Combination, andTransaction is, subject to various customary terms and conditions set forth therein, including the execution and delivery of definitive documentation and approval by the Company's stockholders.
There is no assurance that the transactions contemplated by the TSA will be consummated on the terms of the Merger Agreement, ATI will becomeas described above, on a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

timely basis or at all.
The foregoing description of the MergerTransaction Support Agreement and the Business Combination does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Merger Agreement,full text of the TSA, a copy of which wasis filed as Exhibit 2.1 on our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2021.10.1 to this report and is incorporated herein by reference.

For more information about the Merger Agreement and the proposed Business Combination, please see our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2021 and the proxy materialsItem 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that we will file with the SEC. Unless specifically stated, this Annual Report does not give effect to the proposed Business Combination and does not contain the risks associated with the proposed Business Combination. Such risks and effects relating to the proposed Business Combination will be included in the proxy materials filed with the SEC.Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.
114153

PART III



PART III.


Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.Governance
Our current directors and executive officers are as follows:
NameAgeTitle
Joshua A. Pack47Chairman
Andrew A. McKnight43Chief Executive Officer, Director
Daniel N. Bass54Chief Financial Officer
Micah B. Kaplan35Chief Operating Officer
Alexander P. Gillette43General Counsel
Marc Furstein53Director
Leslee Cowen48Director
Aaron F. Hood48Director
Carmen A. Policy78Director
Rakefet Russak-Aminoach55Director
Sunil Gulati61Director

Joshua A. Pack serves as ChairmanThe information required in response to this Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2023 Annual Meeting of the company’s board of directors. Mr. Pack is a Managing Partner of the Credit Funds business at Fortress. Mr. Pack has 20 years of credit investment and workout experience through multiple credit cycles. He is based in Los Angeles and heads the illiquid credit investment strategies at Fortress, serves on the investment committee for the Credit Funds business at Fortress and is a member of the Management Committee of Fortress. Since joining the Credit Funds business at Fortress at its inception in 2002, Mr. Pack has analyzed, structured and negotiated hundreds of lending, structured equity and real estate transactions. Prior to joining Fortress, Mr. Pack was a Vice President with Wells Fargo & Co. in the capital markets group. Before that, Mr. Pack was a Vice President with American Commercial Capital, an independent specialty finance company focused on corporate and real estate lending to middle market businesses that was subsequently acquired by Wells Fargo & Co. in 2001. He serves as a director on multiple corporate Boards and is on the Board of the San Diego Zoo Global Foundation. Mr. Pack previously served on the board of directors of Mosaic from 2017 to 2020 and has also served as the Chairman of FVAC I’s board of directors since April 2020 until consummation of its initial business combination in November 2020, the chairman of FVAC III's board of directors since January 2021 and serves as director of FVAC IV and will serve as Chief Executive Officer of FVAC IV. Mr. Pack attended the United States Air Force Academy and received a B.A. in Economics from California State University, San Marcos. Mr. Pack’s significant investment and financial expertise make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.


115




Andrew A. McKnight serves as a director and as the company’s Chief Executive Officer. Mr. McKnight is a Managing Partner of the Credit Funds business at Fortress. Mr. McKnight is based in San Francisco and heads the liquid credit investment strategies at Fortress, serves on the investment committee for the Credit Funds business at Fortress and is a member of the Management Committee of Fortress. Mr. McKnight previously served on the board of directors of Mosaic from 2017 to 2020. Mr. McKnight has also served on the board of directors and as the Chief Executive Officer of FVAC I since its inception in January 2020 and continues to serve on the board of directors of MP Materials where he is a member of the Compensation Committee, director and Chief Executive Officer of FVAC III since its inception in August 2020 and Chairman of FVAC IV's board of directors. Prior to joining Fortress in February 2005, he was the trader for Fir Tree Partners where he was responsible for analyzing and trading high yield and convertible bonds, bank debt, derivatives and equities for the value-based hedge fund. Prior to Fir Tree, Mr. McKnight worked on Goldman, Sachs & Co.’s distressed bank debt trading desk. Mr. McKnight received a B.A. in Economics from the University of Virginia. Mr. McKnight’s significant investment and financial expertise make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Daniel N. Bass serves as the company’s Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Bass has served as Chief Financial Officer of Fortress since 2003, leading the firm’s finance, accounting, tax, corporate real estate, information technology, HR and corporate development functions. At Fortress, Mr. Bass supported the business growth in AUM from $3 billion to $80 billion. Mr. Bass was the Chief Financial Officer of Fortress for the entire time it was a public company (NYSE:FIG) (2007-2017). Mr. Bass also co-led the completed merger with SoftBank which closed in December 2017. Prior to joining Fortress, Mr. Bass was the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporate Investments division at Deutsche Bank. The division housed over $100 billion in firm assets worldwide. Also, while at Deutsche Bank, Mr. Bass was the global Business Area Controller of the Investment Banking division. In this capacity, he supported growth of the bank’s global investment banking division, including integration of the Banker’s Trust accounting team upon acquisition. Prior to Deutsche Bank, Mr. Bass was with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s international tax practice where he advised multi-national & international banks on US & global tax matters. Mr. Bass is a board member of the Real Estate Center at Florida State University. Mr. Bass has also served as the Chief Financial Officer of FVAC I since its inception in January 2020 until the consummation of its business combination in November 2020, as the Chief Financial Officer of FVAC III since its inception in August 2020, as the Chief Financial Officer of FCAC since September 2020 and will serve as the Chief Financial Officer of FVAC IV. Mr. Bass received both a B.S. and a Masters in Accounting from Florida State University.

Micah B. Kaplan serves as the company’s Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Kaplan is a Managing Director in the Corporate Debt and Securities Group at Fortress, where he is responsible for the sourcing, underwriting and execution of public and private debt and equity investments across a broad range of industries. Mr. Kaplan has also served as the Chief Operating Officer of FVAC I since its inception in January 2020 until the consummation of its business combination in November 2020, has served as the Chief Operating Officer of FVAC III since its inception in August 2020 and will serve as the Chief Operating Officer of FVAC IV. Prior to joining Fortress in July 2011, Mr. Kaplan was a research analyst at Bank of America Merrill Lynch, where he analyzed and published research on high yield issuers. Mr. Kaplan received a B.A. in Political Science from the University of Pennsylvania.
116





Alexander P. Gillette serves as the Company’s General Counsel. Mr. Gillette is the Deputy General Counsel and a Managing Director of Fortress. He joined Fortress in 2008 after six years at Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, where he specialized in mergers and acquisitions, private equity, venture capital and other corporate transactions. Additionally, Mr. Gillette has served as the General Counsel of FVAC III since its inception in August 2020 and will serve as General Counsel of FVAC IV. Mr. Gillette received a B.A with high distinction in the distinguished major in political and social thought from the University of Virginia and a J.D. with honors from the University of Chicago Law School.

Marc Furstein serves as a director of the company. Mr. Furstein is the President of Credit Funds at Fortress and is also a member of the firm’s Management Committee. Mr. Furstein has served as a director of FVAC III since January 2021 and will serve as a director of FVAC IV. Prior to joining Fortress in July 2001, Mr. Furstein co-founded and was the Chief Operating Officer of American Commercial Capital (a specialty finance company) and Coronado Advisors (an SEC registered broker dealer). Both companies were sold to Wells Fargo in 2001. Prior to that, Mr. Furstein was co-manager of the opportunistic real estate loan business of Goldman, Sachs & Co. In that position, he structured and negotiated senior and mezzanine commercial loans and acquisition facilities. Mr. Furstein was also involved in the acquisition of distressed business, consumer and real estate loans and had responsibility for the management of such assets. In this role, he designed and oversaw the implementation of financial reporting, tax, compliance and asset management systems, policies and procedures. Mr. Furstein started his career in Goldman’s Financial Institutions Group, where he focused on M&A transactions and corporate finance. Mr. Furstein received a B.A. from Columbia University and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Furstein’s significant investment, financial and infrastructure expertise to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Leslee Cowen serves as a director of the company. Additionally, Ms. Cowen has served as a director of FVAC III since January 2021 and will serve as director of FVAC IV. Ms. Cowen is a Managing Director in the Credit Funds business at Fortress, co-head of the liquid credit investment strategies, and a member of the investment committee. Ms. Cowen also serves on the Management Committee of Fortress. Prior to joining Fortress in 2002, Ms. Cowen was at the Baupost Group, a value investment firm, where she was responsible for the acquisition of public and private distressed debt and equity securities, as well as the acquisition of non-performing loan portfolios. Previously, Ms. Cowen was an associate at the Argentum Group, a venture capital firm, where she was involved in several roll-up transactions. Ms. Cowen started her career as an analyst at The Blackstone Group in the private equity and M&A groups. Currently she serves on multiple non-profit boards. Ms. Cowen received a B.S. degree from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania with concentrations in finance, accounting and multinational management. Ms. Cowen’s significant financial and investment expertise makes her well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.


117




Aaron F. Hood serves as a director of the company. Mr. Hood is a Finance Senior Fellow at the United States Military Academy. Mr. Hood was previously a Partner at Perella Weinberg Partners (“PWP”) for over thirteen years since helping to found the firm in 2006 until November 2019. While at PWP Mr. Hood held a number of senior executive positions, including Head and Co-Head of Perella Weinberg Partners’ Asset Management division and Chief Financial Officer of the firm. He was also a member of the Firm’s Executive, Management, Private Investment, Risk, and Valuation Committees. Prior to PWP, Mr. Hood was a Vice President and Associate in Morgan Stanley’s Leveraged Finance department where he helped arrange financings for the firm’s energy, power and transportation clients. Mr. Hood serves a number of charitable organizations including as a member of the Board of Trustees and the Endowment Board of Toledo St. Frances de Sales High School and the board of West Point Fellowship of Christian Athletes. Mr. Hood has also served as a director of FVAC I since its inception in January 2020 until the consummation of its business combination in November 2020.. Mr. Hood received a Bachelor of Science in Theoretical Economics and Political Science from the United States Military Academy at West Point where he graduated as a Distinguished Cadet. He also earned a Master in Business Administration with High Distinction, Baker Scholar, from Harvard Business School. Mr. Hood’s significant financial expertise make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Carmen A. Policy serves as a director of the company. Mr. Policy has served as a consultant and arbitrator for the National Football League (“NFL”) and certain NFL teams since 2014. In addition, since 2003, Mr. Policy has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Five Vines, LLC and oversees the operations and sales of the company’s vineyard and winery under the label of Casa Piena. From 2011 to 2015, Mr. Policy served as a lead consultant to Lennar Corporation and the city of San Francisco on the planning and development of the Hunters Point Shipyard and Candlestick Point redevelopment projects. Prior to that, Mr. Policy was President, Chief Executive Officer and minority owner of the Cleveland Browns from 1998 to 2004 and President and Chief Executive of the San Francisco 49ers from 1991-1998. Mr. Policy has also served as a director of FVAC I since June 2020 until the consummation of its business combination in November 2020. Mr. Policy’s extensive management experience make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Rakefet Russak-Aminoach serves as a director of the company. Ms. Russak-Aminoach is the founder of Team 8 Fintech, a venture capital firm soonStockholders to be launched, which focuses on company building in the Fintech industry. Previously, Ms. Russak-Aminoach was President and Chief Executive Officer of Bank Leumi from 2012 to 2019 where she led a major digital turnaround implementing advanced technologies across all of the bank’s business lines. Prior to 2012, Ms. Russak-Aminoach was the Chief Credit Officer of Leumi group and head of the corporate division. Ms. Russak-Aminoach received a B.A. in accounting and economics and earned her M.B.A in Finance and Insurance and L.L.B., in each case, from Tel Aviv University. Ms. Russak-Aminoach’s significant financial and technological expertise makes her well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.


118




Sunil Gulati serves as a director of the company. Mr. Gulati is the Michael K. Dakolias Senior Lecturer in the economics department at Columbia University. Mr. Gulati regularly teaches undergraduate courses in Principles of Economics, The Global Economy, Sports Economics and Sports Economics & Policy at Columbia Business School, where he is a senior scholar in the Chazen Institute for Global Business. Mr. Gulati served as the President of the United States Soccer Federation for twelve years (2006-2018) and on the organization’s board for 25 years. In that period he served, at various times, on the investment committee and the audit, risk and compliance committee. Currently he is a member of the FIFA Council (Board of Directors), and serves as a trustee of the Randall’s Island Park Alliance and Bucknell University. Mr. Gulati’s extensive management experience makes him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Number, Terms of Office, Actions and Election of Officers and Directors

Our board of directors consist of eight members. Holders of our Founder Shares have the right to elect all of our directors prior to consummation of our initial business combination and holders of our public shares will not have the right to vote on the election of directors during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may only be amended if approved by holders of at least 90% of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote thereon. Each of our directors will hold office for a two-year term. Subject to any other special rights applicable to the stockholders, any vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors of our board or by a majority of the holders of our common stock (or, prior to our initial business combination, a majority of the holders of our Founder Shares).

Our officers are elected by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our bylaws as it deems appropriate. Our bylaws will provide that our officers may consist of a Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, Secretary, Assistant Secretaries, Treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Director Independence

The NYSE listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent within one year of our initial public offering. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person that, in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, has no material relationshipfiled with the listed company (either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the company). We have four “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. Hood, Mr. Policy, Ms. Russak-Aminoach and Mr. Gulati is independent under applicable SEC and NYSE rules.

119




Executive Officer and Director Compensation

None of our officers or directors have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Our Sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made by us to our Sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time such materials are distributed, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors.

The existence or terms of any employment or consulting arrangements may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee; a compensation committee; and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of the NYSE and Rule 10A of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of the NYSE require that the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Each committee will operate under a charter that has been approved by our board and will have the composition and responsibilities described below. The charter of each committee is available on our website.

Audit Committee

Our board of directors has established an audit committee of the board of directors. The members of our audit committee are Mr. McKnight, Mr. Hood and Mr. Policy. Mr. Hood serves as the chair of the audit committee.


120




Each member of the audit committee meets the financial literacy requirements of the NYSE and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Hood qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules and has accounting or related financial management expertise.

The primary purposes of our audit committee are to assist the board’s oversight of:

audits of our financial statements;

the integrity of our financial statements;

our process relating to risk management and the conduct and systems of internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures;

the qualifications, engagement, compensation, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; and

the performance of our internal audit function.

The audit committee will be governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE.

Compensation Committee

Our board of directors has established a compensation committee of the board of directors. The members of our compensation committee are Mr. McKnight, Mr. Hood and Ms. Russak-Aminoach. Mr. Hood serves as the chair of the compensation committee.

The primary purposes of our compensation committee are to assist the board in overseeing our management compensation policies and practices, including:

determining and approving the compensation of our executive officers; and

reviewing and approving incentive compensation and equity compensation policies and programs.

The compensation committee are governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE.


121




Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our board of directors has established a nominating and corporate governance committee. The members of our nominating and corporate governance are Mr. McKnight, Mr. Hood and Ms. Russak-Aminoach. Mr. Hood serves as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

The primary purposes of our nominating and corporate governance committee are to assist the board in:

identifying, screening and reviewing individuals qualified to serve as directors and recommending to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of stockholders or to fill vacancies on the board of directors;

developing, recommending to the board of directors and overseeing implementation of our corporate governance guidelines;

coordinating and overseeing the annual self-evaluation of the board of directors, its committees, individual directors and management in the governance of the company; and

reviewing on a regular basis our overall corporate governance and recommending improvements as and when necessary.

The nominating and corporate governance committee are governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE.

Director Nominations

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will recommend to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of the stockholders. Prior to our initial business combination, the board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by holders of our Founder Shares during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at an annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Prior to our initial business combination, holders of our public shares will not have the right to recommend director candidates for nomination to our board of directors.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.


122




Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Aside from Mr. McKnight, who serves as Chief Executive Officer and is on the compensation committee of FVAC III, none of our officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, (i) as a member of the compensation committee or board of directors of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on our compensation committee, or (ii) as a member of the compensation committee of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on our board of directors.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our officers, directors and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of our common stock to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. These reporting persons are also required to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely upon a review of such Forms, we believe that during the year ended December 31, 2020 there were no delinquent filers.


Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. A copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our website. Any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be disclosed on such website promptly following the date of such amendment or waiver.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Our board of directors has adopted corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE that serve as a flexible framework within which our board of directors and its committees operate. These guidelines cover a number of areas including board membership criteria and director qualifications, director responsibilities, board agenda, roles of the chairman of the board, chief executive officer and presiding director, meetings of independent directors, committee responsibilities and assignments, board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, evaluation of senior management and management succession planning. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines is posted on our website.

Conflicts of Interest

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

123




the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and

it would not be fair to our company and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, including FVAC III, pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue. We doRegulation 14A, not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

None of our officers or directors is required to commit his or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business activities.

In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

124





Our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Additionally, our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. However, if our Sponsor, officers and directors acquire public shares, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time period. If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the private placement warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the private placement warrants will expire worthless. With certain limited exceptions, the Founder Shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our initial stockholders until the earliest to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination; (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, if the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination; and (C) the date following the completion of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property. With certain limited exceptions, the private placement warrants and the Class A common stock underlying such warrants, will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees until 30later than 120 days after the completionend of our initial business combination. Since our Sponsor and officers and directors may directly or indirectly own common stock and warrants, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.fiscal year covered by this report.

Our officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether to proceed with a particular business combination.

Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.
125





Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with such a business, we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

In addition, our Sponsor or any of its affiliates may make additional investments in the company in connection with the initial business combination, although our Sponsor and its affiliates have no obligation or current intention to do so. If our Sponsor or any of its affiliates elect to make additional investments, such proposed investments could influence our Sponsor’s motivation to complete an initial business combination.

In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public stockholders for a vote, our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, to vote any Founder Shares held by them (and their permitted transferees will agree) and any public shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our officers and directors will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us or our stockholders for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, except to the extent such limitation on or exemption from liability is not permitted under the DGCL or unless they violated their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized unlawful payments of dividends, unlawful stock purchases or unlawful redemptions, or derived an improper personal benefit from their actions as directors.

We have entered into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director or employee for any liability arising out of his or her actions, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit such indemnification. We may purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgement in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors. We believe that these provisions, the insurance and indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.
126





Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Compensation
The Company currently has four officers, Andrew A. McKnight (Chief Executive Officer), Daniel N. Bass (Chief Financial Officer), Micah B. Kaplan (Chief Operating Officer) and Alexander P. Gillette (General Counsel). The Company has no other officers or employees. Noneinformation required in response to this Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our officers or directors have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Our Sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were madefiscal year covered by us to our Sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates.this report.

We entered into an agreement with an affiliate of Fortress Acquisition Sponsor II LLC, pursuant to which we pay such affiliate a total of $20,000 per month for office space and related support services. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time such materials are distributed, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors.

The existence or terms of any employment or consulting arrangements may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.
127





Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial OwnersOwner and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
We have no compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.

Matters
The following table sets forth information availablerequired in response to us at March 1, 2021 with respectthis Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to our common stock held by:
Each person known by usdefinitive proxy statement relating to our 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the beneficial owner of moreSEC pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 5%120 days after the end of our outstanding common stock;fiscal year covered by this report.

Each of our executive officers and directors that beneficially own common stock; and

All of our executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all common stock beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of the private placement warrants as they are not exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2021.
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)
Numbers of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned (2)
Percentage of Outstanding
Common Stock
Fortress Acquisition Sponsor II LLC (3)
8,525,00019.8 %
Grandview LLC (4)
2,151,5006.2 %
Marc Furstein30,000*
Andrew A. McKnight30,000*
Aaron F. Hood25,000*
Carmen A. Policy25,000*
Rakefet Russak-Aminoach25,000*
Sunil Gulati25,000*
Joshua A. Pack10,000*
Daniel Bass5,000*
Alexander P. Gillette5,000*
All officers and directors as a group (9 individuals)180,000*
*Less than one percent.

(1)Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is c/o Fortress Value Acquisition Corp. II, 1345 Avenue of the Americas, 46th Floor, New York, New York 10105.
(2)Some of the interests shown consist of founder shares, classified as Class F common stock. The founder shares will convert into Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment.
(3)Represents the interest directly held by Fortress Acquisition Sponsor II LLC.
128




(4)According to Schedule 13G, filed on January 20, 2021 by Grandview LLC, Millennium Management LLC, Millennium Group Management LLC and Israel A. Englander. The business address of such parties is 666 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10103. According to such Schedule 13G, Israel A. Englander is the sole voting trustee of a trust that is the managing member of Millennium Group Management LLC, Millennium Group Management LLC is the managing member of Millennium Management LLC and Millennium Management LLC is the managing member of Grandview LLC.

Our initial stockholders beneficially own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of our issued and outstanding common stock and have the right to elect all of our directors prior to our business combination as a result of holding all of the Founder Shares. Holders of our public shares will not have the right to elect any directors to our board of directors prior to our business combination. In addition, because of their ownership block, our initial stockholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all other matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including amendments to our certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions.

In June 2020, we issued an aggregate of 8,625,000 shares of Class F common stock to our Sponsor in exchange for an aggregate capital contribution of $25,000. In August 2020, the Sponsor transferred a total of 100,000 Founder Shares to four independent directors of the Company for the same per-share price initially paid for by the Sponsor. Subsequent to these transfers, the Sponsor held 8,525,000 Founder Shares.

Our Sponsor, together with our four independent directors, currently own 8,625,000 Class F common stock.

In connection with the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, our Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 5,933,333 private placement warrants at a price of $1.50 per private placement warrant (or $8,900,000 in the aggregate) in a private placement. Each private placement warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A common stock at $11.50 per share.

Our Sponsor and our executive officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” below for additional information regarding our relationships with our promoters.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.Independence

In June 2020,The information required in response to this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to our Sponsor purchased an aggregatedefinitive proxy statement relating to our 2023 Annual Meeting of 8,625,000 Founder Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share. In August 2020, the Sponsor transferred a total of 100,000 Founder SharesStockholders to four independent directors of the Company for the same per-share price initially paid for by the Sponsor. Subsequent to these transfers, the Sponsor held 8,525,000 Founder Shares.


129




In addition, our Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 5,933,333 private placement warrants for a purchase price of $1.50 per warrant in a private placement that closed simultaneouslybe filed with the closing of this Initial Public Offering. As such, our Sponsor’ interest in this transaction is valued at approximately $8,900,000. Each private placement warrant entitles the holderSEC pursuant to purchase one Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. The private placement warrants (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants) mayRegulation 14A, not subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by it until 30later than 120 days after the completionend of our initial business combination.fiscal year covered by this report.

As more fully discussed in “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance—Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. All of our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us.

The Sponsor had loaned us an aggregate of $97,250 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note. The loan was non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on the earlier of April 30, 2021 or the closing of the Initial Public Offering. We repaid the promissory note on August 14, 2020.

We entered into an Agreement with an affiliate of Fortress Acquisition Sponsor II, LLC, pursuant to which we pay a total of $20,000 per month for office space and related support services to such affiliate. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.

Our Sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, are reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our Sponsor or affiliates of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants issued to our Sponsor. The terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our Sponsor or affiliates of our Sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account.
130





After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our stockholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

Related Person Transactions Policy

Prior to the Initial Public Offering, we had not yet adopted a formal policy for the review, approval or ratification of related party transactions. Accordingly, the transactions discussed above were not reviewed, approved or ratified in accordance with any such policy.

We have adopted a Related Person Transactions Policy. A “related person transaction” is a transaction or arrangement or series of transactions or arrangements in which we participate (whether or not we are a party) and a related person has a direct or indirect material interest in such transaction. Our audit committee will review and approve or ratify all relationships and related person transactions between us and (i) our directors, director nominees or executive officers, (ii) any 5% record or beneficial owner of our common stock or (iii) any immediate family member of any person specified in (i) and (ii) above. The audit committee will review all related person transactions and, where the audit committee determines that such transactions are in our best interests, approve such transactions in advance of such transaction being given effect.

As set forth in the Related Person Transactions Policy, in the course of its review and approval or ratification of a related party transaction, the audit committee will, in its judgment, consider in light of the relevant facts and circumstances whether the transaction is, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests, including consideration of various factors enumerated in the policy.

Any member of the audit committee who is a related person with respect to a transaction under review will not be permitted to participate in the discussions or approval or ratification of the transaction. Our policy also includes certain exceptions for transactions that need not be reported and provides the audit committee with the discretion to pre-approve certain transactions.


131




Director Independence

The NYSE listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent within one year of our initial public offering. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person that, in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, has no material relationship with the listed company (either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the company). Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we expect to have four “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. Hood, Mr. Policy, Ms. Russak-Aminoach and Mr. Gulati is independent under applicable SEC and NYSE rules.

Item 14. Principal AccountantAccounting Fees and Services.Services

Fees for professional services providedThe information required in response to this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to our independent registered public accounting firm WithumSmith+Brown, PC "Withum" since inception include:
For the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020
Audit Fees (1)$96,305 
Audit-Related Fees (2)— 
Tax Fees (3)— 
All Other Fees (4)— 
Total$96,305

1.Audit fees consistdefinitive proxy statement relating to our 2023 Annual Meeting of fees billed for professional services rendered forStockholders to be filed with the auditSEC pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our financial statements and services that are normally providedfiscal year covered by Withum in connection with regulatory filings. The aggregate fees billed by Withum for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements, the audits included in our registration statements on Form S-1 related to our Initial Public Offering, review of the quarterly financial information in our Form 10-Qs and other required filings with the SEC.
2.Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our year-end financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. We did not pay Withum for consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards for the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.
3.Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services relating to tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice. We did not pay Withum for fees for professional services related to tax compliance, tax planning or tax advice for the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.
4.All other fees consist of fees billed for all other services. We did not pay Withum for other services for the period from June 10, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.this report.
132






Policy on Board Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The audit committee is responsible for appointing, setting compensation and overseeing the work of the independent registered public accounting firm. In recognition of this responsibility, the audit committee shall review and, in its sole discretion, pre-approve all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm as provided under the audit committee charter.
133154




PART IV



Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.Schedules

a.The following documents areconsolidated financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K
1.Financial Statements: See “Index to Financial Statements” at “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” herein.
b.Financial Statement Schedules. All schedules are omitted for the reason that the information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto or that they are not required or are not applicable.    
c.Exhibits: The exhibits listed in the accompanying indexIndex to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 87. See page 157 for Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts. All other schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto. The exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.are listed in the Exhibit Index below.
Exhibit
Number
Description
2.13.1
3.1
3.33.2
4.13.3
4.24.1
4.3
4.4
10.14.2*
10.210.1*
Transaction Support Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2023, by and among ATI Physical Therapy, Inc., ATI Holdings Acquisition, Inc., Wilco Intermediate Holdings, and other parties thereto
Credit Agreement, dated August 11, 2020, betweenas of February 24, 2022, by and among ATI Holdings Acquisition, Inc., Wilco Intermediate Holdings, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank and the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (incorporated by reference toother lenders party thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.1 ofto the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed withof the SECCompany on August 17, 2020).February 25, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference)
Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2022, by and among ATI Holdings Acquisition, Inc., Wilco Intermediate Holdings, Inc., HPS Investment Partners, LLC, as Lender Representative and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 1, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference)
Series A Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 11, 2020, amongas of February 24, 2022, by and between ATI Physical Therapy, Inc. and the Company, Fortress Acquisition Sponsor II LLC and certain other security holders named therein (incorporated by reference toPurchasers signatory thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.2 ofto the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed withof the SECCompany on August 17, 2020).February 25, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.410.5
10.510.6
10.6
134155


10.7
Employment Agreement by and between ATI Physical Therapy, Inc. and Eimile Tansey dated June 28, 2022, effective August 29, 2022 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company on August 9, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference)
First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated August 11, 2020,by and between the CompanyATI Physical Therapy, Inc. and Joshua A. Pack (incorporated by referenceAugustus Oakes effective June 20, 2022 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed withof the SECCompany on August 17, 2020).June 24, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.810.9
10.910.10
10.1010.11
10.1121.1
10.1223.1*
10.1331.1*
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.20
10.21
10.22
10.23
10.24
135



24.1
31.1
32.132*
32.2101.INS*
101101.SCH*The following financial information from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, formatted in iXBRL (Inline Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Balance Sheet; (ii) Statement of Operations; (iii) Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity; (iv) Statement of Cash Flows; and (v) Notes to Financial StatementsXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
104101.CAL*Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

* Filed or furnished herewith
† Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
136156

SIGNATURESSchedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
$ in thousandsBalance at Beginning of YearAdditionsDeductions/ AdjustmentsBalance at
End of Year
Year ended December 31, 2022
Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)
53,533 13,869 (19,782)47,620 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets (2)
58,312 31,595 — 89,907 
Year ended December 31, 2021
Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)
69,693 16,369 (32,529)53,533 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets (2)
22,581 35,731 — 58,312 
Year ended December 31, 2020
Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)
80,350 16,231 (26,888)69,693 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets (3)
23,562 — (981)22,581 

(1)
Pursuant The additions to the requirementsallowance for doubtful accounts represent the provision for doubtful accounts that is recorded based upon the Company's evaluation of the Section 13 or 15(d)collectability of accounts receivable. Deductions/Adjustments are primarily related to actual write-offs of receivables and other adjustments.
(2) The increase in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Reportvaluation allowance for deferred tax assets is primarily related to an increase in net operating loss carryforwards not expected to be signed on its behalf byrealized prior to expiration. Refer to Note 16 - Income Taxes in the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized,consolidated financial statements included in New York City, New York, on the 8th dayPart II, Item 8, of March, 2021.

this Form 10-K for further details.

(3)
The decrease in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is primarily related to removal of valuation allowance on net loss carryforwards due to current period taxable income.
Fortress Value Acquisition Corp. II

By:/s/ Andrew A. McKnight
Name: Andrew A. McKnight
Title: Chief Executive Officer





POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Andrew A. McKnight and Daniel N. Bass and each or any one of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report onItem 16. Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.Summary

None.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as amended,1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Reportreport to be signed on our behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

ATI PHYSICAL THERAPY, INC.
Date:March 16, 2023

/s/ JOSEPH JORDAN
Joseph Jordan
Chief Financial Officer
(Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Financial Officer)


157

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.as of March 16, 2023.

/s/ SHARON VITTIChief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Sharon Vitti
Name/s/ JOSEPH JORDAN
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
PositionJoseph JordanDate
/s/ BRENT RHODESChief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
Brent Rhodes
/s/ JOHN (JACK) LARSENChairman of the Board and Director
John (Jack) Larsen
/s/ Andrew A. McKnightJOHN MALDONADOChief Executive Officer, Director
John Maldonado
/s/ CARMINE PETRONEMarch 8, 2021Director
Carmine Petrone
/s/ JOANNE M. BURNSDirector
Joanne M. Burns
/s/ JAMES E. PARISIDirector
James E. Parisi
/s/ ANDREW A. MCKNIGHTDirector
Andrew A. McKnight
/s/ Daniel N. BassTERESA SPARKSChief Financial OfficerMarch 8, 2021Director
Daniel N. BassTeresa Sparks
/s/ Joshua A. PackChairmanMarch 8, 2021
Joshua A. Pack
/s/ Marc FursteinDANIEL DOURNEYDirectorMarch 8, 2021
Marc Furstein
/s/ Leslee CowenDirectorMarch 8, 2021
Leslee Cowen
/s/ Aaron F. HoodDirectorMarch 8, 2021
Aaron F. Hood
Director
Carmen A. Policy
Director
Rakefet Russak-Aminoach
Director
Sunil GulatiDaniel Dourney

158